An Anatomy of Chinese
An Anatomy of Chinese
An Anatomy of Chinese
Rhythm,
Metaphor,
Politics
perry link
An Anatomy of Chinese
An Anatomy of Chinese
Rhythm, Metaphor, Politics
p e r ry l i n k
h a rva r d u n i v e r s i t y p r e s s
Cambridge, Massachusetts, and London, England
2013
Copyright © 2013 by the President and Fellows of Harvard College
All rights reserved
Printed in the United States of America
Introduction 1
1 Rhythm 21
The Prevalence of Rhythmic Patterns
in Daily-Life Chinese 24
Is Rhythm Unusually Common in Chinese? 37
Speakers’ Awareness of Rhythm 40
Are There Fads in Rhythms? 44
The Roots of Rhythms 49
“External” Rhythms: Dominant and Recessive 54
Recessive Rhythms of Favor 60
How Recessive Rhythms Affect Structure 68
How Universal Are the Preferred Rhythms
of Chinese? 74
Do Rhythms Have Meanings? 82
What Other Formal Features Contribute to
Meaning? 94
Can the Users of Rhythm Be Unaware of
Its Effects? 109
2 Metaphor 113
How Do Metaphors Work in Ordinary Language? 115
viii Contents
3 Politics 234
A Bifurcation 235
Characteristics of the Official Language 243
The Language Game 278
How the Game Is Played: From the Side
of the Rulers 295
How the Game Is Played: From the Side of the
Ruled 321
Effects of the Language Game in the Mao and the
Post-Mao Eras Compared 341
Epilogue 349
Acknowledgments 357
Index 359
Introduction
This book has grown from files that I have kept for more than three de-
cades on items that have fascinated me about the Chinese language.
When I dug into those fi les a few years ago I found that, in order to inter-
pret their contents responsibly, I would need to read in a number of
fields—prosody, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, comparative poli-
tics, even music theory—that were largely new to me. I asked colleagues
for introductions to those fields and, with my store of Chinese examples
serving as test cases, found the resulting exploration both pleasurable and
rewarding.
Academic specialties in the early twenty-first century bristle with their
own jargons, and nearly every area I turned to required an investment of
time before I felt I was getting what was there to be got. Each investment,
in the end, was worthwhile. Special jargon does serve a purpose when it
allows expression of thought that could not have been put as precisely in
ordinary language. But that said, I should say as well that I often found
the jargon of subfields to be not entirely necessary: the same thought
could often have been put, just as clearly or more so, in plainer language.
Why we academics like jargon is an important question. It relates to why
many humanities and social science disciplines are becoming more self-
contained, growing as if in parallel universes; why students can be puzzled
as they move from economics to anthropology to literature, even if their
teachers claim to be sharing a subject (“China,” for example); and why
2 An Anatomy of Chinese
I will use technical terms only where I think plain language will not do.
But my aim is clarity, not, alas, complete avoidance of tedium. Scholarship
depends on attention to detail, and the demands of detail can make sen-
tences and whole paragraphs sometimes seem dry, even if they are jargon
free.
I want to start you where I started—noticing a few interesting little
facts about the Chinese language that can lead, if one pursues them, into
much larger areas.
In the fall of 1988, shortly after I arrived in Beijing for a year of work in
the Beijing office of the Committee on Scholarly Communication with
China (administered by the U.S. National Academy of Sciences), I noticed
a sign that was intended for pedestrians crossing Haidian Road. In other
countries such a sign might have said “Caution” or “Look both ways.” But
this one read: Yi kan, er man, san tongguo ϔⳟˈѠ᜶ˈϝ䗮䖛 ‘First look,
then go slowly, then cross’.2 The phrase is not only rhythmic but exhibits the
1–2, 1–2, 1–2–3 pattern of syllables that is at least as old as mirror inscrip-
tions of the Han period3 and that has pervaded not only elite poetry but
Have a happy trip leaving the city, and be very safe in coming home.
Here was a couplet that exhibited not only the qiyan rhythm but gram-
matical parallelism and “semantic antitheticality” (i.e., paired opposites in
meaning: chu ‘exit’ versus hui ‘return’ and zou ‘leave’ versus lai ‘come’) of a
kind favored by classical poetry. The message seemed somehow more
formal and exalted than if it had been put in ordinary language.
Formal? Exalted? I crossed the street and saw a public toilet. A sign
warned: Jinzhi suidi daxiaobian ⽕ℶ䱣ഄᇣ֓ ‘Don’t just relieve yourself
anywhere you like’. Qiyan again. The pattern seemed useful in a variety of
contexts, exalted or not, but in any case seemed to bear a kind of authority.
Its partner wuyan Ѩ㿔, the equally classical 1–2, 1–2–3 syllabic pattern,
was also widely in evidence. A television advertisement for cockroach
killer promised: Zhanglang siguangguang 㶥㵖⅏‘ ܝܝCockroaches dead
to the last one!’ Somehow the poison seemed a bit more lethal in wuyan.
A notice for a childbirth class promised wutong fenmianfa ᮴⮯ߚ⊩
‘pain-free delivery’. Could wuyan mollify even labor pain? No, I thought.
But it was apparent that someone, somewhere had felt that wuyan could
add credibility to a claim about pain reduction.
These uses of classical rhythms were fairly obvious, I thought, and
I guessed that both writers and readers of such phrases might have been
aware of them. But sometimes I noticed wuyan and qiyan at work intuitively,
as it were—buried inside phrases where they certainly made a difference
but perhaps neither writer nor reader was consciously aware of them.
Why, for example, do we fi nd the opening line of Lu Xun’s famous story
“Kong Yiji” so lovely, so mellifluous? Luzhen jiudian de geju, shi he biechu
butong de 元䦂䜦ᑫⱘḐሔ, ᰃ߹㰩ϡৠⱘ ‘The layout of the taverns in
Lu-town was different from those in other places’. The sentence is com-
posed of two phrases of seven syllables each—not exactly parallel, to be
sure, yet readable in something close to a 1–2, 1–2, 1–2–3 rhythm. Was Lu
Xun conscious of the pattern when he wrote the line? Probably not, I
guessed, although I think the line must have “felt right” to him even if he
did not stop to examine the reasons. (Certainly I, as one reader of the line,
sensed its rhythmical beauty before I ever thought of counting syllables.)
Near the lugubrious end of Xu Zhenya’s novel Yulihun, the narrator con-
fesses Yu yi shangxinren, xie ci duanchangshi ԭѺڋᖗҎ, ᆿℸᮋ㝌 ‘I, too,
am a grief-stricken person, writing this heart-breaking tale’.4 The line is
wuyan, and exhibits parallelism, but it is not presented in the text as po-
etry. For Shangzhong hongling xia zhong ou Ϟ⾡㑶㧅ϟ⾡㮩, the title of a
novel by the celebrated contemporary novelist Wang Anyi, in English, we
must settle for something unrhythmical like “planting red water nuts
above and lotuses below,” but the phrase’s structure in Chinese includes
qiyan, parallelism, and even a ping-ze ‘level-oblique’ tonal pattern.5 Wang
Anyi may (or may not?) have been consciously aware of these details when
she created them. But how aware are her readers? Most, I would guess,
feel that the result is pleasant but do not ask why, and are not consciously
aware of the role that rhythm and parallelism are playing.
In musing over such questions, I found some of the most dramatic ex-
amples in the Mao Zedong era. During the Cultural Revolution, Mao
exhorted the Chinese people to “smash the four olds”: old customs, old
culture, old habits, and old ideas. Certainly wuyan and qiyan should count
as “old culture,” yet Red Guards who gathered in Tiananmen Square at
4. Xu Zhenya ᕤᵩѲ, Yulihun ⥝Ṽ儖[ Jade Pear Spirit] (Shanghai: Minquan chu-
banshe, 1914), p. 165.
5. On ping-ze and other technical matters, non-Sinologists may refer to James J. Y.
Liu, The Art of Chinese Poetry (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1962), pp. 20–38.
Introduction 5
the time chanted Women yao jian Mao Zhuxi! ៥Ӏ㽕㾕↯Џᐁ ‘We want to
see Chairman Mao!’ in a 1–2, 1–2, 1–2–3 pattern. Were they aware that
they were using an example of the “four olds” in order to praise the lead-
ing opponent of the “four olds”? Was Mao himself aware? It seemed im-
possible. It seemed that no one noticed the irony, even as everyone was
intuitively enjoying the lilt and rightness of the phrases. Then I began to
notice that many phrases from the Cultural Revolution era used qiyan:
Funü neng ding banbiantian ཛཇ㛑乊ञ䖍 ‘Women can hold up half the
sky’;6 Linghun shenchu gan geming! ♉儖⏅໘ᑆ䴽ੑ ‘Make revolution in
the depths of your soul!’; Dahai hangxing kao duoshou ⍋㟾㸠䴴㠉
‘Sailing on the seas relies on the helmsman’. Wuyan seemed just as com-
mon. Gongye xue Daqing, nongye xue Dazhai ᎹϮᄺᑚˈݰϮᄺᆼ ‘In-
dustry should learn from [the] Daqing [oilfields], agriculture should learn
from [the] Dazhai [commune]’ was not only wuyan but parallel. It was in-
teresting to me that these were all carefully crafted political slogans,
things on which the creators must have spent considerable conscious
effort. Have any cultural products—not only in Chinese history but in
world history— ever been more closely scrutinized for political correct-
ness than the model operas of the Cultural Revolution era? But one opera
was titled Hongse niangzi jun 㑶㡆ᄤ( ݯRed detachment of women) and
another Zhiqu weihushan ᱎপ࿕㰢ቅ (Taking Tiger Mountain by strat-
egy). Both are 1–2, 1–2–3 wuyan.
Whether or not they were used intentionally, the rhythms seemed to
add something to the phrases they inhabited. What was it? Should we call
it “meaning”? Can rhythms by themselves “mean”? Women yao jian Mao
Zhuxi! somehow sounds more exalted, more righteous, than a plain Women
shi lai kan Zhuxi de ៥ץᰃ՚ⳟЏᐁⱘ would sound. Similarly, Yi kan, er
man, san tongguo ‘First look, then go slowly, then cross’ sounds more for-
mal, more authoritative, than a casual dajia xiaoxin guo jie, a! ᆊᇣᖗ䘢㸫,
䰓! ‘Everybody be careful crossing the street, okay?’ Certainly something
is added by the rhythm, but one problem with calling this added thing
“meaning” is that, as we have just seen, rhythms can be used without
conscious awareness. Red Guards feel that they are praising, and Mao
6. I discuss the misleading translation of this statement as “women hold up half the
sky” in Chapter 3.
6 An Anatomy of Chinese
Zedong feels praised, but neither side (most likely) is at all aware of think-
ing “We are using this rhythm for this purpose.” Of words, we normally
assume that they need to be used consciously in order to be “meant.” Is
this not true of rhythms? If we say that rhythms do not have “meanings,”
then what is the right word for what they add?
The way rhythms can “mean” seemed to me parallel to the sense in
which certain grammatical constructions— all by themselves, indepen-
dently of vocabulary— can, like rhythms, convey implications. In English,
for example, “I threw her the ball” and “I threw the ball to her” both de-
scribe me as throwing a ball in her direction. But the former implies that
she caught (or otherwise received) the ball, and the latter does not. The
grammar seems primarily responsible for the implication of how success-
ful the effort is. The same effect can be seen in “Jack sent Jill a package”
and “Jack sent a package to Jill”; or “I taught Gladys Chinese” and “I taught
Chinese to Gladys.”7
I also began to wonder if rhythmical patterns were more common in
ordinary Chinese than in ordinary English. Every human language uses
stress, of course, and sometimes stress patterns take on aesthetic qualities
when they “just feel right”—not merely because the accents are all on the
right syllables, but because of something more than that. For example,
most English speakers would probably say that “bright and shiny” sounds
better than “shiny and bright,” because TAH-ta-TAH-ta sounds better
(has more natural balance than?) TAH-ta-ta-TAH.8 The phenomenon
is clear in things like slogans, chants, marches, and advertising jingles.
Among the latter, we should note the pretechnological forebears known
as hawkers’ calls. China was once rich in hawkers’ calls, and a few survive
even in the West, for example in American ballparks, where a rhythmic
pattern like “GET-cha HOT-dogs!” clearly assists in the hot dog vendor’s
delivery of a message. Here, I thought, the rhythm itself helps hearers to
know instantly what the topic is. Rhythms in language must be universal
and part of being human, yet I still felt that they seemed especially com-
mon in Chinese. Beijingers could take Yi kan, er man, san tong guo in stride;
what would New Yorkers think of being told in rhythm how to cross the
street? What would they do if exhorted in parallelism to have a nice time
in the country? How would they respond to a sign reminding them, in
pentameter, where not to pee?
The public buses in Beijing, during that autumn of 1988 when I was
working there, had ticket-sellers who would call out the names of bus
stops in rhythmic patterns. One of these patterns was Xia yi zhan, X-X-X,
mei piao mai piao! ϟϔキ X-X-X, ≦⼼䊋⼼ TAH-ta-TAH, TAH-ta-TAH,
ta-TAH-ta-TAH! “Next stop is X-X-X, get a ticket if you don’t have one!”
Many of the bus stop names were three syllables (zhongguancun Ё݇ᴥ
‘middle-gate village’, shuangyushu ঠᷥ ‘twin elms’, dongwuyuan ࡼ⠽ು
‘zoo’, baishiqiao ⱑḹ ‘white-stone bridge’ etc.), which allowed the trisyl-
labic X-X-X almost always to fit. Where a stop had a longer name, like
Nongye Kexueyuan ݰϮ⾥ᄺ䰶 ‘Academy of Agricultural Sciences’, it got
a three-syllable abbreviation, Nongkeyuan, and the ticket-seller still
could say Xia yi zhan, Nongkeyuan, mei piao mai piao! Conductors on New
Jersey Transit trains between Princeton and New York City also some-
times enter a car and say, “Tic-KETS!” with a distinctive lilt. But if they
went on for ten syllables, using the rhythm that their counterparts in
Beijing do, it would not work. “Next stop IS, New BrunsWICK, show
your TIX QUICK!” might frighten people off the train. In Beijing, even
the three syllables of the stop names had a distinctive internal grammati-
cal structure. Almost all were “two-syllable modifier plus one-syllable
modified”: nongke + yuan; dongwu + yuan, tianan + men, wangfu + jing,
baishi + qiao, and so on. This structure clearly helped the rhythm. Or was
the rhythm in charge of creating the structure? One should look into this,
I thought.
Yet another aspect of that ticket-seller’s call was interesting. She, like
everyone who speaks Chinese, said “xia” yi zhan ‘one stop “below’ ” for the
“next” stop. Time was going “down.” “Next week” is xia ge xingqi ϟϾ᯳
ᳳ, “next month” xia ge yue ϟϾ᳜, and “next time” xia ci ϟ. Similarly,
“last month” is shang ge yue ϞϾ᳜ ‘the month above’, “last time” is shang
ci Ϟ ‘the time above’, and so on. When you continue talking about
something, you shuo xia qu 䇈ϟএ ‘go down with your talking’. Do we
ever do this in English? I asked myself. We do say “down through the
8 An Anatomy of Chinese
ages” and that inheritances get “passed down”— although for the latter
case I wondered if “down” meant “later in time” or “lower in family sta-
tus.” In any case, even if we sometimes do use “down” for “future” in En-
glish, we don’t use it as much as Chinese does. In English the time line
seems horizontal. We say “front” for future: we look forward to things, to
the glorious future that lies before us, and so on. But wait: Chinese does
this, too. After Mao, Deng Xiaoping urged the Chinese people: Xiang
qian kan ࠡⳟ ‘Look forward’— clearly meaning “Look to the future.”
Was this usage a borrowing from Western language? No, because classi-
cal Chinese has qian zhan ࠡⶏ ‘forward outlook’ for looking toward the
future, and a term like qiantian ࠡ ‘the day in front’, meaning the day
before yesterday, is not a borrowing from Western language.
But wait, again: qiantian refers to the past? Didn’t qian ‘front’ refer to the
future in xiang qian kan ‘look forward’? How can you look forward to the
day before yesterday? And why, in order to say “the day after tomorrow,”
does Chinese say houtian ᕠ ‘the behind day’? The “behind day” is in
the future? Is Chinese confused? “Future generations” are houdai ᕠҷ
‘behind generations’. We all hope that future generations will have good
“futures,” or good qiantu ࠡ䗨 ‘forward paths’. So we worry about houdai
de qiantu ᕠҷⱘࠡ䗨, literally “the forward paths of the behind genera-
tion.” Shouldn’t we, perhaps, worry about our logic fi rst?
English, it turns out, is no better. In English we look forward to the fu-
ture, but our forefathers reside in the past. They came before us, and there-
fore can be of no help with the problems that lie before us. Hmmm.
It suddenly seemed strange to me that human beings could talk with
one another in either Chinese or English and remain clear about what was
being said. Obviously they can, however. There must be rules that help
people to keep things straight, even if they are not consciously aware of
those rules.
I ran across Metaphors We Live By by George Lakoff and Mark Johnson,
and it helped to clarify these problems, if not to solve them.9 It was also
my entrée into the field of cognitive linguistics, where the study of meta-
phor has grown considerably since Lakoff and Johnson published their
book in 1980. The book discusses the use of space as a metaphor for time
(i.e., the question of which direction time “goes”) and many other exam-
ples of daily-life metaphor that not only reflects the way we conceive the
world but “structures” the way we are likely to continue conceiving it as
new experience comes along. They point out, for example, that in English
“consciousness is up, and unconsciousness is down.”10 Thus we fall asleep
and wake up. We go under hypnosis or sink into a coma. The structuring
power of this metaphor was evident when psychoanalysis came along and
a subconscious was metaphorically conceived as “below” the conscious level.
I read Lakoff and Johnson asking myself whether the “we” in their
phrase “metaphors we live by” included Chinese speakers. Do different
languages have different structuring metaphors that reflect, perhaps,
partly different worldviews? It was interesting to me that a French trans-
lation of Lakoff and Johnson’s book could use many, but not all, of the
book’s original examples. How different is Chinese? How important are
the differences? In Chinese, for example, we do not use “up” and “down”
for moving into and out of consciousness. When we do use spatial meta-
phors for this purpose, the movement is conceived as crossing a border
within a single horizontal plane. Thus, in fainting we yunguoqu ᱜ䘢এ
‘faint and cross away’, and in awakening we xingguolai 䝦䘢՚ ‘awake and
cross toward here’. This is not terribly different from “pass out” and “come
to” in English, but it was interesting to me that “up” and “down” were not
involved in Chinese, except in modern terms, like xiayishi ϟᛣ䄬 ‘subcon-
scious’, that are clearly borrowings from Western languages. I thought of
Zhuangzi’s famous story of dreaming that he was a butterfly and then
waking to wonder whether he was, indeed, a man who had dreamt of be-
ing a butterfly or was now a butterfly dreaming he was a man. Is the co-
nundrum more puzzling when one thinks of Zhuangzi crossing over a
line within a single plane than if one thinks of him rising and falling be-
tween levels? It felt so to me, but it was hard to say exactly why.
I became curious in the opposite direction as well: might certain West-
ern philosophical conundrums appear differently if approached using Chi-
nese metaphorical apparatus? For example, Lakoff and Johnson stress the
importance of what they call “ontological metaphors” that turn complex
processes into “entities,” use nouns to label them, and thus make them
easier to talk about. “Inflation,” they say, is not originally an entity, but
if we use an “ontological metaphor” to conceive it as such we can then
“measure inflation,” “combat inflation,” and see inflation as an actor that
“lowers our living standards,” “takes a toll at the checkout counter,” and
so on. All of this seemed right to me, but then Lakoff and Johnson write:
“ontological metaphors like this are necessary for even attempting to deal
rationally with our experiences,”11 and here I had my doubts. Students of
Chinese philosophy have often noted that Chinese thinkers like to talk
about “process” more than “thing,” and, vaguely speaking, I had always
felt that Chinese is by nature more verb-rich while English is more noun-
rich. Thus in English we can find it natural, if not elegant, to utter a
phrase like “the beginning of the development of the process of construc-
tion of bilateral relations” (in 1979 I had to translate this phrase in China
for the vice-chancellor of an American university). The phrase strings
together nouns that in a sense might be viewed as verbs (“begin,” “de-
velop,” “proceed,” “construct,” “relate”) in disguise. If we put the noun-
rich phrase directly into Chinese and say liangbian de guanxi de jianshe de
guocheng de fazhan de kaishi ܽ䙞ⱘ䮰֖ⱘᓎ䀁ⱘ䘢ⱘⱐሩⱘ䭟ྟ, we are
grammatically correct but sound horrid, indeed so horrid that the mean-
ing is not easy for a Chinese speaker to grasp. “Ontological metaphors,” it
seemed to me, just aren’t as common or natural in Chinese as in English,
and whenever they appear in abundance in Chinese, the Chinese takes on
a flavor of “translatese.”
But if that is so, then we need to doubt that ontological metaphors are
all that “necessary” for “even attempting to deal rationally” with life, as
Lakoff and Johnson write. How much a language uses them might vary
quite a lot—with no difference in how “rationally” people can get through
life. Indeed, to turn things around, it might be that Western languages
talk about “entities” rather too much—perhaps thereby creating problems
where there needn’t have been problems, or at least not such tough ones.
Western philosophers have long wrestled with what we mean by terms
like “the good,” “mind,” “reality,” and “existence.” These are nouns, and
we might ask how much of Western puzzlement over them has had to do
with trying to figure out what “things” they are. In Chinese it is extremely
awkward to translate “the good” as a noun; “reality” and “existence” as
nouns are marginally more possible, but still are more easily discussed us-
ing verbs or other parts of speech. The Western “mind-body problem”
somehow feels less problematic in Chinese; nouns like xin ᖗ and shen 䑿
are available, to be sure, but their use in grammatical context does not eas-
ily conjure the sort of radical mutual separateness of conceptual category
that preoccupied René Descartes. I began to wonder if Chinese grammar
might help with Western philosophical problems—not by “solving” them
so much as suggesting ways they needn’t be seen as problems in the first
place.
Despite some very interesting contrasts, however, on the whole I found
more similarities than differences in comparing the conceptual meta-
phors of Chinese and English. The puzzles about “before” and “after” as
spatial metaphors for time led to very similar answers for the two lan-
guages. So did other examples, like being “red with anger” in English and
mian hong er chi 䴶㋙㘇䌸 in Chinese. Lakoff and Johnson suggest that the
“experiential basis” of metaphor can often explain such similarity. Since it
is true of human beings generally that intense anger causes blood to rush
to the face, it is probably no accident that a red face should mean anger in
several languages. Even something as basic as “high is more” (high level,
high octane, etc.) can be seen as having the simple experiential basis that,
originally, the more physical objects one puts in a place, the higher a pile
becomes. Other theorists have gone further, claiming that it is not just
common experience but the hardwiring of the human brain that leads to
commonalities in perception. Kant claims this for concepts of space and
time, and Chomsky for fundamental grammatical structures.
I was surprised to learn that contemporary neuroscience has found
there are universal “best examples” of colors like “red” and “yellow.” I had
always assumed that the labeling of hues along the color spectrum was
arbitrary in the sense that each language could do this as it pleased. In
Chinese huang 咗, for example, is not coterminous with “yellow,” because
it spans from yellow all the way through tan to brown. The Huanghe
咘⊇‘Yellow River’is brown. But it turns out that this is only part of the
truth. There are shades of certain colors like red, green, blue, and yellow
that native speakers of different languages will tend to pick out as the best
12 An Anatomy of Chinese
examples of the range within which they fall. These “focal colors” tend to
be the same, it seems, because of the physiology of the human eye.12 And
so it happens that the two words red and hong ㋙, for example— despite
all of their different cultural and political connotations in English and
Chinese— still lead native speakers of the two languages to identify the
same “best example” on the color spectrum.
I began to wonder if there were parallel ways in which preference for
certain rhythms might also be common to humanity at large. Is it only
chance that rhythmic storytelling in China has often used 4:4 time, just
as Western hymns and chants do? Might that be because all of us humans
walk on two legs? Is it merely coincidence that the ten-syllable rhythm I
heard on that Beijing bus (TAH-ta-TAH, TAH-ta-TAH, ta-TAH-ta-
TAH) happens to be the same as the one I use when I say my ten-digit
telephone number in the United States? This must, of course, be partly
coincidence. Both ticket-sellers and telephone numbers can, and do, em-
ploy other rhythms. But is there, as it were, a certain repertoire of rhythms
that the human brain prefers, and of which this is one? Here is another
example: The Cultural Revolution song “The East Is Red” uses a rhythmic
pattern of 1–2–3, 1–2–3, 1–2–3–4–5–6–7 (Dongfang hong, taiyang sheng,
Zhongguo chu le [ge] Mao Zedong ϰᮍ㑶ˈ䰇छˈЁߎњϾ↯⋑ϰ).13 So
does the Western nursery rhyme “This old man, he plays one, / he plays
knick-knack on my thumb.” So do Chinese riddles. So do a number of
poems by the eighth-century Chinese poets Li Bai and Du Fu. It is hard
to postulate “borrowing” over such a range of cases.
In thinking about whether rhythms might have “meanings” that users
are not fully aware of, and also noticing how established metaphors seem
to “structure thought,” I wondered how such factors might relate to po-
litical uses of language. Some very astute observers of contemporary Chi-
nese language use have raised the issue of how political usages—including,
but not limited to, structural metaphors and rhythmic slogans— serve
12. Paul Kay and Chad McDaniel, “The Linguistic Significance of the Meanings of
Basic Color Terms,” Language 54, no. 3 (September 1978), 610– 646.
13. There are syncopated beats in some of the lines, but this does not change the
basic prosodic structure.
Introduction 13
14. Doing Things with Words in Chinese Politics: Five Studies (Berkeley: Center for
Chinese Studies, 1992).
15. The Velvet Prison: Artists under State Socialism, trans. Katalin and Stephen
Landesman (New York: Basic Books, 1987).
16. The Captive Mind (New York: Knopf, 1953), p. 55.
14 An Anatomy of Chinese
differences of degree in how and how much it has been used. In Qing
China, the guanhua ᅬ䁅 ‘official talk’ was left to officials. Ordinary
people didn’t need it for daily life. In Mao’s China, politically correct ver-
bal expression was not optional. Even for several years following Mao’s
death, political study meetings were mandatory, and one’s “performance”
had to be correct at them. Moreover, in order to get certain things that
you needed in daily life—like bicycles, job assignments, or permission to
marry— officialese had to be used correctly. The ordinary citizen had to
abandon ordinary talk and play a kind of official “language game” in such
contexts. For example, a professor I knew at Zhongshan University in
Guangzhou, where I was doing research in 1980, wanted a bigger apart-
ment for his family. The government had recently directed that universi-
ties treat professors better, in order to bring them back into the fold after
their severe mistreatment during the Cultural Revolution. My friend
knew about this policy. He went to his Party secretary, but did not ask
“Can I have a bigger apartment?” He asked: “Do you think we can con-
cretize Party Central’s policy on intellectuals?”17
In graduate school I had learned much about different kinds of Chinese
language: classical and vernacular, different forms of ancient language,
and the many very different versions of modern oral Chinese, which are
more nearly different languages than just “dialects,” as they are some-
times called. But now I began to be interested in another axis on which
the Chinese language divides into different versions—the official and the
unofficial. I found some systematic differences. In vocabulary, for exam-
ple, official Chinese used more borrowings from Western languages (pri-
marily the neologisms introduced to China via Japan in the late-Qing
years, with later additions from English, German, and Russian) than
daily-life Chinese did. Terms like xingshi ᔶ ‘situation’ or dongxiang
ࡼ ‘trend’ had an official flavor. They carried an aura of correctness but
were usually abstract enough that one did not know exactly what they
meant. This made them useful in obfuscating sensitive things. For exam-
ple, to describe the persecution of people during the Cultural Revolution—
events for which ordinary language might use lively phrases like hunfei
posan 儖亯儘ᬷ ‘soul flies and spirit scatters—be scared out of one’s wits’
or jiapo renwang ᆊ⸈Ҏѵ ‘home wrecked and person perished’—the offi-
cial language could retreat into a phrase like caiqu cuoshi jinxing zhengdun
পᮑ䖯㸠ᭈ䷧ ‘adopt measures to carry out reorganization’. Cuoshi
and zhengdun are modern neologisms, and also what Lakoff and Johnson
call “ontological metaphors,” but the “entities” to which they are sup-
posed to refer could hardly be more vague. I was reminded of George
Orwell’s famous essay “Politics and the English Language,” in which he
writes that political language “is designed to make lies sound truthful and
murder respectable, and give an appearance of solidity to pure wind.”18
Another interesting aspect of the official language was its implicit claim
to moral weight. No matter how vague the cognitive meaning of caiqu cuoshi
jinxing zhengdun might be, the implication was clear that it was a “correct”
thing to do. Words that were not originally ethical terms could take on
moral weight. For example, Mao Zedong liked the word zui ᳔ ‘most’, and
he liked to use it in series. In 1940 he called the great Chinese writer
Lu Xun the “most brave, most correct, most firm, most loyal, and most
ardent national hero.”19 In the high Maoism of the Cultural Revolution
years, anything zui in the official language had to be good. Mao Zedong was
women xinzhong zui hong zui hong de hong taiyang ៥ӀᖗЁ᳔㑶᳔㑶ⱘ㑶
䰇. An appearance of three zui in a row all but guaranteed that the adjec-
tive20 that followed described a wonderful quality. Thus zui, zui, zui hong
᳔᳔᳔㑶 ‘most, most, most red’ and zui, zui, zui zhengque ᳔᳔᳔ℷ⹂
‘most, most, most correct’ both made sense, and indeed were common, in
the official language; but to say zui, zui, zui fandong ᳔᳔᳔ডࡼ ‘most, most,
most reactionary’—although the phrase works fine grammatically and
18. “Politics and the English Language,” in A Collection of Essays (Garden City, N.Y.:
Doubleday Anchor, 1954), p. 177.
19. Widely quoted in later years, the phrase first appeared in January 1940 in “On
New Democracy.” See Selected Works of Mao Tse-tung, vol. 2 (Peking: Foreign Lan-
guages Press, 1967), p. 372.
20. Terms that I here call “adjectives” are different from adjectives in Western lan-
guages because they can follow subjects directly to form sentences, without any other
verb. Some grammarians call them “stative verbs.”
16 An Anatomy of Chinese
the rhythm says “good.” A similar test can show that even if we restrict
ourselves to positive meanings, the rhythmic contribution to meaning
emerges only in the official language, not the language of ordinary life. If
we say (to be as positive as we can) “my beautiful, peaceful, comfortable
home” and put the words into the same official-language rhythm, we
could get something like meili de anjing de shufu de wo jia 㕢呫ⱘᅝ䴰ⱘ㟦
᳡ⱘ៥ᆊ. But this result is so awkward that, if heard in actual daily life,
the hearer would wonder what is wrong with the speaker.
In any human language, of course, the patterns of set phrases (slogans,
proverbs, idioms) are distinctive, and it is not hard to generate a sense of
incongruity by inserting different vocabulary into them. In finding this
phenomenon in official Chinese, we should not assume that it does not
exist elsewhere. But there are differences of degree, and there are some-
times differences in form as well. It began to interest me that Chinese
slogans, grammatically speaking, are usually presented as subjectless
predicates: dadao sirenbang ᠧצಯҎᐂ ‘Down with the Gang of Four’;
quanxin quanyi gao sihua ܼᖗܼᛣ᧲ಯ࣪ ‘Give your full heart and mind
to the Four Modernizations’.21 In English, it is much more natural to use
imperatives. And imperatives, grammatically speaking, are complete sen-
tences. They don’t take subjects; you cannot grammatically say “I down with
the Gang of Four” or “You down with the Gang of Four.” But Chinese
slogans, as floating predicates, “invite” a subject and then leave the spot
blank. Grammatically, one certainly could say wo dadao sirenbang ‘I knock
down the Gang of Four’ or ni dadao sirenbang “you . . .” or zanmen dajia
yikuair dadao sirenbang અӀᆊϔഫܓᠧצಯҎᐂ ‘all of us together . . .’
Leaving the subject blank in Chinese slogans subtly gives a very different
effect from the imperative form of English slogans. In English an implicit
“I” is telling an implicit “you” to do something. Chinese has more the feel
of “would that it be that [some result come about].” It is left unstated who
does the action, or who tells whom to do it; the focus is on the end result.
From here, I began to notice other ways official Chinese had what
might be called a “goal orientation.” This was reflected not only in gram-
mar (as in the slogan example) but in vocabulary as well. The “filler verb”
gao ᧲, for example, was in widespread use by the end of the Mao era, in
21. We can note in passing that these two slogans are wuyan and qiyan.
18 An Anatomy of Chinese
both official language and daily-life uses. (Mao Zedong favored the word,
and it is used much less in Taiwan and overseas Chinese communities.)
Gao is so flexible in its uses that one would need a fairly long list of En-
glish words to supply its counterparts: do, make, effect, perform, pursue,
mess with, and so on. Fundamentally, it is just a device to transfer our at-
tention to the goal expressed in its direct object. We have seen earlier the
example quanxin quanyi gao sihua, which I translated (using an imperative,
in English) as “Give your full heart and mind to the Four Moderniza-
tions.” To reflect gao, I could have added a word like “pursue” before “the
Four Modernizations,” but it would not have mattered much. The point of
gao is just to say “bring the goal about.” How? Gao makes no comment.
Just get it done. This characteristic of gao has made things convenient for
policy-makers and bureaucrats. To issue a policy to gao shehuizhuyi ᧲⼒Ӯ
ЏН ‘do socialism’, gao huanbao ᧲⦃ֱ ‘do environmental protection’, or
gao shuangbai fangzhen ᧲ঠⱒᮍ䩜 ‘go the double-hundred direction—
give more latitude in literary expression’ has allowed bureaucrats to tell
what a certain result should be without having to take the responsibility
(and therefore the political risk of a “mistake”) for saying exactly how the
result should be pursued. A Maoist slogan said zhua geming, cu shengchan
ᡧ䴽ੑ, ֗⫳ѻ ‘grasp revolution, stimulate production’. Exactly what to
“grasp” and exactly how one might “stimulate” were problems for the slo-
gans’ audience, not its issuers.
In sum, I came to feel that contemporary official Chinese did have a
number of characteristics by which one could distinguish it from daily-
life Chinese—not as different languages, of course, but as two distinct
registers, or idiolects, of Chinese. The two idiolects were held together
not only because they shared a common base but because there was fre-
quent interchange, and sometimes borrowing, between the two. In unof-
ficial contexts people talked, in ordinary language, about how they should
play the chess game of the official language. Conversely, there could be
talk, in the official language (at political meetings, for example), about
how someone had spoken— or more likely, misspoken—in the unofficial
language. There was also seepage of official vocabulary (as well as gram-
mar, rhythms, and metaphors) into daily-life uses. Gao, for example, came
to be used in a wide variety of daily-life contexts: looking for a spouse
Introduction 19
became gao duixiang ᧲ᇍ䈵; cleaning the toilet gao weisheng ᧲ि⫳;
studying physics gao wuli ᧲⠽⧚; hatching a plot gao yinmou ᧲䰈䇟; cook-
ing up a couple of dishes, gao liang ge cai ᧲ϸϾ㦰; and many more.
In the post-Mao years, some people began to worry, similarly to the
way Li Tuo worried about writers, that the thinking of ordinary people
had been shaped by unnoticed infusion of official language into daily-life
language. Mao favored military metaphors, for example. Originally his
movement annihilated the enemy (xiaomie diren ⍜♁ᬠҎ). But later the
focus turned to annihilating errors (xiaomie cuowu ⍜♁䫭䇃), annihilat-
ing revisionism (xiaomie xiuzhengzhuyi ⍜♁ׂℷЏН), annihilating the
rightist tendency to reverse correct verdicts (xiaomie youqing fan’anfeng
⍜♁েؒ㗏Ḝ亢), and so on. Eventually, in daily life, people found them-
selves near the ends of meals urging one another to fi nish off the remain-
ing food by suggesting “annihilation” of it. Xiaomie shengcai ⍜♁࠽㦰 en-
tered the language as “finish off the leftovers.” Chinese people in Taiwan
and overseas do not use this metaphor and can find it startling when they
first hear it. Mainland people who do use the metaphor, and who come to
be aware of it, seem to feel a bit sheepish but not seriously upset. No one
really approaches leftovers with violent intent, after all. But for some, the
worry lingered. If we did not notice this militarism creeping into our
thinking, how much else have we not been noticing? In the summer of
1989, when a group of Chinese dissidents, refugees from the June Fourth
massacre in Beijing, met in Paris to draft a Declaration of the Chinese
Democratic Front, they got into heated debates over language. Demo-
cratic front? Isn’t “front” a military term? Mao used it, but should we?
Everyone wanted to end the dictatorship of the Communist Party, but not
everyone wanted to use terms like tuifan 㗏 ‘overthrow’ or dadao ᠧצ
‘knock down’. Two factions formed on the question, and each took itself
to be the more radical. One side said, in effect, we do not compromise; we
are willing to come right out and say “Down with the Communist Party.”
The other side said: you compromise by accepting the Communist Par-
ty’s language; it is we who do not compromise; we say only “End one-
party rule.”
These Chinese were concerned, I realized, with the same kind of ques-
tion that had intrigued me as I wondered about the “meanings” of rhythms
20 An Anatomy of Chinese
The stress and intonation patterns in speech, which linguists call prosody,
and which I am also calling, less formally, “rhythm,” are universal in hu-
man languages, in fact essential to them. If you hear syllables pronounced
in a manner that aims at uniformity in matters of stress, pause, and pitch,
the utterances will seem to you to be coming perhaps from a computer, or
an imaginary alien. In any case, they will seem “not human.” Under a
musicologist’s rigorous defi nition of “rhythm,” all phrases in spoken lan-
guage necessarily have a rhythm, even if it is perfectly uniform or utterly
random. The examples I discuss in this chapter might best be called “con-
ventional rhythmic patterns”; in calling them “rhythms” I am simply us-
ing shorthand.
In English we speak of syllables within words “receiving accents”— and,
for longer words, which syllables get primary and secondary accents. On
a scale where 1 means most stress and 4 means least, in American English
the word “constitution” is usually said 2–4–1–3. If the stress pattern of
“constitution” strays very far from 2–4–1–3, native speakers of American
22 An Anatomy of Chinese
English will find that it “sounds funny.” They will get this sense instantly,
whether or not they have any conscious awareness of the pattern.
Stress patterns also play roles in phrases containing two words, three
words, or more. For example, the name “Joey Davis,” in American English,
is usually said 2–4–1–3, using the same stress pattern as “constitution.”1
Again, a native speaker would find a radical diversion from this pattern to
sound extremely odd. Said in a 4–2–3–1 pattern, the name “Joey Davis”
might startle you, even cause you to keep your distance from Joey the
person, and you might literally find it hard to pronounce the name in a
pattern like 1–4–3–2. The ways some stress patterns naturally sound bet-
ter than others can cause us, without being aware that we are doing so, to
choose certain word orders over others. In English, for example, if we
have a one-syllable word and a two-syllable word and want to connect
them with “and,” we find that it sounds better to put the one-syllable word
first. “Salt and pepper” sounds better than “pepper and salt”; “bright and
shiny” sounds better than “shiny and bright.”2 In general, TAH-ta-
TAH-ta is more agreeable than TAH-ta-ta-TAH.
Syllabic “stress” can mean several things. It can mean that a syllable,
compared to others near it, is (1) higher in pitch, (2) longer in duration, or
(3) louder. Human languages, including the regional languages of China,
differ in how “stress” is composed among these three elements. For Man-
darin Chinese, Y. R. Chao has written that stress is “primarily an enlarge-
ment in pitch range and time duration and only secondarily in loudness.”3
In Cantonese, where “there is no neutral tone” (i.e., no syllable on which
there is “completely weak” stress) as there is in Mandarin,4 somewhat dif-
ferent rules apply. In mellifluous Cantonese, pitch plays a bigger role than
it does in Mandarin, so even without neutral tones, there is plenty of room
5. Ibid.
24 An Anatomy of Chinese
6. Lao She 㗕㟡, Luotuo Xiangzi 俅侱⼹ᄤ (Hong Kong: Xuelin shudian, n.d.),
pp. 284–285.
Rhythm 25
the same patterns.7 That the rhythms emerge from the syllabic patterns of
the language, and not just from its meanings, is evident when one compares
English translations of the same lines, in which the original rhythms are
entirely lost: “So you think getting along on your own is best, do you? . . .
Who doesn’t think that way? . . . How far can one man hop? Have you ever
seen a grasshopper?”8 The English has rhythms, to be sure, but they are
different from the originals and deliver a somewhat different mood.
This kind of creative and complex rhythm is not the focus of this chap-
ter. (It is a worthy topic, but one cannot do everything.) Here we will fo-
cus on shorter phrases that have relatively standard rhythmic patterns and
are used in a wide variety of contexts within Chinese culture. The pat-
terns are seldom creative, and are repetitive from case to case, but these
facts do not prevent the patterns’ details and uses from becoming ex-
tremely complex and interesting.
We can begin by sketching the wide variety of contexts in which rhyth-
mic phrases appear. Five-character wuyan Ѩ㿔 patterns and seven-
character qiyan ϗ㿔 patterns have been extremely common in poetry and
folksongs for a long time. This point hardly needs further comment, ex-
cept perhaps to note that wuyan and qiyan patterns have persisted in twen-
tieth- and twenty-first-century poetry much more than is commonly sup-
posed. “Modernist” revolutions in the 1920s and 1980s brought free verse,
French symbolism, and Western-flavored “misty” poetry to China, but
these influences were always a matter of vanguard art and academic study.
It remained true that when people wanted to express strong feelings about
partings, deaths, or political events, they continued— overwhelmingly—
to use wuyan and qiyan patterns. In 1976, after Zhou Enlai died, crowds of
mourners gathered at Tiananmen Square seeking to reveal that, down
deep, they preferred Zhou to the Maoists who had survived him. They
brought thousands of poems to the square, nearly all of which were wuyan
or qiyan.9 Fiction writers, as well, have borrowed wuyan and qiyan, especially
when they have wanted to emphasize the depth, solemnity, or splendor of
7. I have run the experiment a few times. You can do it, too.
8. Lao She, Rickshaw, trans. Jean James (Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press,
1979), pp. 228–229. James’s translation is excellent.
9. See Tong Huaizhou ス់਼, Tiananmen Shiwenji ᅝ䭔䀽᭛䲚 (Collection of
Tiananmen poetry) (Beijing: Beijing chubanshe, 1979), 2 vols.
26 An Anatomy of Chinese
Incidentally, in this book I often use what others sometimes call “free”
translation, especially for items of popular culture and items for which
rhythm and rhyme are important. In doing so, I do not see myself as sac-
rificing fidelity but, on the contrary, as trying to preserve fidelity to a va-
10. I.e., Yue luo wu ti shuang man tian ᳜㨑Р䳰⒵ [Moon falls, raven cries, frost
fi lls the sky], Shan zai xu wu piao miao jian ቅ㰮᮴㓹㓜䯈 [Mountains dimly discern-
ible in the mists], and Feng ye di hua qiu se se ᵿ㥏㢅⾟⨳⨳ [Maple leaves and reed
flowers rustling in the fall]. Wang Huo ⥟☿, Zhanzheng he ren ᠄⠁Ҏ [War and
people), 3 vols. (Beijing: renmin wenxue chubanshe, 1993).
11. I am indebted for this item to a marginally educated woman from Sichuan who
lives in New York but prefers to remain nameless. Even in 2007, she did not wish to be
known as passing along a criticism of a Communist icon like Guo Moruo. She could
not remember Guo’s poem, only the satiric answer to it.
Rhythm 27
riety of things at once: meaning, rhythm, rhyme, register, and the holistic
life of a phrase. I do not believe that a translation that kills a lively phrase
and pickles its literal meaning has more “fidelity,” overall, than one that
keeps the life at the cost of some literal precision. This is why, for the
couplet above, I allow myself the phrase “monkey’s uncle” as an attempt
to match the spirit of the line in popular American usage even though
there is no monkey, but only a nondescript male relative, in the Sichuan-
ese original. (I do not ask my reader to share my views on this point, but
just to be aware of what they are.)
The “cultural T-shirts” (wenhuashan ᭛࣪㸿) that began to appear in
Chinese cities in the 1990s also make use of standard rhythms. In a piece of
startling satire of plainclothes police, a T-shirt that appeared in 2006 read:
baoan xunluo zhiyuanzhe ֱᅝᎵ䙣ᖫ丬㗙 ‘volunteer security patrolman’.12
Some kinds of popular culture in China have shown a preference for
four-syllable combinations. Menus, for example, easily show the cultural
preference—not requirement, but preference—for four syllables in the
naming of dishes: gongbao jiding ᆂֱ䲲ϕ ‘kung-pao chicken’, mapo doufu
咏ယ䈚㜤 ‘pock-marked lady tofu’, and so on. It doesn’t matter much if the
names are literal (qingzheng liyu ⏙㪌冝儮 ‘steamed carp’) or fanciful (mayi
shangshu 㵲㷏Ϟ ‘ants climbing a tree—pork and vermicelli Sichuan
style’)—in any case four syllables are preferred. Their internal stress pat-
terns can vary somewhat (to my ear gongbao jiding is close to 1–4–3–3 and
mayi shangshu close to 1–4–2–1), but, grammatically and semantically, nearly
every string splits into 2 + 2, not 1 + 3 or 3 + 1. The 2 + 2 pattern suggests
and maintains a principle of balance.
Although poetry, fiction, graffiti, and menus are normally written forms,
their rhythmic features suggest strong connections to spoken language.
Rhythm in oral Chinese is even easier to find than in writing. Marches
and chants, as in other languages, observe obvious rhythms. Chants that
are used for popular purposes in Chinese sometimes take on the patterns
of wuyan or qiyan and other patterns that are associated with poetry and
song. I understand from an eyewitness (or should we say ear-witness?)13
The third line here is qiyan, and the first two are a pattern that I call 3–3–7
and will discuss in more detail below. The pattern 3–3–7 occurs in ancient
poetry, and in modern times appears not only in basketball cheers but in
many things, from the Cultural Revolution anthem “The East Is Red” to
things like popular riddles that describe, in the following example, a peanut:15
14. In midwestern American slang, “step on it” means “step on the accelerator,”
which approximates the Chinese jiayou ‘add gas’.
15. In the second line, the ge shares a beat with the preceding zhe. This sharing does
not change the overall rhythmic structure of the line. I have used “lies in bed” instead
of “lives inside” in my translation for the sake of fidelity to the rhyme.
Rhythm 29
Qiyan is as easy to find as wuyan in sayings at the popular level. Examples are
Guilin shanshui jia tianxia Ḗᵫቅ∈⬆ϟ ‘the scenery at Guilin beats any in
the world’ and si zhu bupa kaishui tang ⅏䉀ϡᗩ䭟∈➭ ‘dead pigs aren’t afraid
of boiling water’ (a punishment, once it is applied, loses its deterrent effect).
Many contemporary examples can be found in the satiric “popular dit-
ties” (shunkouliu ䷚ষ⑰) that are passed around in Chinese society, orally
and authorlessly, rather as jokes are passed around in Western societies.
This example from the late 1990s protests the plight of elderly state-
enterprise workers:
30 An Anatomy of Chinese
Qiyan examples of shunkouliu are even more numerous than wuyan exam-
ples. This one looks back on the course of the Communist revolution:
With the rapid spread of handheld telephones in Chinese cities in the first
decade of the twenty-first century, shunkouliu, which began as an oral
medium, turned partly into the written medium of text messaging. The
change did not affect the prevalence of rhythmic patterns.
Traditional popular arts such as storytelling, clapper-tales, drumsing-
ing, and other forms known as quyi ᳆㮱 ‘song art’ are waning in contem-
porary China, but the most adaptive among them, xiangsheng Ⳍ㙆 ‘come-
dians’ dialogues’,16 has remained popular in altered form. In quyi, including
xiangsheng, rhythms of many kinds are consciously woven into the textures
of language. An iconic xiangsheng piece called Xiju yu fangyan ᠆࡛㟛ᮍ㿔
(Drama and dialects),17 made famous by Hou Baolin and Guo Qiru, opens
with a 4:4 beat:
It uses qiyan to say that their adorable popular dialect of Beijing is:
17. Hou Baolin փᅱᵫ and Guo Qiru 䛁ਃۦ, “Xiju yu fangyan” ៣࠻㟛ᮍ㿔 , in
Wang Wenzhang ⥟᭛ゴ, ed., Hou Baolin biaoyan xiangsheng jingpinxuan փᅱᵫ㸼
ⓨⳌໄ㊒ક䗝 (A selection of Hou Baolin’s xiangsheng per for mance pieces) (Beijing:
Wenhua yishu chubanshe, 2003), pp. 35–49.
32 An Anatomy of Chinese
The couplet appears, periodically in the structure of the piece, five times.
The Maoist pressure to remake Chinese literature and art, and to get
rid of “old” things, brought much change to xiangsheng but hardly got rid
of its rhythms. Ma Ji’s piece called Baigujing xianxingjiⱑ偼㊒⦄ᔶ䆄
‘White-boned demon revealed’ complains that under the Gang of Four,
whatever you did could be called wrong, even to the extent that (in wuyan):
Go up?—You can’t go up
Down?—You can’t go down
Live, you can’t live
Die, you can’t die!
This piece is said to have been created underground during the fi nal years
of Mao Zedong’s rule and then, after his death, appropriated for official
use when the new leadership found it useful in discrediting the “all-evil
[Maoist] Gang of Four.” Whether or not these claims are true for this par-
ticular piece and this particular rhythm, it is easily demonstrable, in gen-
eral, that Chinese governments have adopted popular rhythms in their
“propaganda work.” The phenomenon was especially obvious during the
Mao era, but it did not begin then. The Nationalists used rhythmic slo-
gans in the 1930s and 1940s, and continued to use them in Taiwan after
1949. A public billboard in Taipei in the 1960s read, in wuyan:18
To what extent have Chinese officials been conscious of the ways they use
rhythms? This is hard to say, and almost certainly varies from case to
case. When officials during the Cultural Revolution used old rhythms in
order to attack “old culture” (which certainly would include old rhythms),
they likely were not very conscious of the self-contradictory nature of their
activity. (In the political context of the time, it would have been frighten-
ing to arrive at such consciousness.) Yet they must have been aware of the
rhythms at some level, because the rhythms in their phrases must have
been part of what made them feel that the phrases were fitting.
There is good evidence that at least some people in the government
have been highly conscious of rhythm and have fashioned it consciously
in propaganda work. A man named Peng Ruigao, of the Shanghai Munici-
pal Propaganda Bureau, told New York Times reporter Craig Smith in
2001 that “slogans require the writing techniques and rhythms of classical
poetry to make them palatable to the people.”20 Putting rhythms into
slogans was part of Peng’s job. Signs of conscious word craft are apparent,
as well, at the very highest levels of Chinese government, for example in
the “Eight Honors and Eight Shames” (Barong Bachi ܿ㤷ܿᘹ) of the Hu
Jintao regime. These eight couplets, memorized by schoolchildren across
China, asked people to regard “loving the country (or state)” as an honor
and “hurting the country (or state)” as a shame; to regard “resolute strug-
gle” as an honor and “wallowing in luxury” as a shame; and so on. Each
line is seven syllables long (although the rhythmic pattern is not the same
as in qiyan), and the evidence of conscious craft is overwhelming. The first
syllable of each line is yi ҹ, and the sixth is wei Ў ‘take [something] as
[something else]’; the seventh syllable in each line is either rong ᾂ ‘honor’
or chi ᘹ ‘shame’ in alternating lines; and the four syllables from number
two to number five are all balanced 2 + 2 phrases, the first five of which
are a two-syllable transitive verb followed by a two-syllable object, and
the last eleven of which are parallel two-syllable verbs. There can be no
doubt that the ideological content of the Eight Honors and Eight Shames
was carefully debated at high levels; there also can be little doubt that
their form was consciously crafted as well.
Government slogans on other topics often made use of wuyan and qiyan
patterns as well. Rhyme and parallelism could be involved, as the follow-
ing examples from the years 2006 and 2007 make clear.21 Central Chinese
Television (CCTV) sometimes exhorted youth to idealism with the wuyan
20. Craig S. Smith, “Shanghai Journal; Political Power Grows from the Point of
His Pen,” New York Times, June 14, 2001.
21. I am grateful to Mao Sheng for most of these examples.
Rhythm 35
22. From “Jihua shengyu xin biaoyu chutai neiqing” 䅵ߦ⫳㚆ᮄᷛ䇁ߎৄݙᚙ (The
inside story on the promulgation of the new birth-control slogans˅, Nanfang zhoumo
फᮍ਼ (Southern Weekend), August 23, 2007.
23. I am indebted to David Moser for this example. Email message to author, April
13, 2008.
36 An Anatomy of Chinese
East Lake Paradise restaurant is fine!’24 Even McDonald’s was using qiyan
on CCTV: shike changxiang maidanglao ᯊࠏ⬙ᛇ呺ᔧࢇ ‘always keep Mc-
Donald’s on your mind’. Qiyan could help sell tonics: xueqi chongzu cai jian-
kang, buxue renzhun jiuzhitang 㸔⇨ܙ䎇ᠡعᒋ, 㸹㸔䅸ޚб㡱ූ ‘health
requires that the blood-spirit be ample, and to bolster the blood you need
Jiuzhitang’; also jinnian guojie bu shou li, shou li zhi shou naobaijin Ҟᑈ䖛㡖
ϡᬊ⼐, ᬊ⼐াᬊ㛥ⱑ䞥 ‘don’t take gifts at New Year’s this year unless the
gift is Naobaijin’. If health fails, at least one can look good with cosmetics,
now offered in wuyan: xiangyao pifuhao, zaowan yao dabao ᛇ㽕Ⲃ㙸ད, ᮽᰮ
㽕ᅱ ‘if you want good skin, sooner or later you’ll need Great Treasure
Cream’. You’re obese? A guaranteed diet is offered in wuyan: jianfei bu
fantan, fantan bu shoufei ޣ㙹ϡডᔍ, ডᔍϡᬊ䌍 ‘cut the fat and keep it
off, if the fat comes back there’ll be no charge’. An advertisement for sani-
tary pads on CCTV used the phrase nüren yue zuo yue kuaile ཇҎ䍞خ䍞
ᖿФ, making use not only of qiyan rhythm but a pun on yue, which could be
either 䍞 ‘more’ or ᳜ ‘month’, so that users could be either “happy every
month” or “more and more happy,” depending on how one took the phrase.
A poster advertising English lessons makes its appeal in a very Chinese
rhythm: Yingyu xuexi xintupo 㣅䇁ᄺдᮄさ⸈ ‘A new breakthrough in the
study of English’.25 Even the sale of gasoline warrants rhythm: jiayou zhong
shi hua, fangxin pao tianxia ࡴ⊍Ё࣪, ᬒᖗ䎥ϟ ‘fill up with China Pet-
rol and go wherever in the world you want’.26 An email provider, in touting
the freedom of expression that its ser vices made possible, came up with
the qiyan phrase wode dipan wo zuo zhu ៥ⱘഄⲸ៥خЏ ‘I am master in my
own domain’.
From an historical point of view, the widespread use of rhythm in com-
mercial advertising might be entirely expected, since its roots can be
found in the hawkers’ calls that lasted into the early twentieth century
and that almost invariably used distinctive rhythms. Hawkers’ calls in-
cluded an immense variety, perhaps because each hawker wanted to sound
distinctive. Refuse collectors who called out a phrase like shou polanr de!
ᬊ⸈⟯‘ ⱘܓtaking in junk!’ might truncate the po to make the effect shou
27. Bingfu Lu and San Duanmu, “Rhythm and Syntax in Chinese: A Case Study,”
Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 37, no. 2 (May 2002), p. 134.
38 An Anatomy of Chinese
28. I am indebted to David Moser for this example. Email message to author, May
8, 2004.
29. Even a character that is not square, like ϔ ‘one’, is usually “conceptually square”
because it occupies the center of an imaginary square space on a printed page. See
Martin J. Heijdra, “Typology and the East Asian Book: The Evolution of the Grid,” in
Perry Link, ed., The Scholar’s Mind: Essays in Honor of Frederick W. Mote (Hong Kong:
Chinese University Press, 2009), pp. 120–125.
30. In an effort to illustrate this problem, David Bellos, professor of comparative
literature at Princeton University, has translated the shunkouliu above (“For forty-
some years, ever more perspiration / And we just circle back to before Liberation,”
etc.) in four lines of exactly twenty-one bits apiece: “Blood sweat and tears / Over forty
long years / Now it’s utterly over / Who stole the clover?” See David Bellos, Is That a
Fish in Your Ear? Translation and the Meaning of Everything (London: Par tic u lar Books,
2011), p. 135.
Rhythm 39
31. I am indebted to David Moser for the example and for the “come in a flash, go
with a flush” translation cited below. Email message to author, May 8, 2004.
32. I am indebted to Hu Ping for this example. Email message to author, June 9,
2007.
40 An Anatomy of Chinese
If someone were to go to the market and ask for douFU, he or she would
probably get the stuff, but everyone within earshot would know “some-
thing’s wrong.” The ability to recognize that “something’s wrong” in
cases like this extends well beyond the small group of people who can
explain—in terms of syllables, stresses, and so on—why it is wrong. This
simple example shows that there are two levels in what we can mean by
“awareness” of stresses or rhythms. When a person hears or uses a stress
pattern that follows convention, it “sounds right” or “feels good.” When
used incorrectly, it sounds wrong. Should we say that the user is conscious
of this connection between rhythm and rightness? The question is subtle.
We cannot say that users are not consciously aware, because the sense of
rightness (or of wrongness, for mistakes) is indubitably a conscious feel-
ing. But it is also true that the great majority of users of stress patterns do
not make conscious decisions when selecting patterns and cannot explain
what they have done once the sounds have been pronounced.
The “tones” of Chinese are a good example of this phenomenon. If, fol-
lowing Y. R. Chao, we regard voice pitch as part of what we mean by
“stress,” then we can take Chinese tones as miniexamples of stress pat-
terns. A native speaker of Chinese—including any dialect—will immedi-
ately feel that something’s wrong when a tone is wrong. This feeling will
be just as clear as it is for an English speaker who hears “gat” when he or
she can infer that “get” is what the speaker meant to say. But here’s the
point: native speakers of Chinese, unless they are specially trained, usu-
ally cannot identify which tone was said and which was meant. Many will
have learned labels for the tones in school (first tone, second tone, etc.) but
still will not be able to say “that was second tone, it should have been
fourth,” or even “your voice pitch was rising and it should have been fall-
ing.” At that level, they normally are not conscious of pitch. But the same
people will be immediately aware of any mistake, and can very easily pro-
nounce what the proper sound should have been.
This two-leveledness in the awareness of pitch and stress can create
ironies. I noted in the Introduction how Red Guards, in the late 1960s,
assembled in Tiananmen Square chanting an “old” qiyan rhythm (women
yao jian Mao zhuxi) in praise of the man who was urging them to reject
everything old. I doubt that the Red Guards were aware of this
contradiction.
What about Mao himself? At which level, if any, might he have been
aware of such things? There is ample evidence that Mao was willing, in
general, to exempt himself from rules that he applied to others. In 1963,
for example, he published a volume of his classical poetry, in qiyan and
other forms, Mao Zhuxi shici sanshiqi shou ↯Џᐁ䀽䀲ϝकϗ佪 (Thirty-
seven poems by Chairman Mao). By 1974 the little book had been re-
printed fourteen times.34 For nearly everyone else in China during those
34. Mao Zedong, Mao Zhuxi shici sanshiqi shou ↯Џᐁ䀽䀲ϝकϗ佪 [Thirty-seven
poems by Chairman Mao] (Beijing: Wenwu chubanshe, 1974).
42 An Anatomy of Chinese
Cultural Revolution years, any public show of favor toward classical po-
etry might be dangerous, possibly even lethal. Mao’s book not only con-
tained classical poetry; it imitated traditional, a.k.a. “feudal,” style in
many other ways: it used traditional characters, arranged them vertically
in unpunctuated lines, opened from the right-hand side, and was com-
posed of pages bound with string between covers of blue paper. In many
ways it was made to resemble books of the Ming- Qing era. Its design fea-
tures were unavailable to any other mainland Chinese who produced
books during the late-Mao era, a time when many traditional-style books,
including genuine Ming-Qing volumes, were being burned. Can we imag-
ine that the whole production of Mao’s poetry book happened without the
conscious awareness of its makers of what they were doing? Hardly. Can
we suppose that Mao himself did not consciously approve? Again no. This
is almost impossible to imagine. It is much easier to imagine that the prin-
ciple “Mao is an exception to Maoist guidelines” was in use.
Yet, despite the obvious exceptionalism, I would guess that Mao sel-
dom, if ever, was consciously aware of Red Guard use of qiyan rhythm to
praise him. It seems more plausible that he just felt—rather as the user of
correct tones in ordinary Chinese just feels—that the phrases sounded
right. This hypothesis gains strength when we consider the many exam-
ples of his use of such rhythms in watchwords that he intended for others.
I noted several of these in the Introduction (Funü neng ding banbiantian
ཛཇ㛑乊ञ䖍 ‘Women can hold up half the sky’; Linghun shenchu gan
geming! ♉儖⏅໘ᑆ䴽ੑ ‘Make revolution in the depths of your soul’;
Nongye xue Dazhai ݰϮᄺᆼ ‘Agriculture should learn from Dazhai’;
etc.). When Mao wanted to warn that there are a lot of good-for-nothings
hidden in the shallow waters at the august Peking University, his phrase
Beida shui qian wangba duo ࣫∈⌙⥟ܿ ‘The water is shallow and the
turtles are many at Peking University’ no doubt just felt better to him
because of its qiyan rhythm.
Qiyan and wuyan rhythms are in fact easier—not, as one might expect,
harder—to find in the public political language of high Maoism. These
rhythmic habits not only appeared in national campaign slogans and the
names of the model operas but seeped into daily-life political struggle as
well. At the two sides of a makeshift stage used for “struggling class ene-
mies” in Harbin, two vertical banners bore the wuyan matching couplet
Rhythm 43
Hu’s phrases are not only wuyan but elegantly parallel (“big gall this, little
heart that”). We can imagine that Hu might explain this gap between his
theory and his practice by holding that his rule about parallelism applies
to literary essays, whereas aphorisms of the kind I have quoted here serve
a different purpose. Still, it is interesting that Hu seems to have felt, at
least for aphorisms, that wuyan rhythm and parallelism add something, or
somehow make things better. When his friend and fellow reformer Chen
Duxiu followed Hu’s “Humble Opinion” with a more hard-hitting essay
titled “On Literary Revolution,” Chen called for “knocking down” all
kinds of “ornate,” “rotten,” “extravagant” old forms and styles and creat-
ing “colloquial social literature.”39 Chen’s essay itself, though, was written
in a classical style that can only be called fairly ornate and a bit extrava-
gant. Here, too, an ironic gap opens between “what I say should be done”
and “what I am doing.” Two levels of awareness—focused consciousness
and inadvertent habit— are in play.
Fads in language use can originate in a number of ways, some of them pur-
poseful, but they seem often to spread at the same less-than-conscious level
that explains much use of rhythm in language. People sense that it feels good
to use a certain word or phrase without specifically noting that they are
following a trend in doing so. In the modern West teenagers are held to be
major purveyors of language fads, but in fact the adult worlds of business,
government, and academe are also full of examples. In the late twentieth
century words like “interface” and “module” were stylish in American bu-
reaucratic language. In the twenty-first, “robust,” “compelling,” and “mul-
tiple” have received faddish attention. There are plenty of other examples.
It seems that not only words but rhythms can be involved in faddish-
ness. This notion first occurred to me for the case of contemporary Chi-
nese when I noticed how many slogans of the Great Leap Forward years
(1958– 60) seemed to be four-syllable phrases:
And so on. To test my hypothesis rigorously one would need to count the
occurrences of different kinds of rhythms from a variety of randomly se-
lected texts (and where possible, recordings) from different time periods.
I have not done this kind of rigorous study, but have examined, in the
Rhythm 45
spirit of a pilot study in that direction, headlines and slogans in the People’s
Daily for the month of October in 1951, 1958, and 1966, respectively.40 I
chose these three years in order to highlight the slogans of three promi-
nent campaigns (i.e., those called Suppression of Counterrevolutionaries,
The Great Leap Forward, and The Great Proletarian Cultural Revolu-
tion). In using the People’s Daily as my source I was aware of the bias toward
official and political language as opposed to daily-life usage, but still, the
easy comparability of three months of the People’s Daily made systematicity
possible, so the effort seemed worthwhile.
I found standard patterns of four, five, and seven syllables in all three
periods. In October 1951 an unusually large number of paired slogans ap-
peared that used an eight-syllable line followed by a seven-syllable line.
For example:
A four-five pair:
In the fall of 1966 rhythms of all kinds were more common in the pages of
the People’s Daily than they had been in either 1951 or 1958. The Cultural
Revolution rhythms seemed, too, to carry a more palpable “beat” than
others. For example:
Long live the great teacher, great leader, great commander, great
helmsman Chairman Mao!47
In this example the first four phrases are not only five syllables in length
but invite a heavy lilt: ta-TAH-ta-ta-TAH, ta-TAH-ta-ta-TAH. . . . The
crucial contribution of the little particle de ⱘ, which precedes the modi-
fied nouns, is worth noting. It not only prevents a reading of the five-
syllable lines in the customary pattern of 2 + 3, with a pause after the sec-
ond syllable (as would certainly happen if, for example, the line were
weida zongsiling ӳᘏৌҸ ‘great commander-in-chief’). It also, because
it is repeated in parallel, magnifies the lilt. English, which has no corre-
sponding marker, does not have the same lilt-inducing tool available to it.
“Great teacher, great leader, great commander, great helmsman” can be
said with rhythmic parallelism, to be sure—but not with the swing that
comes naturally to weida de daoshi, weida de lingxiu, weida de tongshuai,
weida de duoshou. Or consider the example I noted in the Introduction of
the Cultural Revolution phrase weida de guangrong de zhengque de gongchan-
dang ӳⱘܝ㤷ⱘℷ⹂ⱘ݅ѻ‘ ܮgreat, glorious, correct Communist
Party’. Compared to the ta-TAH-ta, ta-TAH-ta, ta-TAH-ta rhythm of the
Chinese, the English phrase “great, glorious, correct” sounds flat.48
In 1958 a casual comment from Mao Zedong seems to have led to a
rhythmic pattern that took at least two different shapes during China’s
late Mao years. In early August 1958, when Mao was on an inspection
tour of prototypes of the communes (dashe ⼒) that he was planning, a
local official in Shandong reportedly asked him what these new organiza-
tions should be called, to which he reportedly answered: haishi jiao “renmin
gongshe” hao 䖬ᰃি“Ҏ⇥݀⼒”ད ‘It’s probably best to call them “People’s
Communes” ’.49 Mao’s grammar in this sentence was fi ne, but when his
sentence was shortened, as it was in People’s Daily headlines and in many
other places, to renmin gongshe hao! Ҏ⇥݀⼒ད!, the result was a saying
that observes wuyan rhythm but is not, when lifted from context, a gram-
matically natural phrase. (Without hen ᕜ or ting ᤎ or some other adverb
50. Dongfang hong ϰᮍ㑶 [The east is red], November 3, 1967, p. 2.
51. Hongqi zhanbao 㑶᮫ [Red flag warfare] (Xinjiang), January 20, 1968, p. 1.
For many of the examples in this paragraph I am indebted to Mao Sheng, “Geming
weiyuanhui hao” (The revolutionary committees are good), unpublished manuscript,
March 2007.
52. Mao Sheng, “Geming weiyuanhui hao.”
53. Renmin ribao Ҏ⇥᮹ [People’s daily], August 24, 1966, p. 3; August 26, 1966,
p. 2; August 27, 1966, p. 3.
54. Ibid., September 6, 1966, p. 5; September 11, 1966, p. 4; September 24, 1966,
p. 4.
Rhythm 49
56. See Feng Shengli, “Prosodic Structure and Its Implications in Teaching Chi-
nese as a Second Language,” unpublished, April 2003, pp. 12–13.
Rhythm 51
57. The example is from Feng Shengli, “Facts of Prosodic Syntax in Chinese,” un-
published paper, p. 34.
58. The example is from Lu and Duanmu, “Rhythm and Syntax in Chinese,” p. 126.
59. Examples from ibid., p. 123.
52 An Anatomy of Chinese
tone, as in xi.huan qian ୰䪅 ‘likes money’ or xia.hu ren ১Ҏ ‘frighten
people’.60
In cases where both modifier and modified are two syllables, a differ-
ence emerges depending on whether the modifier is a noun or an adjec-
tive. When a noun modifies a noun, the preference in shortening four
syllables to three is 2 + 1, not 1 + 2. Thus meitan shangdian ✸⚁ଚᑫ ‘coal
store’ shortens to meidian or to meitan dian, but not to mei shangdian.61 On
the other hand, when the two-syllable modifier is an adjective, 1 + 2 is
preferred: nüxing gongren ཇᗻᎹҎ ‘female worker’ shortens to nügong or
to nü gongren but not to nüxing gong.62 In addition to this puzzling differ-
ence, another difference between adjective modifiers and noun modifiers
is that only adjective modifiers can take the particle de. One can say nü-
xing de gongren for “female worker,” but not shoubiao de gongchang. (If we did
say the latter, its meaning would switch, and be odd. It would mean some-
thing like “a factory belonging to wristwatches.”)
Most of these patterns can be explained by what Duanmu San and oth-
ers call a “nonhead stress rule.” (The “head” of a phrase is the top of the
tree-structure in a phrase diagram.) In a verb-object or verb-complement
structure, the verb is the head; in a modification structure, the modified
noun is the head (unless the modifier is an adjective, in which case the
implied particle de is the head). In all cases, the component of a phrase
that is not the head receives stress. Duanmu discusses apparent exceptions
to the nonhead stress rule and on the whole defends the rule well.63
The rule applies to phrases longer than the four-syllable strings we
have been considering. In verb-object constructions, where the nonhead
object needs more stress, a two-syllable verb cannot go with a one-syllable
object: hence du bao ‘read the newspaper’ is all right, but yuedu bao sounds
wrong. Similarly, a three-syllable verb sounds wrong with a two-syllable
object. We can say fuze bingfang 䋳䋷⮙᠓ ‘take responsibility for the
[hospital] ward’ but not fuzeren bingfang 䋳䋷ӏ⮙᠓ (of the same meaning).
Feng Shengli points out that here it is the nonhead stress problem, not
the 3 + 2 clustering of syllables, that rules out fuzeren bingfang. Dui bing-
fang fuze ᇍ⮙᠓䋳䋷 ‘be responsible for the ward’ is also three syllables
plus two, and is quite fi ne, because now dui bingfang is the nonhead.64
While the nonhead stress rule and related grammar rules can, as we have
just seen, be “strong” enough to rule out certain phrases (i.e., make them
what grammarians call “unsayable” in normal usage), it is also true that
they are sometimes insufficient to determine how a string of syllables should
be said, or set to rhythm, or understood. In such cases meaning also plays
a role. This point is clear if we look at strings of nouns in which the pos-
sibilities of modification are ambiguous. Feng Shengli uses the example pi
Ⲃ ‘leather,’ xie 䵟 ‘shoes,’ and chang ॖ ‘factory’ to illustrate. Each of these
syllables by itself is a noun, and the three start, as it were, on equal foot-
ing. If we string them together as pixiechang, it is possible (if we imagine a
certain context) to understand the phrase as three nouns meaning “leather,
shoes, and factories” (1 + 1+ 1). A person could say, for example: pi xie chang,
women Lanzhou dou you Ⲃ䵟ॖ៥Ӏ݄Ꮂ䛑᳝ ‘leather, shoes, and factories—
we’ve got them all in Lanzhou’. But when we consider the more likely
case in which the nouns can modify one another, the question of cluster-
ing arises. In writing, pixiechang could be seen as either 2 + 1 pixie chang
‘leather-shoe factory’ or 1 + 2 pi xiechang ‘shoe factory made of leather’ (or,
more intriguing, ‘naughty shoe-factory’). In deciding between these two
(and the 1 + 1 + 1 alternative), meaning makes the difference in our choice,
and the “right answer” is fairly obvious. There is no grammatical reason to
prefer pixie chang over pi xiechang, but we realize that (in the normal world,
anyway) a leather-shoe factory is a more plausible thing than a shoe-
factory made of leather. This recognition guides our interpretation of the
grammar and also tells us where the pause and stress should go if we read
the phrase aloud.
In a startling footnote, Duanmu San points out that meaning is some-
times strong enough not only to decide among grammatical possibilities
within a string of syllables but also, like grammar rules themselves, to
We have seen how grammar can affect the rhythms of phrases and how,
when phrases in written form are ambiguous, meaning can make the dif-
ference in determining grammatical relations and associated rhythms.
But there are also rhythms in language that originate outside of grammar
65. Lu and Duanmu, “Rhythm and Syntax in Chinese,” p. 133, n. 7. The authors
credit Lü Shuxiang, “Hen bu . . .” [Very not . . . ], Zhongguo Yuwen [Chinese language]
5 (1965), for the original insights on hen bu.
Rhythm 55
or meaning. I will use the term “external rhythm” to refer to these. These
are cultural artifacts that are used and understood independently of— and
sometimes despite—what grammar requires.
Some cases of external rhythm are hard to miss. In any human culture,
poetry, songwriting, and things like chants and marches include meter
that has patterns that are external to the requirements of grammar. I will
call these kinds of external rhythms “dominant.” By “dominant” I mean
that the people who put them to use— and very often the people who re-
ceive them as well—are consciously aware of what is going on. When a poet
or songwriter composes a line in a dominant pattern, the rhythm is “there
first,” as it were, and the poet or songwriter’s task is to select and arrange
words to fit it. The pattern is “strong” enough that it can be acceptable even
for a poet or songwriter to overrule normal grammar in order to accom-
modate a rhythm.
Normally, for example, the English phrase “the button he pressed” would
be understood as a noun phrase meaning “the button that he pressed.” In a
limerick, though, it can mean “he pressed the button.” This inversion of verb
and object is justified—and does not confuse a cooperative reader—because
the demands of the dominant rhythm (and in the following case, rhyme,
too) need to be met:
The first line above, like the third, reverses the normal subject-predicate
order, but in neither case do we mind. In a limerick, even such fi xed as-
pects of language as spelling and pronunciation can bow to rhythm and
rhyme: No. Dak. and So. Dak. are made to rhyme with Kodak. Limericks
are, to be sure, extreme cases. They are an especially mischievous form to
which we give especially broad license. But for that very reason they are
66. Cyril Bibby, The Art of the Limerick (Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books, 1978),
p. 193. I have taken the liberty of substituting “boy” for “lady” in Bibby’s version.
56 An Anatomy of Chinese
67. Ian McEwan, “On John Updike,” New York Review of Books 56, no. 4 (March 12,
2009), p. 6.
Rhythm 57
give them the conscious notice that they normally give to word selection
(at least for the crucial words in an utterance) or, when they are present, to
“dominant” rhythms, either. But recessive rhythms, even though used in
this less than fully conscious way, are still cultural in the sense that they
are the artifacts of certain cultures and not necessarily of others.
In distinguishing “dominant” and “recessive” rhythms, I am not claim-
ing that every example of a rhythm has to be one or the other kind. Lim-
ericks, to be sure, are sufficiently distinctive that we might say they are
always dominant. (Can we imagine a person producing a limerick, or
passing one along, inadvertently?) There are also complex poetic forms,
such as the qinyuanchun ≕೦ ‘spring in Qin’s garden’ form, which is so
dominant that even Mao Zedong obeyed it and so ornate that anyone who
seeks to use it needs to be quite aware of exactly what he or she is doing.
But the great majority of rhythms that I discuss in this book, including
wuyan, qiyan, and other examples in both Chinese and English, are not
essentially either dominant or recessive but can be, and very often are, either
one. Rigorously speaking, what I am distinguishing here are not two sets
of examples of rhythms but two ways rhythms can function.
Enough prologue. What are the “external rhythms” of Chinese? Can
we uncover them? The “dominant” ones have been well catalogued by
scholars of Chinese poetry. This is a vast and rich field, in which there is
always more to learn, but the importance of rhythms in it hardly needs to
be “uncovered.” The “recessive” patterns, though, are another matter.
They have not been studied, and it is tricky to figure out how to uncover
them. The problem is not just that people are unaware of them and there-
fore not able to identify them. The problem is also that the rhythms, be-
ing “recessive,” defer to other aspects of language structure. They are
camouflaged, as were, within syntax. Consider again the example (from
the Introduction) of the Red Guards in Tiananmen Square chanting
women yao jian Mao zhuxi! ‘we want to see Chairman Mao’ in a qiyan pat-
tern of 2–2–3 syllabic structure. Can we say, from this evidence, that
2–2–3 is an “external” pattern of the “recessive” kind? No, we cannot,
because grammar easily explains the 2–2–3 pattern as well. The first two
syllables of women yao jian Mao zhuxi are its subject, the next two are its
verb, and the last three its object. The 2–2–3 pattern comes right out of
the grammar, and there is no need to postulate an “external” rhythm. To
58 An Anatomy of Chinese
be sure, we might speculate that the Red Guards hit on this particular
combination of subject, verb, and object because they started, somewhere
in their quasi-consciousness, with a sense that qiyan rhythm “sounds good.”
That would be plausible, but hard to prove.
Other examples I have discussed are equally frustrating from this point
of view. In yi kan, er man, san tongguo ‘first look, then go slowly, then cross’,
qiyan rhythm coincides with grammar in a similar way. So does wuyan
rhythm in zhanglang, si guangguang! ‘cockroaches— dead to the last one!’
An interesting question thus emerges. Are there intrinsic preferences for
certain kinds of recessive rhythms in Chinese, where by “intrinsic” I mean
preferences that exist independently of the pushes and pulls of grammar?
If so, is there any way we can identify these preferred rhythms? If we want
to say that recessive rhythms are cultural items in their own right, that
speakers and writers are expressing preferences when they decide to use
them or not, and that the rhythms contribute some kind of sense or feel-
ing to a phrase (all of which are claims that I want to make in this chapter),
then we will need, somehow, to separate rhythms from grammar, to see
what rhythmic preferences might obtain when grammar does not domi-
nate. But how?
In his article “On the ‘Natural Foot’ in Chinese,”68 Feng Shengli has
come up with an ingenious method for doing just what we need—isolating
recessive rhythms. (Feng’s term “natural foot” is synonymous with what I
am calling “recessive rhythm.”) Feng reasons that if we can find strings of
syllables that are exactly parallel grammatically, then grammar will not be
the explanation for any rhythms that might appear within them. If rhythms
do appear, and if they fall into consistent patterns (that is, are not just ran-
dom from case to case), then the patterns must be intrinsic preferences of
Chinese culture.
Feng does his experiment using two kinds of parallel syllables.
One kind are the syllables that are used for sound only in the translitera-
tion of foreign words. For example, just as “Joey Davis” has an internal
stress pattern in English, so does “Mayakovsky” in Russian. But when
68. “Lun Hanyu de ‘ziran yinbu’ ” 䆎∝䇁ⱘ“㞾✊䷇ℹ” [On the ‘Natural Foot’ in
Chinese], Zhongguo yuwen Ё䇁᭛, no. 1 (January 10, 1998).
Rhythm 59
69. I say transliterations “usually” have less cultural content because, as marketers
of Western products in China have discovered, a transliteration can be made to sug-
gest a meaning as well. Baishi kele ⱒџৃФ transliterates “Pepsi- Cola” but also means,
to the Chinese ear, “everything’s felicitous.”
60 An Anatomy of Chinese
70. Duanmu San notes that disyllabic words, whether including neutral tones or
not, became the norm in Chinese during the twentieth century. An extensive study by
the Chinese Language Reform Committee in 1959 showed that 69.8 percent of the
three thousand most commonly used words were two syllables. “Stress and the Devel-
opment of Disyllabic Words in Chinese,” pp. 4–5.
Rhythm 61
even a pause, but only a brief slowing-down that results in slightly more
emphasis on the syllable that follows. I will make a slash (/) stand for this
brief slowing-down. If we listen carefully, with Feng Shengli, we can hear
that Xiyatu is Xiya/tu; Jia’nada is Jia’na/da; and Moxige is Moxi/ge. The
subtle difference emerges more clearly if we compare 2 + 1 to 1 + 2. Try (if
you speak Chinese) saying Xi/yatu or Jia/nada. These just don’t work as
well as Xiya/tu or Jia’na/da. The same seems to hold for item lists. Pro-
nounced slowly, shulihua ᭄⧚࣪ ‘math, physics, and chemistry’ and fu-
lushou ⽣⽘ᇓ ‘wealth, position, and longevity’ are both 1 + 1 + 1. But said
fluently, shuli/hua sounds better than shu/lihua and fulu/shou better than fu/
lushou. I believe that even in such tiny differences as these we can begin to
feel the “meaning” of Chinese rhythms. I think a Chinese speaker would
feel a bit more comfortable with a promise of fulu/shou than of fu/lushou.
And I would guess that if you interviewed would-be Chinese tourists
about tour packages to Seattle, they might be slightly more attracted to
Xiya/tu than to Xi/yatu.
Recessive rhythms begin to emerge more clearly when we look at syllable-
strings longer than three. In four-syllable examples, a preference for 2 + 2
is quite clear. Feng Shengli notes that Sri Lanka is normally said as Sili/
Lanka ᮃ䞠݄व, Pakistan is Baji/sitan Ꮘᮃഺ, and Tanzania is Tansang/
niya ഺḥሐѮ, all with a slight slowing-down between the second and
third syllables; similarly for item lists, Chinese speakers tend to say dongxi/
nanbei ϰ㽓फ࣫ ‘east, west, south, north’, chaimi/youyan ᷈㉇⊍Ⲥ ‘fire-
wood, rice, oil, salt’, and jiajian/chengchu ࡴޣЬ䰸 ‘addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division’.71 The preference for 2 + 2 is confirmed in cases
where a matching line is also 2 + 2. Chi he piao du ‘eat, drink, brothel,
gamble’, for example, is commonly followed by wu e bu zuo ᮴ᙊϡ ‘no
evil not done’. In wu e bu zuo grammar intervenes to reinforce the 2 + 2
pattern, but this intervention only confi rms that 2 + 2 is the right way to
say the first line.
Rhythmic preferences become considerably more obvious in cases of
five-character and seven-character strings. This is not surprising, in view
of the prevalence of wuyan and qiyan patterns in Chinese culture that I
have noted in a variety of examples. Five-syllable transliterations tend to
77. The psychologist George Miller, in his seminal article “The Magical Number
Seven, Plus or Minus Two,” Psychological Review 63 (1956), pp. 81– 97, summarizes
studies that show that the human ear and brain normally can handle discriminations
of pitch and of loudness up to a limit of seven or so, after which confusions happen
more easily than before.
78. See Guo Jian, Yongyi Song, and Yuan Zhou, Historical Dictionary of the Chinese
Cultural Revolution (Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2006), pp. 13–14.
Rhythm 67
I have noted how the rhythms of phrases can make them seem more
graceful or authoritative and will address these “meanings” of rhythms in
a separate section below. Here I want to address the question of how
rhythms can make a difference in the structure of phrases. The point is
obvious for “dominant” rhythms (as in the limerick about No. Dak). But
for recessive rhythms, I have said earlier that they “defer to other aspects
of language” and “have ways that they work within the rules of grammar.”
Still, recessive rhythm in Chinese does affect structure in several ways.
It can, first of all, cause the addition or subtraction of syllables from a
phrase. We have seen how zhong xuexiao automatically shortens to zhongxue
‘high school’ and chu zhongxue to chuzhong ‘ju nior high’. This dropping of
syllables suits a rhythmic preference for two-syllable balance. On the
other hand, Duanmu San has shown how syllables can be added to pro-
duce balance.79 When nonheads are stressed, they must have at least as
many syllables as the head. Zhong suan ⾡㩰 ‘plant garlic’ is all right, but
zhongzhi suan ⾡ỡ㩰 is not. If zhongzhi becomes two syllables, then suan
has to become dasuan 㩰. The da ‘big’ is there for rhythmic balance only
and is semantically empty (i.e., the garlic does not have to be big). In modi-
fication phrases, where the nonhead comes first, the pattern reverses. Mei
dian ✸ᑫ ‘coal store’ cannot be mei shangdian ✸ଚᑫ. If you want to use the
two-syllable shangdian, then you have to say meitan ✸⚁ for ‘coal’, even
though tan (literally ‘charcoal’) does not do anything to change the mean-
ing of mei ‘coal’. Duanmu notes that “the extra syllable in the disyllabic
form is semantically redundant or vacuous.” 80
In some compounds of modern Chinese, a redundant second syllable is
added even when “nonhead stress rules” do not require it. For example, in
79. San Duanmu, “Stress and the Development of Disyllabic Words in Chinese,”
pp. 9–10, 24–25. See also Lü Shuxiang, “Xiandai Hanyu dan shuang yinjie wenti chu
tan” ⦄ҷ∝䇁ऩঠ䷇㡖䯂乬߱ [A preliminary study of the problem of mono- and
bisyllabic expressions in modern Chinese], Zhongguo Yuwen [Chinese language] 1
(1963), pp. 11–23; Duanmu, Phonology of Standard Chinese, pp. 140–142; and Feng
Shengli, “Facts of Prosodic Syntax in Chinese,” unpublished paper, pp. 3–7.
80. San Duanmu, “Stress and Development of Disyllabic Words in Chinese,” p. 3.
Rhythm 69
the phrase at all. Why are they there? Somehow they contribute panache
to the phrase, and at least some of that panache, I believe, derives from
the completeness of the qiyan rhythm.
Another way rhythm can impinge on structure involves no change in
words or word order. The role of rhythm can be simply to induce the lis-
tener or reader to interpret a string of syllables in one way instead of an-
other. Consider, for example, the five syllables ni qu wo ye qu Դএ៥гএ,
literally “you go I also go.” In one rhythm this means “You are going and
so am I.” In another it means “If you go, I’ll go, too.” Implied conditionals
that have no markers except stress pattern and context are much more
common in Chinese than in English. Here is another example, picked
from a myriad of other options: Zhu tao le zenme ban? ⣾䗗њᗢМࡲ? can
mean either “the pig has escaped; what should we do?” or “what should we
do if the pig escapes?”
First-year students of Chinese know that lian 䖲 and dou 䛑 combine to
express the notion of “even”: wo lian bao dou bukan ៥䖲䛑ϡⳟ ‘I don’t
even read newspapers’; ta lian yidian dou buxiang chi ཌྷ䖲ϔ⚍䛑ϡᛇৗ ‘She
doesn’t want to eat even a bit [of it]’. It is common, and widely observed,
that lian can drop out of such phrases: ta yidian dou buxiang chi works just as
well as the sentence just cited. Less widely noticed is the fact that lian and
dou can sometimes both be omitted, while the notion of “even” continues to
be implied: yi dian guanxi meiyou means the same as lian yidian guanxi dou
meiyou 䖲ϔ⚍݇㋏䛑≵᳝ ‘it doesn’t matter in the slightest’. The writer
Wang Shuo has a novel entitled yidian zhengjing meiyou ϔ⚍ℷ㒣≵᳝ (Ut-
terly lacking in decency)83—which means, clearly, lian yidian zhengjing dou
meiyou, although a cool writer like Wang Shuo would never do anything
so uncool as to spell things out for dullards.
So how does a reader or listener know when to infer lian . . . dou if nei-
ther is actually used? Context clearly helps, but another reason, I believe,
is that a stress pattern distinctive to lian . . . dou usage can help. A phrase
like yi dian guanxi meiyou has a distinctive lilt. A phrase like yi wen bu zhi
ϔ᭛ϡؐ ‘not worth a penny—worthless’, condensed from lian yi wen dou
buzhi, is readily understood because it is a cliché, although theoretically
83. Wang Shuo ⥟᳨, Yidian zhengjing meiyou ϔ⚍ℷ㒣≵᳝ (Beijing: Zhongguo dian-
ying chubanshe, 2004).
Rhythm 71
84. Gao Yubao, Gao Yubao (Beijing: Zhongguo qingnian chubanshe, 1955) p. 110.
72 An Anatomy of Chinese
If all human languages have rhythms, and if the rhythms of languages fall
into more or less standard patterns, then it becomes interesting to ask
how much those patterns tend to be the distinctive products of a given
culture and how much they might derive from human experience that is
common to many or all cultures. There are prima facie reasons to take
both sides of this question.
To argue the side of cultural uniqueness, one could note that the pat-
terns I am calling wuyan and qiyan arose in China and spread elsewhere in
East Asia; or that the limerick arose in Britain and likewise spread else-
where. (By the way, it spread even to China. The Chinese poet Xu Zhimo
[1897–1931] borrowed the limerick form for his poem “Ouran” [ ✊يBy
chance].)88 The very idea of “borrowing” such forms shows that we regard
them as distinctive cultural inventions. On the other hand, to argue for
universality, one could easily note that a tendency toward “plunk-plunk,
plunk-plunk”, or “4:4 time,” in things like chants and marches, seems uni-
versal. Occasionally, much odder similarities pop up as well. Is it just
chance, for example, that the ten-syllable lilt of ticket-sellers on Beijing
buses (xia yi zhan, nongkeyuan, mei piao mai-piao! ‘next stop is Academy of
Agricultural Sciences, get a ticket if you don’t have one!’) is the same as
the ten-syllable lilt in U.S. telephone numbers? Here there is no question
of cultural borrowing, so we might ask if there is something about the
88. See Julia Lin, Modern Chinese Poetry: An Introduction (Seattle: University of
Washington Press, 1972), pp. 103–104.
Rhythm 75
human brain that just “likes” this particular rhythm. Or are such resem-
blances mere coincidence?
If there are commonalities in human preference for rhythms, where do
they come from? Historians of music have wondered whether 4:4 time
derives somehow from the physiology of the human body, such as the beat
of the heart or the two-legged walk. If so, there would be a good basis for
explaining commonality across human experience. It seems dubious that
the heartbeat could directly induce a penchant for 4:4 rhythm, since the
heart does not beat a regular two beats. But perhaps it creates a tendency
toward universal preference for some other rhythm. The two-legged walk
theory, on the other hand, may indeed provide a plausible explanation for
a preference for 4:4 among humans (and might raise, incidentally, the
unfathomable question of whether horses or insects would fi nd 4:4 time
congenial).
Whatever the explanation, the following regularity concerning four-
beat rhythm does seem to hold, at least for Chinese and Eu ropean cul-
tures: the more popular a form, the more likely it is to use four-beat
rhythm. Chaucer, Shakespeare, and other elite English poets often used
five-beat meter, while ditties, hymns, and other popular forms in English
commonly use four beats. In China, seven-syllable qiyan lines tend be
read 1–2, 1–2, 1–2–3 as elite poetry but turn into 4:4 time when popular-
ized. For example, lines of Shandong “fast tales” (rhythmical storytelling
accompanied by the percussion of wooden or metal clappers) appear on
paper as qiyan:89
The father-in-law’s name was Yan Bairui; the son-in-law’s name was
Yan Jing’an
Turns into:
Ӯ䆂≵᳝ϡ䱚䞡ⱘ, 䯁ᐩ≵᳝ϡ㚰߽ⱘ;
䆆䆱≵᳝ϡ䞡㽕ⱘ, 哧ᥠ≵᳝ϡ⛁⚜ⱘ;
އ䆂≵᳝ϡ䗮䖛ⱘ, Ҏᖗ≵᳝ϡ哧㟲ⱘ . . .
90. Frederick Turner, “The Neural Lyre,” in Natural Classicism (New York: Para-
gon House, 1985), pp. 61–108.
91. Ibid., pp. 74–75.
92. Ibid., p. 80.
93. Psychological Review (1956), 63, pp. 81– 97.
78 An Anatomy of Chinese
them from birth.94 Here Jusczyk’s word “attuned” reflects his claim that
there are natural tendencies in the brain at birth, and the studies he cites
seem to support this claim.
Exactly how much is inborn and how much learned in the formation of
rhythmic preferences is a complex and difficult question that is beyond
our scope here. I do wish, however, to consider one rhythmic pattern that
has appeared in such different times and places that it makes the question
of what gives rise to such patterns especially interesting. This is the syl-
labic pattern 1–2–3, 1–2–3, 1–2–3–4–5–6–7, for which I have used the ab-
breviation of “3–3–7.” It appears in shunkouliu like the following example,
from early 2007, that satirizes the way local officials in China pass false
reports upward in a bureaucracy and only pay lip ser vice to instructions
that come back down:95
Cun pian xiang, xiang pian xian, yizhi pian dao guowuyuan;
Guowuyuan, xia wenjian, yiceng yiceng wang xia nian;
Nian wan wenjian jin fandian, wenjian genben bu duixian.
The village fools the township, the township fools the county, and
the fooling goes on up, right to the State Council;
The State Council, then, sends its orders back down, where, level by
level, they are dutifully read;
When the readings are over there’s a banquet for all, while the orders
are just set aside.
In this example, two 3–3–7 lines are followed by two qiyan lines. This
combination of 3–3–7 and qiyan, which is common, invites the suggestion
94. Peter W. Jusczyk, The Discovery of Spoken Language (Cambridge, Mass.: MIT
Press, 1997) p. 54.
95. “Rang Wen Jiabao nankan de shunkouliu” 䅽⏽ᆊᅱ䲒ⱘ乎ষ⑰ (Shunkouliu
to make Wen Jiabao uneasy) Pingguo ribao [Apple Daily] (Hong Kong), March 12,
2007.
Rhythm 79
that 3–3–7 at a deeper level is a version of 4–4–8, with a “rest” after each 3
and after the 7. Whether or not this is so, 3–3–7 remains distinctive not
only because of the distinctive lilt with which it is pronounced but because
the whole thing, the two 3’s and the 7, need to be present in order for the
pattern to feel satisfying. (We saw this fact in sensing how an item list of
six metals can sound a bit awkward while a list of thirteen can sound fine.)
The pattern 3–3–7 followed by a qiyan line occurs regularly in the chil-
dren’s nursery rhyme ni pai yi, wo pai yi, yige xiaohair kai feiji; ni pai er, wo
pai er, liang ge xiaohair diu shoujuanr, and so on. Remarkably, this pattern is
the very same that is found in an English counterpart: This old man, he plays
one, he plays knick-knack on my thumb . . . this old man, he plays two, he plays
knick-knack on my shoe, and so on.96 The striking similarity seems enough
to suggest that China might have borrowed the rhythm from the modern
West, just as it borrowed the rhythm of “Frère Jacques” to make the rhyme
“San zhi Laohu” ϝ䲏㗕㰢 (Three tigers) or “Happy Birthday to You” to
make “Zhu ni shengri kuailuo” ⼱Դ⫳᮹ᖿῖ. The presence of feiji 亯″
‘airplane’ in the Chinese rhyme shows it to be of twentieth-century vin-
tage, which seems to add plausibility to the hypothesis that some kind of
borrowing happened.
But 3–3–7 is too deep and pervasive in Chinese culture to be explained
by modern borrowing alone. As noted above, it appears in things as varied
as popular riddles, cheerleaders’ chants, and the Cultural Revolution an-
them “The East Is Red.” 97 It seems to have roots in rural culture as well as
urban. On a public wall in a mountain village in Sichuan in 2007 someone
had scrawled this protest against forcible family planning:98
96. A “dotted” variation occurs in another English nursery rhyme, “A-tisket, a-tas-
ket, a green and yellow basket . . .”
97. See the Introduction and earlier in this chapter.
98. I am grateful to Mao Sheng for this example.
80 An Anatomy of Chinese
Examples of 3–3–7 also popped up during the Great Leap Forward of the
late 1950s, when Chinese farmers were encouraged to “produce more” of
virtually everything, including poems. Here are two:99
At the height of the Cultural Revolution, Red Guards swore fealty to Mao
Zedong with this chant:
99. Quoted in Xiao Yuying 㭁㚆◯, “Ping 1958 nian xin min’ge yundong” 䀩ϔбѨ
ܿᑈᮄ⇥℠䘟ࢩ [Evaluating the new folksongs of 1958], unpublished conference pa-
per, 1979.
100. Chinese Folklore: Pekinese Rhymes (Peking: Pei-t’ang Press, 1896; reprint, Hong
Kong: Vetch and Lee, 1972).
Rhythm 81
and the mix of line lengths and irregular patterns does seem to suggest the
kind of unschooled earthiness that Vitale claims. It is interesting, therefore,
that even in this context 3–3–7 pops up fairly often.101
The possibility that 3–3–7 in China is the result of modern borrowing is
definitively ruled out by the simple observation that many examples appear
as early as the Northern Dynasties (fifth and sixth centuries). A folksong
from that era (generally recognized as being borrowed from a northern,
non-Sinitic language) goes:102
Examples of classic poetry from the Tang period and later use 3–3–7 as
well.103 Li Bai (701–762) uses it in his poem “Jiang jin jiu” ᇛ䘆䜦:
The question of whether rhythms can have meanings raises a prior ques-
tion, itself extremely large and complex, of what we mean by “meaning.”
An adequate review of this larger question in either Eastern or Western
philosophical tradition is well beyond our scope here. But since we need at
least an implicit answer to it for the case of the “meanings” of rhythms, I
would like to address the topic here briefly. I will begin by asking what the
uses (or functions) of linguistic rhythms are. This question is easier to get
a handle on than “meaning”; once we identify some functions, it might
then be easier to estimate whether they involve “meaning”— and if so, of
what kind and how much. (The approach seems not bad, since many mod-
ern philosophers, following Ludwig Wittgenstein, J. L. Austin, and others,
see “meaning” as pretty much amounting to “use” in any case.)
One function of rhythm in human language— so broad that it almost
need not be mentioned—is to signal that “this is human language.” The
variations of pitch, timing, and loudness that constitute “rhythm” are not
things that mechanical voice simulators can easily imitate. Despite ad-
vances in early twenty-first-century technology, simulated human voices
on telephone recordings remain easy to distinguish from human voices.
A more obvious use of stress patterns is in making distinctions. I have
noted how “Joey Davis” might change in stress pattern from 2–4–1–3 to
1–3–4–4 if Joey’s purpose becomes one of distinguishing himself from his
brother Louie. (Already, here, we see the beginning of what J. L. Austin
would call “meaning,” because the “speech acts” of (1) introducing oneself
and (2) distinguishing oneself from another are different acts with differ-
ent “meanings.”) Y. R. Chao notes that the riddle “Why do birds fly
south?—Because it’s too far to walk” would lose its point if stress were
applied to fly.106 Native speakers of English (or of Chinese, if the riddle
is translated) are easily and automatically aware of the difference the
stress makes. Chao also notes the difference between wo de mingzi shi Yue-
han ៥ⱘৡᄫᰃ㋘㗄 ‘my name is John’ (i.e., not Bill or Pete) and Yuehan
shi wo de mingzi ‘John is my name’ (i.e., not title or nickname). Here, Chao
says, stress is “a marker of the logical predicate,” which most native speak-
ers handle with no problem even though they do not notice that they are
handling anything.107 Sometimes, as I have noted, stress can help to de-
termine which of more than one grammatical structure should apply to a
string of syllables. Ni bu shuo, meiyou ren shuo Դϡ䇈≵᳝Ҏ䇈 can be, with
different stress, either “you didn’t say it; nobody said it” or “if you don’t
say it no one will.”
A considerable range of the conscious use of rhythm in human life has
to do with helping people to coordinate their activity. A single person can
sing, dance, march, chant, or haul loads, but when two, a dozen, or a hun-
dred want to do these things in unison, rhythm becomes an invaluable
tool. Things would go haywire rather quickly without it, and excellence
or efficiency can depend on how tightly a rhythm is applied. A crew team
could not go as fast if a coxswain did not use rhythm. The laborers who
chant pile-driving songs outside the hotel window at the beginning of act 2
of Cao Yu’s play Sunrise are doing it, at least in part, in order to apply
more thud to the earth per unit of expended energy.108
Rhythms are also useful in aiding memory. Most people remember
rhythmic phrases much more easily than nonrhythmic ones. To confirm
this simple fact, try saying your own telephone number to yourself. If you
are an American, your phone number is ten digits long, and you probably
use the standard 1–2–3, 1–2–3, 1–2–3–4 pattern to say it. Now trying saying
the same number in some other pattern, like 1–2, 1–2–3–4, 1–2–3, 1. Just
from memory, you probably will not be able to do this. In order to use this
other rhythm, you will probably have to write the digits down and then
read them off. This shows that you remember your telephone number
only in a certain rhythm. Similarly, you probably know your nine-digit
Social Security number in a 3–2–4 rhythmic pattern, but could not easily
say it in a different pattern. Telephone and ID numbers in other countries
observe other patterns; but the fact that people use patterns to memorize
numbers appears to be the same everywhere.
Rhythm is an aid not only to personal memory but to community and
cultural memory. Because rhythms make memorization easier, they are
useful in any verbal art that is passed around orally— songs, nursery rhymes,
shunkouliu, and other such things. The rhythmic lines in these oral com-
positions are able to remain consistent over wide spans of time and place
without necessarily being written down. (Examples do admit variation,
of course, but the degree to which they remain consistent is remarkable.)
This ability to achieve consistency without recourse to writing has an
additional use in repressive societies: without paper trails, it is much
harder for authorities to fi nd and punish authors. On the Underground
Railway, the clandestine network that helped fugitive slaves escape the
American South, people passed messages by song. In China today, rhyth-
mic shunkouliu and text messages thrive in part because authors cannot
be traced.
108. Cao Yu ⾎, “Richu” ᮹ߎ [Sunrise] (Singapore: Youth Book, 1966), p. 85.
Rhythm 85
But to say that rhythms are useful in remembering phrases that have
meanings is not the same as saying that the rhythms themselves— on
their own—“mean” something. Do they? Consider a hawker who uses a
distinctive rhythm to call out something like shaubing youtiao! ⚻佐⊍ᴵ
‘sesame cakes and deep-fried dough-sticks!’ In such a case, it is not just
the four syllables he chooses but the distinctive voice, including the lilt,
that does the work of communication for everyone within earshot. The
purpose of the hawker’s cry is less to inform people of a denotative mean-
ing (“I sell sesame cakes and dough-sticks”) than to remind them of a
daily routine (“Here I am again!” or “Now’s your chance to buy again!”).
Would this level of hawker’s meaning get through if he used a very differ-
ent lilt? Probably not— at least not until his customers got used to the new
lilt and associated it with him. In this sense the lilt seems to have its own
“meaning.”
It would be, though, a meaning that applies only in particular circum-
stances. The hawker’s call signals “it’s me again!” only for that hawker or
for others in a group of hawkers who have decided to employ the same
oral tag. It is a somewhat different question to ask whether a rhythm can
“mean something” regardless of who (within a much larger culture) uses
it. Are there such examples? To address this question requires, whether
we like it or not, that we have a definition of what we mean by “mean,” so
let me offer this one: for my purposes in this book, a rhythm has “mean-
ing” if and only if native speakers of a language that customarily uses the
rhythm take from a phrase that employs it a different understanding or
feeling, however slight, from what they would have taken from the same
phrase pronounced without the rhythm. Further, in order to qualify as
“meaning” in this sense, the production of an “understanding or feeling”
must be reliable, that is, it cannot be idiosyncratic (e.g., as a particular
hawker’s call) but has to be similar among the majority of speakers within
a culture or subculture. Theoreticians of poetic meter seem generally to
agree that meter itself does have “meaning” of this kind, although it is not
easy to specify what it is.109
109. Frederick Turner, for example, writes that meter “has significance,” although
its “ ‘message’ . . . is rather mysterious.” “Neural Lyre,” spp. 81– 82.
86 An Anatomy of Chinese
110. Xu Zhimo’s use of the limerick form in poems like “Ouran” (see note 88 above)
is not a good test of the question. While “Ouran” imitates the limerick in line length
and rhyme scheme, it does not capture the limerick lilt. And if it did, it would likely
produce the same “incongruity” effect that my imaginary example of Macbeth in
limerick produces, because Xu puts serious romance into his poem.
111. I owe this insight to Feng Shengli, email message to author, October 17, 2002.
88 An Anatomy of Chinese
With a name like Li Rui, for example, one would say Li Rui xiansheng
ᴢ䫤⫳ܜ, not Rui xiansheng. The convention extends even to such un-
usual contexts as the top of the Communist Party of China. In Zhongguo
liusi zhenxiang Ё݁ಯⳳⳌ (The true story of June Fourth),112 when the
Communist elders and Politburo members address or refer to one another
informally as “Comrade So-and-so,” they invariably do it in balanced
four-syllable phrases: Xiaoping tongzhi ᇣᑇৠᖫ, Ziyang tongzhi ㋿䰇ৠᖫ,
Yibo tongzhi ϔ⊶ৠᖫ, and so on. But when the given name is only one syl-
lable, as in Li Peng or Qiao Shi, no one says Peng tongzhi or Shi tongzhi. To
do so would sound funny, even a bit disrespectful. The comrades pre-
ferred Li Peng tongzhi ᴢ吣ৠᖫ or Qiao Shi tongzhi Шৠᖫ. In other
words, if one is to preserve the sense of affectionate respect, the principle
of rhythmic balance turns out to be more important than the question of
whether one includes the family name.
The pursuit of 2 + 2 balance in name-plus-title can run into problems
when names are unusual. Duanmu San, the name of the talented linguist
whom I have quoted several times, is an example. One-syllable given
names, like San, are fairly common, although not nearly as common as
two-syllable given names; two-syllable surnames, like Duanmu, are not
very common; and the combination of a two-syllable family name and a
one-syllable given name is highly uncommon. What happens if we want
to address Duanmu San with affectionate respect, as we could by saying
Yingshi xiansheng? San xiansheng would be three syllables and hence call
for a fourth; a fourth would normally be borrowed by adding a one-syllable
family name. But if we add the two-syllable Duanmu, we now have five
syllables—Duanmu San xiansheng. We have “jumped over” the rhythmic
2 + 2 and have something that sounds too formal to convey affection. This
is just his bad luck. Duanmu San deserves both respect and affection, but
there is no way we can use this par ticular rhythmic mechanism to express
them. A similar problem, which Duanmu himself points out,113 occurs
112. Zhang Liang, Zhongguo liusi zhenxiang Ё݁ಯⳳⳌ (The true story of Chi-
na’s June Fourth) (New York: Mingjing chubanshe ᯢ䦵ߎ⠜⼒, 2001), abridged and
edited by Andrew Nathan and Perry Link as The Tiananmen Papers: The Chinese Lead-
ership’s Decision to Use Force against Their Own People (New York: Public Affairs Press,
2001).
113. San Duanmu, “Development of Disyllabic Words in Chinese,” pp. 29–30.
Rhythm 89
when the familiar (and often affectionate) prefi xes lao 㗕 ‘old’ and xiao ᇣ
‘young’ are used before surnames: lao Zhang 㗕ᔉ ‘old Zhang’, xiao Li ᇣᴢ
‘young Li’, and so on are perfectly natural as long as two-syllable balance
applies. People surnamed Ouyang ℤ䱑, Duanmu ッ, or Situ ৌᕦ by
(rhythmic) custom are denied the privilege of having the friendly lao or
xiao prefi xed to their names.
The question of meaning for longer and more complex rhythms— such
as wuyan, qiyan, or 3–3–7—is harder to pin down. Regardless of whether
the rhythms are dominant or recessive, what they “mean” can be as vague
as a fog. But that hardly means they are evanescent or unimportant. They
sometimes make a considerable difference, even if the difference is impos-
sible to specify. In this sense, they resemble the meaning of music. In
what follows I am going to use words like authority, naturalness, exaltation,
memorability, and finality to discuss them. None of these words is ideal; yet
none is useless, either, and that is the interesting point.
What is the difference between a line in qiyan like yi kan, er man, san
tong guo (‘first look, then go slowly, then cross’— cited in the Introduc-
tion) and an equivalent in plain language like dajia xiaoxin guo jie ᆊᇣᖗ
䖛㸫 ‘everybody be careful crossing the street’? The qiyan line is smoother
and more aesthetically pleasing, to be sure; but there is something more.
With qiyan the message seems, somehow, to come from a more formal or
authoritative source. This is true even if the source of the qiyan message
(the author of the road-crossing sign) is not physically present, as the
crossing guard is. The crossing guard also possesses a definite authority,
but this derives from his or her social role, and perhaps from a uniform,
not from the rhythm of the phrase yi kan, er man, san tong guo. Frederick
Turner, in writing about what meter “means” in world traditions gener-
ally, says it gives “a sense of power combined with effortlessness.”114
In the early 1950s, Chinese demonstrators who marched in support of
China in the Korean War could enhance their tone of authority by set-
ting aside random shouts in favor of the qiyan slogan kang Mei yuan Chao
gan dao di! ᡫ㕢ᧈᳱᑍࠄᑩ ‘resist America and aid Korea to the end!’ In
this case the slogan chanters were in plain view, on the streets; but qiyan
can convey a sense of authority even when the “speaking authority” is
of which is rhythm) that make the claims of what is articulated seem more
authoritative.117 “The notion of true or false or better or worse,” Bloch
writes, “has been eliminated by the way the proposition has been put.”118 It
is ironic that this sense of authority accompanies—indeed depends on—
what Bloch calls the “impoverishment” of language. Impoverishment is his
name for the fact that formal language cuts off alternate possibilities of
expression; it is in that very cutting off that its own authority arises. The
stricter the formal features are, the stronger the authority sounds. At the
extreme, as Bloch rightly observes, “you cannot argue with a song.”119
Should we go so far as to say that rhythm, in a certain sense, tells lies?
Frederick Turner almost says so. He observes that metrical poetry, by
“presenting an experience [that] gives a false impression of reality and
separates one from the harsh world” raises the question of whether “po-
etry deceives.”120 The examples I have cited in which wuyan and qiyan have
been used in advertisements of things like cosmetics, tonics, and gasoline
do suggest a deliberate manipulation in which the “meanings” of rhythms
can add up to something close to lying. But “deception” in a broader sense
(and Turner is clear on this) is not necessarily dishonorable. It includes
inadvertent deception and several kinds of self-deception in which the
deceived are happy to participate. After all, “separation from the harsh
world” can lead to transcendence, sublimity, and religious experience—
not just squalid ignorance. Scholars in several fields have pointed out that
poetry, ritual, chants, song, and other forms in which rhythm is involved
can impart a sense of rising above the world, approaching the sacred, and
even entering a trance-like state.121 Such “rising above” does not need so-
phisticated art. It requires only that someone, in fact, be moved. The quip
that “all bad poetry springs from genuine feeling,” widely attributed to
Oscar Wilde, makes a fair point.
117. Maurice Bloch, “Symbols, Song, Dance and Features of Articulation or Is Reli-
gion an Extreme Form of Traditional Authority?,” Archives Européennes de Sociologie 15,
no. 1 (1974), pp. 55– 81.
118. Ibid., p. 66.
119. Ibid., p. 71.
120. Turner, “Neural Lyre,” p. 99.
121. A classic statement of this effect is in Bloch, “Symbols, Song, Dance, and Fea-
tures of Articulation.”
92 An Anatomy of Chinese
Here nothing but numbers is involved, so the test of whether rhythm can
suggest “completeness” is especially pure. If the sense is there, it has to be
the rhythm, not the numbers, that delivers the result. There is no reason
122. From the famous (eighth-century) poem “Fengqiao yebo” ἧ‟⊞ [Night
mooring at maple bridge], by Zhang Ji ᔉ㑐.
94 An Anatomy of Chinese
in arithmetic for qi ‘seven’ to feel “fi nal,” but here qi comes down with a
thud that seems to say “I am the last item you would ever want to ask
about.” It is 3–3–7 that makes this happen.
Tones. Here I do not mean literary tone. I mean the categories of pitch
variation in which syllables of Chinese are pronounced and of which
Mandarin Chinese is conventionally said to have four. Tones are “phone-
mic” in the sense that they change the reference of a syllable in the same
way vowels and consonants do—the same way, for example, that b and g
make the difference between bet and get. Like b and g, tones do not “mean”
anything on their own.
But I want to suggest that sometimes, subtly, they might. In choosing
names for their children, Chinese parents sometimes worry over whether
the sound of the name itself is “smooth” (especially for a girl) or “strong”
(especially for a boy), and part of the feeling of smoothness or strength
derives from patterns of tones.
Sometimes (by no means always, but sometimes) the “fourth tone” in
Mandarin, in which the voice falls rapidly, suggests authority or fi nality.
This effect is roughly similar to the “finality” effect of certain rhythms.
Consider again the example renren zuo hao ren, riri zuo haoshi ‘everyone be
a good person, every day do good deeds’. I claim above that the phrase
ends with a sense of fi nality because of its rhythm. But does the effect
perhaps also derive from the fact that shi џ ‘things, deeds’ is fourth-tone?
Let’s try, for example, reversing the two lines to get riri zuo haoshi, renren
Rhythm 95
zuo hao ren. This does not sound quite as good— or at least, not as “final.”
The two basic ideas “everybody be good” and “do a good deed daily” can
be put in either order with not much difference, and the rhythm is the
same in either case, but the feeling of fi nality or authority is stronger
when the whole thing ends with the fourth-tone shi than when it ends
with the second-tone ren (in which the voice pitch rises).
Do other aphorisms or slogans sound more authoritative if they end
with fourth-tone syllables? A 2007 sex education slogan was waichu wu-
gong yao fang ai, qianwan bie hai xiayidai ߎࡵᎹ㽕䰆㡒, गϛ߹ᆇϟϔҷ
‘when you leave home to do work, watch out for AIDS; you absolutely
must not harm the next generation’.123 Here we have both qiyan as well as
rhyme among ai, hai, and dai, and all of this may contribute to a sense of
rightness or authority. But I suspect that the fact that dai is fourth-tone
also contributes. There seems to be an implied exclamation point at the end,
and it seems to come in part from the falling tone on dai. Would it be there
if a similar slogan referred, say, to “watching out for bugs” ( fang chong 䰆㰿)
and ended with “young children” (ertong ܓス)? Could a second-tone end-
ing conjure the same sense of authority and finality? On the whole not, I
think.124
Consider a phrase that uses all fourth tones, like zhengque duidai di’erci
shijie dazhan ℷ⹂ᇍᕙѠϪ⬠ ‘regard World War II correctly’.
This phrase (partly because it is a string of fourth tones?) carries an asser-
tive and authoritative air, and might even seem a bit pompous. But is that
because of the content or because of the tones? What about other phrases
that use only fourth tones but whose meanings are less austere, for exam-
ple, Zhao taitai zhan zai podeng shang kan dianshi 䍉キ⸈߇Ϟⳟ⬉㾚
‘Ms. Zhao is standing on a broken stool watching television’ or daxiang
shou pohai hou daochu luan fang pi 䈵ফ䖿ᆇৢࠄ໘хᬒሕ ‘after their mis-
treatment the elephants wandered around farting’? Here we may laugh.
But do we laugh only because the examples are inherently droll, or partly
because— and this is the key question—the hacking assertiveness of the
fourth tones somehow does not match the playful content of the phrases?
Do the tones keep frowning, as it were, saying “listen to me,” while the
content is saying “relax, this is fun!”—and does this incongruity contribute
to the humor? We might test the case by considering an example that uses
second tones only: youyu shichang huilai wanr piqiu 剓剐ᯊᐌಲᴹ⥽⧗Ⲃܓ
‘the squid often return to play with leather balls’. Here the content again is
playful, so we can ask whether the same mismatch between tones and mes-
sage appears. Do second tones fit playful messages better than fourth tones,
while fourth tones are a better fit with austere messages? Such tendencies,
if they do exist, are subtle and unusual. But even if they explain only why
something like renren zuo hao ren, riri zuo hao shi sounds slightly better
than riri zuo hao shi, renren zuo hao ren, they are still worth consideration.
Vowels and consonants. If tones, whose normal role is phonemic (not se-
mantic), can nevertheless suggest subtle differences of meaning, we should
ask whether other phonemes—vowels and consonants— can do so as well.
In English, for example, is it merely chance that so many verbs ending in
-ash have to do with violent motion: crash, clash, mash, bash, trash, slash,
splash, dash, lash, and so on? Does -ash itself “mean something”? Does
-umble have to do with incompetence: mumble, fumble, bumble, jumble,
tumble? In onomatopoeia, we expect sounds in language to imitate sounds
in nature, but the question here is different: whether clusters of sound can
move from word to word carry ing a bit of “meaning baggage” with them.
In Mandarin Chinese, the mo sound seems to conjure a family of mean-
ings. First-tone mo ᩌ is for rubbing something gently, like tousling a
child’s head, or feeling something lightly, like passing a fi nger over the
blade of a knife to see if it is sharp. Mo ᨽ in second tone is to rub harder
or to scrape, as in scraping the skin off your knee. Mo ⺼, also in second
tone, is rubbing hard enough to polish a marble floor, or to grind, as a
Rhythm 97
125. In the fi rst fifty pages of Tang Shu, Chengyu shuyu cihai, 41 percent of both
wuyan and qiyan examples end with - ng syllables. This compares with 20 percent in a
randomly selected page from the writing of the eminent contemporary literary critic
Liu Zaifu and 29 percent from a randomly selected page from the fiction of the fa-
mous contemporary novelist Jin Yong, Liu Zaifu sanwenshi heji ߬ݡᬷ᭛䆫䲚 [Col-
lected prose poems of Liu Zaifu] (Beijing: Huaxia chubanshe, 1988), p. 134, and Jin
Yong 䞥ᒌ, She diao yingxiong zhuan ᇘ卄㣅䲘[ ڇChronicle of the eagle-shooting he-
roes], ch. 4 (Hong Kong: Yuluo chubanshe, n.d.), 1:67.
126. Wolfgang Köhler, Gestalt Psychology (New York: Liveright, 1929).
127. V. S. Ramachandran and E. M. Hubbard, “Synaesthesia: A Window into Per-
ception, Thought, and Language,” Journal of Consciousness Studies 8, no. 12 (2001),
pp. 3–34.
128. R. Davis, “The Fitness of Names to Drawings: A Cross- Cultural Study in
Tanganyika,” British Journal of Psychology 52 (1961), pp. 259–268.
98 An Anatomy of Chinese
the lips in order to make the sounds. To say takete or kiki, the lips are
more angular. Others hypothesize that the universal tendencies are
rooted somewhere deeper in the human brain.129 There seems to be no
consensus on this question, but the field does agree that at a primitive
level, sounds themselves do sometimes suggest meanings.
Wondering whether Mandarin Chinese sounds might be guides, how-
ever subtly or marginally, to their meanings, I devised an experiment in
1996. Setting aside cases that are arguably onomatopoeia (like pa! ା for a
slapping sound or wang ∾ for the bark of a dog), I wanted to see whether
sounds might suggest meanings in a broader sense. I made a list of twenty
paired opposites in Chinese: qianhou ࠡৢ ‘front and back’, daxiao ᇣ
‘large and small’, kuaiman ᖿ᜶ ‘fast and slow’, and seventeen others. I
brought the list to classes of seventh-graders at the John Witherspoon
Middle School in Princeton, New Jersey. I offered a lesson in beginning
Chinese, so the students and their teacher might feel all right about me.
Then I handed out lists in English of the twenty pairs of opposites and
read the sounds of the paired opposites in Chinese, asking the students to
guess which Chinese sound “sounded like” which meaning. For example,
the students looked at the words “front” and “back” while I read the
sounds qian and hou; then they used their pencils to mark on their sheets
whether “the first sound” meant “front” and “the second sound” meant
“back,” or vice versa. I flipped a coin twenty times, in advance, to deter-
mine the order in which I would read the paired words in Chinese, so that
customary patterns in the orders of such things (which tend to be the
same in the two languages, e.g., we conventionally say front before back in
English and qian before hou in Chinese) theoretically would be neutral. I
also requested that any student who knew any Chinese at all not partici-
pate in the fun. By chance, there were exactly one hundred students par-
ticipating. The table on the next page gives the results.
An average number of right guesses only slightly higher than 50 per-
cent is not a very strong basis for claiming that sounds themselves have
(high) tone and qian a third (low) tone—the opposite of what one would
expect for ‘deep’ and ‘shallow’.
Another sense in which sound itself can have meaning seems to be es-
pecially important in Chinese. This effect happens when one meaning
carries a second meaning with it— only because of a sound. Any human
language has homonyms, and sometimes homonyms create “double mean-
ings.” Puns are a common example, and Chinese has plenty of puns. But I
am not speaking here of puns. In a pun, the whole point is that a single
sound has two different meanings that cannot carry over from one to the
other. What makes a pun funny is precisely the “fraudulent claim,” as it
were, that one thing can be another. For example, when the famous Chi-
nese xiangsheng performer Hou Baolin says that he is a zuojia ᆊ ‘author’
because all day he zuo jia തᆊ ‘sits at home’, no one thinks that sitting at
home really does make him an author. The sound zuojia does not have
this power. But in another function of “double meaning” that is very com-
mon in Chinese culture, sound itself is assumed to carry meaning along
with it. No sense of fraud is involved, and nothing is funny. Quite the
contrary, the topic is often serious. At New Year’s, for example, Canton-
ese eat facai 僂㦰‘hair vegetable’, a stringy black vegetable that looks a bit
like hair but—importantly, at New Year’s—is a near homonym of facai ⱐ
䉵 ‘get rich’ ( fat choi in Cantonese). It is also good to eat yu 剐 ‘fish’ at New
Year’s, because yu 们, also second tone, is ‘bounty’. When my Princeton
colleague James Wei, a dean of engineering and a brilliant man, went to
grade school in Shanghai in the 1930s, his mother put onion (cong 㩅),
garlic (suan 㩰), and chicken hearts ( ji xin 䲲ᖗ) in his lunch box. This was
to be sure that he would be smart (congming 㙄ᯢ), be good at mathemat-
ics (suanshu ㅫ㸧), and have a good memory ( jixing 㿬ᗻ). Terese Bar-
tholomew has published a 350-page book on more than three hundred
examples of this kind of meaning-transfers, which she calls “hidden mean-
ings,” that regularly appear in Chinese art and are meant to help people
achieve happy marriage, wealth, longevity, official career, and passing of
exams.130 The care with which Chinese parents traditionally choose their
children’s names sometimes also includes this kind of calculation. The
130. Terese Tse Bartholomew, Hidden Meanings in Chinese Art (San Francisco: Asian
Art Museum, 2006).
Rhythm 101
Anhui novelist Chen Dengke 䰜ⱏ⾥, for example, has a fi ne name that
suggests “Chen who rises in the examination system.” A family named
Wei 儣, however, would likely avoid such a choice, lest the name suggest
“has not passed the exams” ⱏ⾥. The exiled Chinese political philoso-
pher Hu Ping 㚵ᑇ has a son named Hu Pan 㚵⬨; when a daughter was
born, he and his spouse were considering Hu Sha 㚵㥢 for her name but
later thought better of it. If the two children were attracted to legal careers,
they would be at a big disadvantage: one hupan 㚵߸ ‘crazily sentencing’
and the other husha 㚵ᴔ ‘crazily killing’.131 Similarly, in moving to an
English-speaking country, a Chinese family might, if they could manage
it, avoid a dentist named Dr. Paine or a surgeon named Dr. Slaughter.
Pitch. We have already seen examples where voice pitch (which combines
with loudness and duration to constitute what I have defined as “stress”) is
useful in making distinctions of meaning. When we emphasize that Joey
Davis is not Louie Davis, pitch is part of what makes the difference. When
we distinguish between birds flying south and birds flying south, pitch again
pitches in. In English, pitch differences can convey skepticism or surprise.
In “Where did you go?” the voice normally falls at the end; but in “You went
where?” it rises. In “Would you like coffee or tea?” if the cof- in “coffee” is
spoken in a relatively high pitch and tea in a relatively low one, the meaning
is ni yao kafei haishi cha? Դ㽕੪ଵ䖬ᰃ㤊? ‘which would you like— coffee
or tea?’. But if the last four syllables are said with relatively high and rising
pitch, the meaning is ni yao buyao kafei huozhe cha? Դ㽕ϡ㽕੪ଵ㗙㤊?
‘would you like either coffee or tea [yes or no]?’ In the fall of 2009, after two
sets of tennis doubles, one of my fellow players asked the rest of us if we
would like to play a third set. Two people answered “I’m good” but meant
exactly opposite things by it. One used a pitch contour that resembled the
Mandarin Chinese first tone (high level) followed by a second (rising)
tone; this meant “yes, bring it on.” The other used two falling pitches,
like the fourth tone in Chinese; this meant “no, I’ve had it.” No one was
puzzled by the two answers. Both were perfectly clear in meaning. In fact,
no one (except me, later) seemed to notice that the same two syllables had
been used and that it was pitch alone that had made the difference.
Pitch in Chinese (in addition to its normal role in tones) does many
similar things, and we cannot address all of them here. But, for example,
the particle lou that gets added to the ends of Cantonese utterances to
mean something like “of course!” or even “only an idiot would need to be
told this!” is consistently said in a high pitch. In Mandarin, skeptical ques-
tions employ a higher-than-normal pitch, as they do in English. This holds
even when a “falling tone” (fourth tone) appears in a question that wants a
higher-than-normal pitch. For example shi ma? ᰃ৫? ‘is that right?’ is said
in higher-than-normal pitch but still allows, within the elevated pitch
range, for a falling pitch on the fourth-tone syllable shi. In skeptical ques-
tions of greater length, like nandao ta shuo de dui ma? 䲒䘧Ҫ䇈ᕫᇍ৫?
‘Could it be that what he said was right?’ a higher pitch runs through sev-
eral syllables at the end of the phrase, but again allows room for fourth-
tone syllables (dui, in this case) to fall in pitch appropriately. Y. R. Chao has
used the image of ripples riding on waves to describe this phenomenon;
Chao observes that what the voice actually does is an “algebraic sum” of
the two effects.132
George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, in their brilliant little book Meta-
phors We Live By, assert that “tone languages generally do not use intona-
tion to mark questions at all.”133 The error is glaring, yet the notion that
seems to have led to it—that languages very different from English might
follow different customs in intonation—is important. In English the voice
rises at the end when we say “you mean this one?” or simply “this one?”
But by custom in northern Mandarin Chinese, the voice drops in saying
the corresponding phrase zhei g’a? 䖭Ͼ䰓?134 For another example, in En-
glish the voice drops on the last syllable of the phrase “what do you think?”
It would be very easy to use the same pattern in Mandarin, where a ready
match is available in the combination of first tone followed by neutral tone
in a phrase like women ting le ៥Ӏњ ‘we listened’. But, despite its easy
availability, Mandarin does not use this ready-made pattern in phrases that
correspond to “what do you think?” In ni shuo ne? Դ䇈ਸ਼? ‘what do you
say?’ the final ne does not drop but stays high, about where shuo is.
135. The example is borrowed from Ta-tuan Ch’en et al., Chinese Primer (Princeton,
N.J.: Princeton University Press, 2007), vol. 1, p. 85, and vol. 2, p. 183.
104 An Anatomy of Chinese
instruction. But note: when the two phrases are put side by side, somehow
the grammatical parallelism (verb-object) and rhythmic parallelism (1–2,
1–2) generates a tight sense of fit. The phrase, if not its meaning, is lean
and neat. And it exudes “rightness.”
In poetry and many kinds of popular phrases, the effects of parallelism
are enhanced when parallel syllables are semantically antithetical. A tra-
ditional shunkouliu says:
Here we have both qiyan and an unusually close parallelism: five middle
syllables are identical, while the framing syllables at either end are gram-
matically parallel and semantically antithetical. In elite poetry, such fea-
tures might seem only the technical features of a genre— or even, if they
are overdone, ostentatious wordplay. In popular culture, though, I believe
the effect has been somewhat different. I believe it creates an aura of dig-
nity and credibility about what is expressed. The message becomes right,
natural, fitting, wise.
This tradition has been strong enough to persist through China’s Com-
munist revolution and into the market economy of today. In the early
years of the revolution, a slogan aimed at preserving forests was fandui
langfei mucai, fandui lanfa linmu ডᇡ⌾䊏ᴤ, ডᇡ▿Ӥᵫ! ‘oppose the
waste of lumber; oppose rampant cutting of forests’, in which the gram-
matical parallelism is reinforced by the repetition of fandui as well as by
the quasi rhyme of langfei and lanfa.136 A campaign against corruption and
waste used a slogan that comprised three “verb plus object” phrases in
parallel: qingli zichan, heding zijin, fandui langfei! ⏙⧚䊛⫶, Ḍᅮ䊛䞥, ডᇡ
⌾䊏 ‘clean up property, check on ownings, oppose waste!’137 By 1966, Mao
Zedong had decided that “old culture” should be thrown out, but he still
136. Renmin ribao Ҏ⇥᮹ฅ [People’s daily], October 23, 1951, p. 2. The unusual six-
syllable rhythm is worth noting here.
137. Ibid., October 28, 1951, p. 2.
Rhythm 105
used parallelism. A photograph in the People’s Daily in fall, 1966 shows Mao
waving in front of a large billboard that reads:
Dapo yiqie boxuejieji de jiu sixiang, jiu wenhua, jiu fengsu, jiu xiguan!
Dali wuchanjieji de xin sixiang, xin wenhua, xin fengsu, xin xiguan!
Demolish the old thinking, old culture, old customs, and old habits
of all the exploiting classes!
Establish the new thinking, new culture, new customs, and new hab-
its of the proletariat!138
The two phrases are semantically antithetical in five places and, except for
yiqie ‘all’, are exactly parallel as well. The power of the lines clearly derives
in part from the parallelism, and it seems likely that Mao and his follow-
ers appreciated the power without noticing its old-culture roots. Essentially
the same power of parallelism extends into the commercial culture of the
post-Mao era, for example in an advertisement for White Beauty Soap (baili
xiangzao ⱑБ佭ⱖ) that appeared on Shanghai television in 2000: shi toufa
gengen rouruan, ling pifu cuncun nenhua Փ༈থḍḍᶨ䕃, ҸⲂ㙸ᇌᇌႽ⒥
‘makes each one of your hairs soft, makes every inch of your skin smooth’.
The seven-syllable rhythm here is an unconventional “dotted” 4:4 pattern,
but the parallelism is impeccable from start to finish. Similarly, a warning
to motorists not to drink and drive that was posted on public blackboards in
Beijing and elsewhere in 2007 read hejinqu ji di meijiu, liuchulai wushu xuelei
ୱ䖯এⓈ㕢䜦, ⌕ߎᴹ᮴᭄㸔⊾ ‘imbibe a few drops of fine wine, shed
countless more in blood and tears’. My English translation does not fully
capture either the rhythm or the parallelism of the original, whose impact
is to convey a sense something like: “this can’t be wrong.”
Although the “meaning” that rhythm, parallelism, and semantic anti-
theticality can conspire to produce has especially strong cultural roots in
Chinese popular culture, there is obviously something universal about it
as well. It also appears, if perhaps not as frequently, in English-speaking
cultures, for example in the famous lines in John F. Kennedy’s 1961 inau-
gural address “United there is little we cannot do, divided there is little
we can do” (in which the combination of rhythm, parallelism, and anti-
theticality could not be more “Chinese”) or his statement that if a free
society “cannot help the many who are poor, it cannot save the few who are
rich.” Why are such phrases effective? Do the rhetorical features them-
selves not make the messages seem more right, natural, and fitting than
they otherwise would? Whether in Chinese or English, rhyme, rhythm,
parallelism, and antitheticality, separately or in concert, can convey the
sense that “this is the real truth” or “this resonates with nature.” An ade-
quate account of these rhetorical devices, in the history of either Chinese
or Indo-Eurpoean languages, is beyond our scope here.
The Liberation Army should learn from all the people of the nation
All the people of the nation should learn from the Liberation Army.
Intellectuals have used chiasmus as well. In his 1918 essay “On Establish-
ing a New Literature,” Hu Shi distilled his main message into the phrase
guoyu de wenxue, wenxue de guoyu 䁲ⱘ᭛ᅌ, ᭛ᅌⱘ䁲 ‘literature in the
national language and a national language’s literature’.140 More recent
139. See Mardy Grothe, Never Let a Fool Kiss You or a Kiss Fool You (New York: Vi-
king Books, 1999). Grothe also has a website, www.drmardy.com, accessed June 23,
2012.
140. Hu Shi 㚵䘽, “Jianshe xin wenxue lun” ᓎ䀁ᮄ᭛ᅌ䂪 [On building a new litera-
ture], quoted in “Jianshe de geming wenxue lun (I)” ᓎ䀁ⱘ䴽ੑ᭛ᅌ䂪 (I) [On a con-
Rhythm 107
scholars have given their essays titles like “Shehui de xianshi he xianshi de
shehui” ⼒Ӯⱘ⦄ᅲ⦄ᅲⱘ⼒Ӯ (Social reality and present-day society),
“Cong wenxue de chengshou dao chengshou de wenxue” Ң᭛ᄺⱘ៤❳ࠄ
៤❳ⱘ᭛ᄺ (From the maturation of literature to literature that is ma-
ture), and “Beiai de zhishifenzi he zhishifenzi de beiai” ᚆઔⱘⶹ䆚ߚᄤ
ⶹ䆚ߚᄤⱘᚆઔ (Sorrowful intellectuals and the sorrow of intellectuals).141
A freshman seminar at Princeton University in 1999 was named “De-
forming Codes, Decoding Forms”; around the same time, a bon mot from
Toni Morrison appeared on the wall of the Princeton student center:
“The Place of the Idea, the Idea of the Place.”
The “value added” of chiasmus is a bit mysterious. What is it, and what
does it come from? We might test the question by separating the two
halves of certain examples, thereby destroying whatever additional effect
is caused by the pairing of lines. Each phrase in “ask not what your coun-
try can do for you” and “ask what you can do for your country” can make
sense independently, although the parts somehow seem less than the
whole. Something extra seems to emerge when the two parts are joined.
Another example where each of the two halves makes a good point inde-
pendently is the popular Chinese saying about Communist Party meet-
ings xiao huiyi zuo da jueding, da huiyi zuo xiao jueding ᇣӮ䆂خއᅮ,
Ӯ䆂خᇣއᅮ ‘small meetings make big decisions and big meetings
make small ones’, that is, important choices are made by a few people in
small rooms, and routine approvals are given in huge conference halls.
Each half of this chiasmus has something important to say, and the fact
that the two comprise the chiasmus form is a kind of bonus. On the other
hand, sometimes the two halves of chiasmus seem redundant (what does
“the sorrow of intellectuals” add to the idea of “sorrowful intellectuals”?).
Nonetheless— and this is the crucial point—juxtaposing the two seems to
make a claim that “something extra,” even something a bit mysterious or
142. David Wang, Fin- de- Siècle Splendor: Repressed Modernities in Late- Qing Fiction,
1849–1911 (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1997), p. 106.
143. ABC News with Peter Jennings, January 24, 2002.
Rhythm 109
to many of his listeners, for whom the charm of chiasmus was likely
enough to make the statement seem not just acceptable but memorably
wise. Similarly, a campaign slogan for healthful sex practices in China in
2007 was chenggongde nanren yao jiankang, jiankang de nanren geng cheng-
gong ៤ࡳⱘ⬋Ҏ㽕عᒋ, عᒋⱘ⬋Ҏ៤ࡳ ‘successful males want health,
and healthy males are more successful’.144 Here it is not clear what cheng-
gong ‘success’ means because “success at what?” is not specified; the only
real meaning of the phrase is a vague positive valuation: whatever it is,
chenggong is “what you’d want to be.” But if that is the case, then it be-
comes banal to say that chenggong males would want to be healthy, and to
turn the phrase around to say that healthy males are more chenggong is
equally vacuous. Yet despite all these weaknesses, the charm of chiasmus
was enough to lead Chinese slogan writers to feel that the words might
have persuasive power, and they probably were right in that judgment.
At several points in this chapter I have noted that the meanings of rhythms
(and some related devices) are sometimes not fully noticed by those who
use them. I have employed a broad definition of “meaning” by which
merely “a different understanding or feeling, however slight,” can count
as meaning even if users are not aware of just what is causing the small
difference. In one sense, though, to speak in this way is odd. Normally, we
assume that meaning implies intent. When we “mean” something, how can
we be unaware of it? How can we say that rhythms “mean” things when
people are not meaning them to do so?
But perhaps this is not so strange after all. Compare for a moment
“meaning” as it applies to words. Normally, when A says or writes a word,
like “book,” and B receives and interprets the word, we assume the fol-
lowing conditions:
145. George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh: The Embodied Mind
and Its Challenge to Western Thought (New York: Basic Books, 1999), p. 13.
Rhythm 111
The second rule holds even when the odd number is the larger of the two,
as in san yan liang yu ϝ㿔ܽ䁲 ‘in two or three words’ or when the integers
are not adjacent, as in jiu niu er hu zhi li б⠯Ѡ㰢П ‘the strength of nine
bulls and two tigers—tremendous effort’. It is not hard to fi nd exceptions
to either rule. For example wu hua ba men Ѩ㢅ܿ䭔 ‘multifarious’ violates
rule 1, and si qin san hao ಯࢸϝད ‘four diligents and three do-wells’, a
slogan that was used to fight SARS in 2003, violates rule 2.146 Big numbers
146. The “four diligents” were diligently wash hands, diligently wash face, dili-
gently drink water, and diligently ventilate; the “three do-wells” were wear face masks
well, regulate moods well, and exercise the body well. I am grateful to David Moser,
who observed signs bearing the slogan in Beijing; email message to author, May 8,
2004.
112 An Anatomy of Chinese
also ignore the rule, as in qian fang bai ji गᮍⱒ㿜 ‘by every possible
means’.147
But the two rules usually do hold, and moreover seem to influence
choices when Chinese speakers invent new phrases. For example, when
Communist Party leaders decided in 1981 to promote improvement in
public behavior, they came up with the formula wujiang simei Ѩ䆆ಯ㕢
‘five pay-attentions and four beautifuls’. The pay-attentions were attention
to civility, politeness, hygiene, order, and morality. The four beautifuls were
beautiful spirit, beautiful language, beautiful conduct, and a beautiful envi-
ronment. The meanings seemed good, the composite phrase sounded good,
and the phrase spread easily through the nationwide bureaucracies and
publicity system. It obeyed the two rules, and that obedience probably had
to do with why it “sounded right” to everyone. But how many people were
consciously aware of the two rules? Were the creators themselves aware?
Likely not, I would guess. Wujiang simei just sounded better than simei
wujiang.
What happens here is similar to what happens with unnoticed rhythms
because, in both cases, grammatical arrangements happen and results
sound good even if people are not aware of the reasons why. The pattern
2–2–3 just sounds better than 3–2–2, hence people say renmin zongli ren-
min ai, not (as grammar would have it) renmin ai renmin de zongli (‘the
people love the people’s premier’). It is worth noting that shortly after
wujiang simei was promulgated, Party leaders felt that “three loves” (love
of the Communist Party, love of the motherland, and love of socialism)
should be added. So how did they add it? They did not say san’ai ϝ⠅
‘three loves’ but san reai ϝ⛁⠅ ‘three ardent loves’. It is, of course, natu-
ral that they would want love of the Party to be “ardent,” but it is more
likely that re was added for rhythm, in order to make the whole phrase a
nice-sounding qiyan pattern: wujiang simei san reai sounds better than wu-
jiang simei san’ai. And you don’t even have to think about it.
147. I do not consider examples like qian pian yi lü ग㆛ϔᕟ ‘stereotyped’ or bai fa bai
zhong ⱒⱐⱒЁ ‘unfailing accuracy’ to be exceptions, because of their different under-
lying grammar.
2
Metaphor
In 1935 a young American named Graham Peck, fresh from Yale and
seeking adventure, set out for China, where he traveled widely, often by
bicycle, making sketches, taking notes, and picking up some Chinese. In
1940 he went to China again, this time for a longer stay during which he
took a post with the U.S. Office of War Information. Eventually, he be-
came frustrated with a gap he perceived between official U.S. hopes for
China and the abysmal conditions he found on the ground. After the war
he put his perceptions into a book that was excellent in many ways but bore
the unfortunate title Two Kinds of Time.1
Peck explained his title this way: “By one Chinese view of time, the
future is behind you, above you, where you cannot see it. The past is be-
fore you, below you, where you can examine it. Man’s position in time is
1. Graham Peck, Two Kinds of Time, rev. ed. (Boston: Houghton Miffl in, 1967)
(originally published 1950). Information in this paragraph is drawn in part from the
introduction to the revised edition by John K. Fairbank.
114 An Anatomy of Chinese
man faces in the other direction, with his back to the past, which is
sinking away behind him, and his face turned upward toward the
future, which is floating down upon him. Nor can this man be static:
by our ambitious Western convention, he is supposed to be rising
into the future under his own power, perhaps by his own direction.
He is more like a man in a plane than a sitter by a river.3
Apparently aware that his analysis might leave the Chinese side looking
inferior, Peck points out the weakness of the forward-gazing airplane rider:
because he does not look back at the past, he flies blind into the future.
Peck’s characterizations of Chinese and “Western” concepts of time are
oversimplified and, even in the simple terms in which he presents them,
garbled. For neither Chinese nor English is his account complete, and the
claim that the two languages and cultures conceive radically different
“kinds of time,” as we shall see below, is false. Still, his speculation on the
ways time is conceived in terms of space is— as Mark Twain said of Rich-
ard Wagner’s music—not as bad as it sounds. Peck’s rudimentary specula-
tions were headed in an important direction. He anticipated by forty
years a subfield of cognitive science that has shown clearly both that (1) his
notion that conceptual systems are built on the metaphor that “time is
space” is correct and well worth studying, and (2) his particular conclu-
sions about Chinese and English are off the mark.
Late twentieth- and early twenty-first-century studies have found that
the “time is space” metaphor is apparently universal in human languages.
Lakoff and Johnson claim not only that “many” of our concepts are meta-
phorical but that “most of our normal conceptual scheme” is “metaphor-
ically structured; that is, most concepts are partially understood in terms
of other concepts.”6 This “structuring” involves a capture, in only one or
a few abstract words, of highly complex processes whose literal and de-
tailed exposition would require many, many more words. An example is
monetary “inflation,” which is not only a one-word summary of a complex
phenomenon but something that, in our ordinary language, we speak of as
a “thing,” sometimes even a living thing. We say things like “inflation is
killing us,” “inflation shows up at the checkout counter,” and so on. Lakoff
and Johnson call the turning of something like inflation into a “thing” an
“ontological metaphor.”7 They cite examples to show that even respectable
natural scientists commonly use this kind of metaphor to make concepts
easier to pass back and forth. They cite a 1997 issue of Science that contains
these sentences, asking us to take note of the italicized words:
Most of the neurons in that very early processing stage merely report
what is happening on the ret ina. To do its job, however, this cortex
must cooperate with connected sensory regions that hold and use the
information for briefer periods of time.8
11. The function of a map is not analogical in the way that “Sam is a pig” is; literally,
a map stands in relation to the ground it maps by (1) miniaturizing it, (2) marking
certain features (roads, towns, whatever) that it wishes to highlight by using amplifica-
tion, coloring, etc., and (3) eliminating all other features of the ground. This is hardly
what is going on between “target” and “source,” or “topic” and “vehicle,” when meta-
phors are used. In mathematics there is a more rigorous defi nition of “mapping”— by
which the elements in one set are assigned to elements in another— but this is not
what metaphor theory is doing, either.
12. My description here is drawn primarily from Sam Glucksberg, Understanding
Figurative Language: From Metaphors to Idioms (Oxford: Oxford University Press,
2001), pp. 8–11, and from Searle, “Metaphor,” pp. 102–108.
Metaphor 119
about what is in the speaker’s mind. If Sam never washes or makes his bed,
and the speaker is his roommate, then “Sam is a pig” will likely be under-
stood as “Sam is messy” or “Sam is filthy” (or both). If Sam ate the whole
pumpkin pie and the speaker is someone else at the table who did not get
any, then “Sam is a pig” will likely mean “Sam is a glutton” or “Sam is
selfish.” If the common cultural possibilities run out, then the hearer
has to look further into the context and/or do further speculation about
the speaker’s mind. If Sam is, for example, neat, clean, anorexic, and self-
effacing, and if someone nevertheless says, “Sam is a pig,” it might be be-
cause Sam cheers for the Arkansas Razorbacks. It could also be because he
is a Chinese born in 1971 or 1983. The hearer needs to cast around.
Obviously, too, the hearer must have a cooperative attitude toward the
speaker’s utterance. After hearing that “Sam is a pig” one could, if one
chose to be difficult, logically infer any of literally hundreds of statements
about Sam, including “Sam is a vertebrate,” “Sam has bristles,” and many
other propositions that would not be, in most contexts, what the speaker
had in mind. But people seldom do this— and when they do, they gener-
ally know they are mischievously “breaking the rules.” The philosopher
Paul Grice has noted the operation of a “cooperative principle” by which
participants in conversation expect that each will make a “conversational
contribution such as is required, at the stage at which it occurs, by the ac-
cepted purpose or direction of the talk exchange.”13 Grice’s famous prin-
ciple applies to the interpretation of metaphor. When Shakespeare says
“Juliet is like the sun,” no one is confused. We know that he means “Juliet
is bright and warm,” not “Juliet is for the most part gaseous” or “Juliet
will incinerate you if you get too close”— even though the latter two are
well-known facts about the sun.14 Lakoff and Johnson, in noting this
feature of metaphor, point out that the “defi ning concept” in metaphor
always contains more stuff than is carried over to the “defi ned concept.”
The conceptual metaphor “ideas are food,” for example, leads English
speakers to speak of “raw facts” or “half-baked notions”— but, Lakoff
and Johnson observe, this conventional metaphor does not normally
13. H. P. Grice, “Logic and Conversation,” in Peter Cole and Jerry L. Morgan, eds.,
Syntax and Semantics, vol. 3, Speech Acts (New York: Academic Press, 1975), pp. 45.
14. See Searle, “Metaphor,” p. 96.
120 An Anatomy of Chinese
also asks the hearer to begin by ruling out the literal interpretation of an
utterance; it then asks the hearer to accept an opposite meaning.18 Here
intonation can be a cue, as when you say “Wonderful!” after I have knocked
over and shattered your Ming vase. But often it is context alone that leads
the hearer to interpret an ironic utterance correctly. Sometimes “speech
acts” as well follow the same general rules. When I say “Can you pass the
salt?” my hearer normally rules out the possibility that I mean to ask a ques-
tion about your ability to pass salt. He or she instead just passes the salt—
and in that, of course, reflects a correct understanding of the utterance.
The standard use of questions like “Can you pass the salt?” to mean
“Please pass the salt” or “How are you?” to mean “Hello” has a counter-
part in the often-noted phenomenon of the “dead metaphor.” Most meta-
phor theorists allow that daily-life metaphors can and do die. After death
they often remain useful, however, in much the same way literal words or
phrases are useful. For example, if I say “Interstate 95 goes to Boston,” the
metaphor that suggests that the road itself “goes somewhere” is utterly
dead. It is hardly different from the literal statement that “Interstate 95 is
a road.” The metaphor’s deadness is so well established that any effort to
bring it to life would seem perverse. If you say “Interstate 95 goes to Bos-
ton,” and I say, “Nonsense, Interstate 95 just lies there on the ground,” we
both know that I am breaking rules that are so well established that we
normally do not even notice them. Owen Barfield has pointed out that
etymology, if pressed far enough, shows that nearly every word has roots
that refer either to “a solid, sensible object, or some animal (probably hu-
man) activity,” and that everything else, in a sense, is dead metaphor; for
example elasticity has roots in ‘draw’ and abstract in ‘drag’.19
Dead metaphors, we can assume, usually or always began as live ones.
Lakoff and Johnson have written that conceptual metaphors often had
“physical” or “experiential” bases in their beginnings. For example the ideas
of “up” and “more”— as pure concepts—have no essential connection. Yet
we commonly use the conceptual metaphors “more is up” and “less is down”
to say things like “murders are up,” “foreclosures are down,” and so on.
Lakoff and Johnson hypothesize that the “physical basis” for this usage is
the simple fact that when you get more of something, and put it in the
same place, a pile forms. Pile tops go up, so “more” becomes “up.”20 This
theory gets support from the fact that many languages use the metaphor.
In China, as elsewhere, things like pile tops and fluid levels go up when
more of something is in one place, or in one container; accordingly, Chi-
nese says things like jiaqian gao Ӌ䪅催 ‘the price is high’ and shuiping di ∈
ᑇԢ ‘the level is low’. Such usages have been influenced by modern West-
ern languages and so might not seem good evidence for the universality of
the “physical basis” for “more is up.” Other examples, though, make the
point without ambiguity. In English we say “red in the face” to mean an-
gry or agitated, and in Chinese say mianhong erchi 䴶㑶㘇䌸 ‘face red ears
red’ in quite the same way. Here there is no sign of borrowing; there is,
though, a plausible common “physical basis” in the fact that for human be-
ings in any language or culture, blood tends to rush to the face when one
is angry or agitated.
An important characteristic of conceptual metaphor is that it is not just
used in one or two phrases but can underlie a variety of related expres-
sions. Lakoff and Johnson cite the example “love is a journey,” which can
underlie a variety of expressions: our relationship “is at a crossroads,” “has
hit a dead-end,” “is spinning its wheels,” or “has entered the fast lane” or
“we are going in different directions,” and so on.21 Lakoff and Johnson
might better have called this metaphor “a romantic relationship is a jour-
ney,” not “love is a journey,” since there are many kinds of love for which
“journey” is harder to apply. (“I love chocolate ice cream,” “God so loved
the world . . .” etc.) But the point itself—that metaphorical expressions
tend to come in families—is important. Not only do the various expres-
sions associated with a conceptual metaphor tend to cohere; sometimes
conceptual metaphors become strong enough that they can shape the way
people absorb new experience as it arises. I have noted Lakoff and John-
son’s identification of the English conceptual metaphor “consciousness is
up and unconsciousness is down” according to which we fall asleep and
wake up, sink into a coma, and so on.22 When such metaphors become es-
tablished in a culture, they tend to shape understanding of new experience.
When Freud began to speak of the less-than-conscious mind, for example,
it was natural to speak of a “sub”-conscious.” This kind of fact is what leads
Lakoff and Johnson to claim that conceptual metaphors are “metaphors we
live by.” They also claim that strong, broad metaphors have a power to
govern smaller clusters of others. For example, the broad metaphor “life is
a journey” (e.g., “she got a head start in life,” “he’s never let anyone get in
his way”) can be seen as subsuming, and perhaps giving rise to, conceptual
metaphors of smaller domain such as “love is a journey” (“We’re in the fast
lane,” etc.) and “a career is a journey” (“He’s on the fast track,” etc.).23
Lakoff and Johnson have been criticized for claiming too much struc-
turing power for conceptual metaphors. While it may be true that we of-
ten conceive things in terms of metaphor, can we go further, as Lakoff and
Johnson do, to claim that “it structures the actions we perform”?24 When
I embark on a romantic relationship, do I actually behave differently be-
cause I am thinking in terms of “love is a journey”? A key question here
has been whether established metaphors are “automatically accessed” or
not. If, for example, an English speaker thinks of a romantic relationship,
does “love is a journey” always kick in, or is it optional? Psychologists Sam
Glucksberg and Matthew McGlone devised an experiment in which
American college students were asked what “our love is a voyage to the
bottom of the sea” or “our love is a bumpy roller-coaster ride” might mean.
Here the verbal cues clearly set the stage for conceptions of the “love is a
journey” sort. If conceptual metaphor is accessed automatically, one
would expect the student responses to mention discovery, roads over roll-
ing hills, “uncharted waters,” “where we are headed,” and other phrases
consistent with “love is a journey.” And a few of Glucksberg and McGlone’s
22. Lakoff and Johnson, Metaphors We Live By, p. 15. Noted in the Introduction.
23. George Lakoff, “What Is a Conceptual System?,” in Willis F. Overton and Da-
vid S. Palermo, eds., The Nature and Ontogensis of Meaning (Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum,
1994), p. 62.
24. Lakoff and Johnson, Metaphors We Live By, p. 4. Boaz Keysar, Yeshayahu Shen,
Sam Glucksberg, and William S. Horton explicitly argue against this claim by Lakoff
and Johnson in “Conventional Language: How Metaphorical Is It?,” Journal of Mem-
ory and Language 43 (2000), p. 578.
124 An Anatomy of Chinese
responses were indeed of this type. But, significantly, most were not.
Most students thought the given phrases meant “we don’t talk enough,”
“we’re drowning in each other’s problems,” “our love is exciting but not
very stable,” and other such things.25 Experiments like this show that con-
ceptual metaphors do have influences on the way we conceive things, but
that they are not obligatory. They are more like arrows in a quiver—to be
drawn on when useful, otherwise not.
Work by Boaz Keysar and others has found the interesting result that
very conventional metaphors— or “dead” metaphors—have fewer connec-
tions to underlying concepts than fresh metaphors do. In the metaphor
“happy is up, sad is down,” for example, we have English examples like
“she’s feeling low,” “I’m depressed,” and so on. Similarly, in Chinese we
have gaoxing 催݈ ‘high mood—happy’ and diluo Ԣ㨑 ‘low fall— downcast’.
Keysar and his colleagues argue that a conventional phrase like “I’m de-
pressed” normally is understood lexically, hardly different from how “I’m
a professor” is understood. The hearer does not need to draw on the under-
lying concept of “sad is down” in order to understand. Similarly, a hearer
would probably not need “happy is up” in order to understand “I’m on
cloud nine” or “she’s higher than a kite,” because these familiar clichés are
hardly different from ordinary words. But it is precisely when new expres-
sions come along, Keysar argues, that conceptual metaphors are useful
and perhaps even necessary if correct understanding is to result. In a case
like “I’m feeling lower than a piece of gum stuck on the bottom of your
boots,” a hearer will likely need to draw on “sad is down” in order to make
sense of the phrase. 26 Here again we see conceptual metaphors waiting in
abeyance, as it were—ready to help when needed, but not demanding to
be used.
What happens when two or more metaphors are used together? In lit-
erary matters “mixed metaphor” is supposed to be a mistake, largely for
aesthetic reasons, but what happens when daily-life conceptual metaphors
come together? Do they collide? Muddle the underlying concept? Or
does it not matter?
25. Sam Glucksberg and Matthew S. McGlone, “When Love Is Not a Journey:
What Metaphors Mean,” Journal of Pragmatics 31, no. 12 (1999), p. 1547.
26. Keysar et al., “Conventional Language,” p. 579.
Metaphor 125
27. Glucksberg and McGlone, “When Love Is Not a Journey: What Metaphors
Mean,” pp. 1553–1554.
28. Ning Yu, The Contemporary Theory of Metaphor: A Perspective from Chinese (Am-
sterdam: Benjamins, 1998), p. 120.
126 An Anatomy of Chinese
29. Edward Slingerland, Effortless Action: Wu- wei as Conceptual Metaphor and Spirit
Ideal in Early China (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003), p. 36.
30. Ibid., p. 31.
Metaphor 127
no split between actor and acted-on.31 How can we reconcile the two sets
of metaphors? Slingerland argues that we do not have to, and indeed that
it would be a mistake to demand that we try. It is a mistake because under-
lying human nature (in ancient China no less than today) is complex
enough to be difficult to capture from a single point of view. Differing
metaphors illuminate different facets of it, but none is or can be compre-
hensive, hence there is no requirement that every useful metaphor should
fit with every other.
We are left with a theory of conceptual metaphor in which meta-
phorical expressions are useful to our thinking and communicating but
only as assistants, as it were, in getting at one or another aspect of com-
plex topics. There is no contradiction between using metaphors that clash
and holding that a full view of complex issues can be coherent and inter-
nally consistent. As long as metaphors get their particular jobs done, it is
not terribly important whether they fit together, clash, or are mutually
irrelevant. None by itself can or should be viewed as reflecting a unified
worldview.
Sometimes one conceptual metaphor piggybacks on a second and, as it
were, invades its territory. But here, too, pragmatism seems to trump pu-
rity: if the result works, no one minds. Consider the sportscaster who
comments before a basketball game that “Georgia Tech will have to keep
the game in the sixties; anything north of that and they’re in big trouble.”32
He means that the Georgia Tech players are specialists in defense and
will need to keep the score low in order to exploit their comparative
advantage. He combines the well-established conceptual metaphor “more
is up” with the modern cartographical convention “up is north” to yield
the piggybacked metaphor “more is north.” Another sportscaster—this
one commenting on the U.S. Open tennis tournament in September
2005— observed that “men north of thirty,” who were beyond their prime,
would have a tougher time competing. Hearers of such phrases are not
startled into asking themselves “Hey, how do I put this conceptual clash
into a coherent worldview?” The metaphor serves its purpose, and that is
enough.
But if conceptual metaphor behaves this way, if it can do fl ips and twists
in the ser vice of underlying ideas, are the cognitive scientists who claim
that “conceptual metaphor” sometimes shapes our thinking therefore
wrong? Not necessarily. It can remain true in some cases that our habits
in metaphor guide the ways we think. At a minimum, we can make the
empirical observation that metaphorical expressions in human languages
do tend to occur in internally consistent families such as (for modern En-
glish) “consciousness is up, unconsciousness is down,” “more is up, less is
down,” “a romantic relationship is a journey,” and others. Given that
these family resemblances among metaphors do exist, it is reasonable to
infer that the resemblances are not accidental but must have some cause.
But then we should ask: which way does the causality go? Is there some-
thing about the commonality of human experience— or perhaps the
structure of the human mind—that causes metaphors to bunch in consis-
tent families? Or do the bunchings themselves take over the ways we
think and give rise to their own consistency? (Or both?) There have been
scientific experiments in this area; there are also some unsettled contro-
versies. We turn to some of them next.
Lakoff and Johnson hold a strong position on the relation between meta-
phor and thought. The back cover of the paperback edition of Metaphors
We Live By claims that “reality itself is defined by metaphor, and as meta-
phors vary from culture to culture, so do the realities they defi ne.” The
authors’ claim for metaphor can be viewed as a particular instance of what
Benjamin Whorf claimed in 1939 for language in general—to paraphrase
the famous “Sapir-Whorf hypothesis,” that the language a person speaks
affects the way he or she thinks. Whorf has drawn much criticism from
later cognitive scientists, in part because his reasoning can seem circular.
As satirized by Steven Pinker, for example, Whorf claims that “[Eskimos]
speak differently so they must think differently. How do we know that
they think differently? Just listen to the way they speak!”33 Pinker holds—
33. Steven Pinker, The Language Instinct (New York: Morrow, 1994), p. 61.
Metaphor 129
and others, including Noam Chomsky and Jerry Fodor, hold similar
positions—that at least some human thinking, including the fundaments
of grammar, is built into the human mind, therefore universal, and there-
fore not subject to cultural variance.34
There are two different kinds of arguments in the field for why “con-
cepts,” including metaphorical concepts, sometimes appear to be universal.
The Pinker-Chomsky-Fodor kind of argument about the structure of the
mind is one; Lakoff, Johnson, and others espouse a different sort of argu-
ment, which is that the physical experience of human beings—which after
all shares a great deal in common, no matter where or in what culture one
lives—naturally induces the same kinds of metaphors in any language. Stud-
ies have shown, for example, that heart rate and body temperature both
tend to rise when people feel anger, or even when they are asked only to
imagine anger or to simulate it in their bodily movements.35 If this is true,
then it is not surprising that “hot with anger” occurs in English and huor le
☿ܓњ ‘on fire—angry’ is used in Chinese. Environmental commonalities
can have the same effect. “More is up” is a natural inference to draw in any
context where physical objects and gravitational force are both present.
It is unfortunate that Lakoff and Johnson often use the word embody to
refer to the relation they find between physical experience and conceptual
metaphor, because this use of the word clashes with the normal sense of
it. When Lakoff and Johnson write that “the mind is inherently
embodied”36 they mean that it is “shaped by the body’s experience.” But in
common use (as well as in dictionaries), embody means “put into a body” or
“give a material or concrete character or form to.”37 Lakoff and Johnson’s
34. Noam Chomsky, Reflections on Language (New York: Pantheon, 1975); Jerry
Fodor, The Language of Thought (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1975).
35. Paul Ekman, Robert W. Levenson, and Wallace V. Friesen, “Autonomic Ner-
vous System Activity Distinguishes among Emotions,” Science 221, no. 4616 (Septem-
ber 16, 1983), pp. 1208–1210.
36. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, p. 5.
37. Defi nitions from The Shorter Oxford Dictionary on Historical Principles (Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1933), 1:598. The phrase “the embodied mind,” in terms of these
dictionary defi nitions, would have to mean something physical, like “the brain,” or at
least something metaphor ically substantive, like Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure
Reason. But a reader who conscientiously follows Lakoff and Johnson’s usages in this
direction will fi nd that the pursuit is futile.
130 An Anatomy of Chinese
idiosyncratic usage thus might cause confusion where there needn’t have
been any, but this should not obscure the value of their basic claim, which
is that one important reason why human beings sometimes think and
speak similarly is that they all have bodies.
Lakoff and Johnson’s kind of reason for conceptual commonality dif-
fers from that of Pinker, Chomsky, and others, in that it is based in expe-
rience. This means that at least in theory, concepts that are held in com-
mon might vary from context to context. Gravity varies from place to place
only by minuscule amounts, and bodily responses to anger might be the
same everywhere; but in other aspects of living, cultural as well as physi-
cal, there can be significant differences, and metaphors might therefore
be different. When Lakoff and Johnson postulate that both metaphors
and thought patterns vary from culture to culture, they implicitly raise
the “Whorf” question: Do different languages induce different ways of
thinking?
Psychological experiments in the early twenty-first century have lent
new credibility to at least some parts of the Whorf hypothesis. Lera Boro-
ditsky, who sets aside the “strong Whorfian view” that “thought [is] en-
tirely determined by language,” nevertheless defends a weaker version
according to which “frequently invoked mappings may become habits of
thought.”38 For example, Boroditsky notes— correctly—that Chinese uses
a “future is down” metaphor more often than English does; she then tests
in several ways the hypotheses that Chinese speakers tend to think verti-
cally about time more easily than English speakers do and that English
speakers tend to think horizontally about time more easily than Chinese
speakers do. She does this by presenting vertical and horizontal cues (a
fish apparently in motion is a horizontal cue, for example) and then tests
to see how quickly native speakers of the two languages can confi rm that
March precedes April (where “precedes” moves either horizontally or
vertically, depending on language habits). As hypothesized, Chinese speak-
38. Lera Boroditsky, “Does Language Shape Thought? Mandarin and English
Speakers’ Conceptions of Time,” Cognitive Psychology 43 (2001), pp. 2 and 7. Lakoff,
the senior figure in the group that holds this view, sometimes carries it so far that he
undermines his credibility. See Lakoff, “Staying the Course Right over a Cliff,” op-
ed, New York Times, October 27, 2006, p. A19.
Metaphor 131
39. The Chinese speakers had to overcome a flaw in Boroditsky’s experiment de-
sign. Her vertically arrayed fish are moving up, but Chinese time—when it does move
vertically—moves down. Hence for Chinese speakers in the experiment, the prefer-
ence for verticality in general had to be stronger than the preference for direction
within the verticality.
40. Boroditsky, pp. 17–18.
41. Ibid., p. 1.
42. Jenn-yeu Chen, “Do Chinese and English Speakers Think about Time Differ-
ently? Failure of Replicating Boroditsky (2001),” Cognition 104 (2007), pp. 429– 430.
43. Boroditsky’s data are “response times,” which themselves are not verbal, but
they are triggered by verbal cues.
132 An Anatomy of Chinese
44. Daniel Casasanto, Lera Boroditsky, Webb Phillips, Jesse Greene, Shima Gos-
wami, Simon Bocanegra-Thiel, Ilia Santiago-Diaz, Olga Fotokopoulu, Ria Pita, and
David Gil, “How Deep Are Effects of Language on Thought? Time Estimation in
Speakers of English, Indonesian, Greek, and Spanish,” Proceedings of the 26th Annual
Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum, 2004),
pp. 575–580.
Metaphor 133
time using spatial metaphors.46 Why don’t we conceive space using tem-
poral metaphors? Can such a thing even be done? Will the structure of
the mind allow it? I doubt it. Here the “innate-structure” notions of
Pinker, Chomsky, Kant, and others seem vindicated.
One kind of example of “space in terms of time” is easy to observe: we
all say things like “the library is just five minutes from here” or “Philadel-
phia is an hour away.” But these are only ways of measuring distance in
terms of the assumed average speed of certain vehicles, in these two cases,
our legs or our automobiles. Measuring can be done a number of other
ways, for example in money. Farmers in rural Guangdong use money to
measure distance. Hin-gong yat ho mm (Xian’gang yi-hao wu) 㲀ቫϔ↿Ѩ
‘Xian’gang is fifteen cents (in bus fare) from here’; Fat-san gaw-yee (Foshan
ge er) ԯቅϾѠ ‘Foshan is 1.20 yuan away’. But these ways of measuring—
by vehicle speed, vehicle fare, or whatever—are matters quite different from
the question of conceiving space as time. In order to do that conceiving,
we would have to be able to make sense of phrases that somehow do the
inverse of what phrases like “a long time” do. Can we? Let’s try by sub-
stituting “space” for “time” in that phrase, and then try to substitute a
modifier that corresponds to “long” but refers to time. It is hard to think
of such a modifier, and it is worth reflecting on why this is so hard. Will
“ancient” or “eternal” work, perhaps? Can we conceive an “ancient space”
or “eternal space” in a way that delivers the notion of “a very large space”
just as easily as “a long time” delivers the notion of a very large time? We
normally do not do such things, and it is far from clear that we can do
them. What, to ask a parallel question, would be the time-for-space ana-
logue of “a short time”? Can we conceive “a brief space”? To the extent
that our minds do make sense of phrases such as “an ancient space” or “a
brief space,” I still do not feel that we are conceiving space in terms of
time, but are probably doing smaller, more poetic things. “An ancient
space” feels as if it might mean something like “a musty crypt with Dead
Sea scrolls stacked in a corner.” And “eternal space” still summons the idea
46. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, p. 139; Boroditsky, “Does Language
Shape Thought,” p. 4; Ning Yu, Contemporary Theory of Metaphor, p. 84. Ning Yu sug-
gests that the commonality may have an experiential basis simply because objects in
space can be pointed to, whereas objects in time cannot be.
Metaphor 135
47. George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, Les métaphores dans la vie quotidienne (Paris:
Editions de Minuit, 1986), trans. Michel de Fornel Jean-Jacques Lecercle, ch. 14, “La
causalité: En partie émergente et en partie métaphorique.”
136 An Anatomy of Chinese
than for French, some fundamental rethinking of the theory that gener-
ates them. The Chinese language sometimes structures things very dif-
ferently, and the differences are interesting. On the other hand, similari-
ties can be interesting as well. In a world where cultural differences are
sometimes assumed to be great or even daunting, it can be refreshing to
note cases where human beings do think alike, even when, using the same
basic cranial equipment, they do not need to.
Time
48. Jenn-yeu Chen, “Do Chinese and English Speakers Think about Time Differ-
ently?,” pp. 429–430.
49. Amanda Scott, “The Vertical Dimension and Time in Mandarin,” Australian
Journal of Linguistics 9 (1989), p. 308.
138 An Anatomy of Chinese
clear and unremarkable to people who use it. It does not give its users any
sense of contradiction or confusion.
All by itself, the single syllable qian ‘in front of’ can illustrate the prob-
lem of a radical ambiguity that somehow leads to no confusion in under-
standing: qiancheng ࠡ is “the road ahead,” and qianchen ้ࠡ is “the dust
of the past.” Moreover, chen and cheng are both second-tone, so only that
little -g makes all the difference, orally, between past and future.50 Ning
Yu, whose book The Contemporary Theory of Metaphor: A Perspective from
Chinese provides the most systematic account we have of time metaphors
in modern Chinese, notes a similar puzzle: guoqu de shiwu nian li 䖛এⱘक
Ѩᑈ䞠 ‘in the past fifteen years’ and shiwu nian lai कѨᑈᴹ ‘for the past
fifteen years’ both refer to the same fifteen-year time span, that is, the
span that began fifteen years ago and ends now, even though one expres-
sion says the years are “gone” (qu) and the other suggests that we have (or
someone has) been “coming” (lai) through them.51
In Ning Yu’s analysis, the horizontal conception of time in Chinese has
two fundamentally different modes, which he calls case 1 and case 2. (The
vertical conception of time movement is a third and separate matter.) In
horizontal case 1, events in time form a linear sequence that moves out of
the future and toward “us” (speaker, listener, etc.) and then passes us as it
heads into the past. Yu uses a sketch of a passing railroad train to illustrate
case 1.52 This conception of time in Chinese well preceded the advent of
railroads, so the illustration is anachronistic; but conceptually it is very
apt. Case 1 can explain the phrase guoqu de shiwu nian li, because the fif-
teen years in question are the ones that have just gone by us and are now
heading into the past. The general term guoqu ‘in the past’, without any
time period attached, is also governed by case 1. Terms meaning “the fu-
ture,” like weilai ᴹ (literally “the not-yet-come”) or jianglai ᇚᴹ (liter-
ally “the will come”) obey case 1 as well, because weilai or jianglai are, as it
were, the cars near the end of the train that are still on their way toward
us. Case 1 can also explain why houtian ৢ, literally “the behind day,”
50. More amazingly still, people who live along the Yangzi River, from Jiangsu to
Sichuan, speak dialects that drop even the -g, or sometimes add it when it should not
be there. Yet life goes on.
51. Ning Yu, Contemporary Theory of Metaphor, p. 106.
52. Ibid., p. 107.
Metaphor 139
time itself, cause the joys or the headaches. Yu is similarly imprecise when
he labels his case 1 “time as a moving object.”56 The things that move in
case 1 are events in time, not time itself. But this minor imprecision does
not affect the basic soundness of Yu’s analysis of case 1.
Case 2 describes time in a fundamentally different way. Here we are
looking toward the future, as in qiancheng ࠡ ‘road ahead’, qiantu ࠡ䗨
‘path ahead’, qianjing ࠡ᱃ ‘scene ahead’, or, in more classical style, zhan-
wang ⶏᳯ ‘looking forward’. Past events lie behind our backs, out of view
unless we turn around, which we do when we huigu ಲ乒 ‘turn around and
look’ or huishou ಲ佪 ‘turn [our] heads’. In case 2, we can be stationary, but
need not be. We can zou xiang xin shiji 䍄ᮄϪ㑾 ‘march toward the new
century’ and if we really get excited can do something like ben xiang can-
lan de mingtian ༨♓⚖ⱘᯢ ‘gallop toward a brilliant tomorrow’.57
Similarly, when we turn around to look at the past (huigu or huishou), we
might not just look but actually “go backward,” wang hui zou ᕔಲ䍄, into
the past.
One key difference between cases 1 and 2 is that in case 1 it does not
matter which way we are facing but in case 2 it does. Qian and hou in case
1 are defined by the order of the train of events that is passing by us, not
by which direction we are looking. We could be mere points, without eyes
or noses at all, and words like qiantian ‘the day before yesterday’ and hou-
tian ‘the day after tomorrow’ would still make perfect sense. But in case 2
it is crucial which way we are facing, that is, where our eyes and nose are
pointing. If we were mere points, a phrase like qianjing ‘scene ahead’ or
xiang qian kan ࠡⳟ ‘look forward’ would be uninterpretable, and turn-
ing around to huigu, look at the past, would be equally so.
There are difficult examples of case 2, in both Chinese and English,
where we speak as if time or something that measures time were moving
with us in the same direction, sometimes as a competitor. We can say in
English that we are “in a race with time” or that we need to “beat the
clock,” or in Chinese that shijian budeng ren ᯊ䯈ϡㄝҎ ‘time does not
wait for people’ or women bixu genshang shidai de bufa ៥Ӏᖙ乏䎳Ϟᯊҷⱘ
ℹӤ ‘we must catch up with the pace of the times’.58 It can seem in such
phrases that “time itself” is moving and therefore that there must be some
kind of variant of case 2. But I think not. In such phrases the word “time,”
I believe, is always some kind of metonym (abbreviation) for other more
understandable and temporally bounded things. In shijian budeng ren, for
example, shijian could mean a deadline to accomplish some task, or the
aging process that affects everyone all of the time, or something like that.
Similarly, shidai de bufa does not imply that “time itself” is pacing forward
(what could such a phrase mean?) but that some process within time—the
spread of the Internet, the advance of human freedom, or whatever—is
going forward and needs to be kept up with. Ever since social Darwinism
entered Chinese thinking in the late Qing years, and especially after
Marxism came in a few years later, the notion that history “moves forward”
has tended to imply change for the better, or “advance.” If someone “can-
not keep up with the times” (genbushang shidai 䎳ϡϞᯊҷ), it is clearly the
times—not the things that lag behind them—that are to be preferred.
Women yao shizhong zou zai shidai de qianmian ៥Ӏ㽕ྟ㒜䍄ᯊҷⱘࠡ䴶
‘we want always to walk at the forefront of the times’ suggests a quest to
be the best, not merely the newest.59
The case 1 and case 2 analyses of horizontal time lines in Chinese are
clear and consistent. The reasons why puzzles can arise have to do, usu-
ally, with “interference” between the cases. If, following case 2, we look
forward (xiang qian kan) toward the future, it can somehow feel awkward,
or downright wrong, that one of the future days we are looking at is, ac-
cording to case 1, houtian or the “behind day.” But the two concepts them-
selves are clear; only their combination is awkward. And it is worth stress-
ing again that ordinary people in ordinary life are not bothered by such
puzzles; only people who try to think systematically about language are.
Graham Peck was a very intelligent man, and it is understandable that his
thinking about time got tangled. Even Ning Yu, inventor of the terms
“case 1” and “case 2” that I have been using here, occasionally shows slip-
page between his concepts of the two cases. For example, he summarizes
case 1 by writing that “times are moving objects, with their fronts toward
the face of the Observer.”60 Here we must understand “times” to mean not
“time itself” (which would make the statement uninterpretable) but “events
in time,” whether large or small— such as Christmas, next Saturday, the
Tang dynasty, or whatever. Yu’s “slippage” occurs because, as we have seen,
case 1 usages are indifferent to the direction the observer faces; it is case 2
that wants the observer facing this way or that. But here, in speaking of
case 1, Yu asks that the fronts of events be “toward the face of the Ob-
server.” In another sign of slippage, Yu speaks of events themselves as
having fronts or backs: “their fronts” point toward the observer, he writes.
But what can that mean? When a human head has a “front,” or a store has
a “front,” it is because of distinctive features on one side of the thing.
What could it mean for Christmas or the Tang dynasty to have a “front”?
For Christmas it might mean the fi rst few hours of the day, and for the
Tang it could mean the first few years or decades of the dynasty. But if
that is all “front” means, then it is tautological to say “the front comes first.”
Moreover, as soon as the “front” passes the observer and goes into the past,
it no longer points toward the observer. Ning Yu’s sentence should have said
something like this: “events in time are objects that move from the future
toward the observer, reach the observer, and then move away from the ob-
server into the past.” At least part of the inaccuracy in Yu’s original sentence
seems attributable to interference from case 2.
If case 1 and case 2 are kept analytically clear and are applied to the
“puzzles” that I originally noted in this discussion, the mysteries about
them pretty much dissolve. In houdai de qiantu ‘the future path of future
generations’, the hou in houdai is a case 1 metaphor, and the qian in qiantu
a case 2 metaphor. Only linguists, not ordinary people, worry about the
effects of putting them into a single phrase. Similarly, qianchen ‘the dust of
the past’ is a case 1 example, and qiancheng ‘the road ahead’ a case 2 ex-
ample. Guoqu de shiwu nian li ‘in the past fifteen years’ is a case 1 example
and shiwu nian lai ‘for fifteen years’ a case 2 example. A cliché like huishou
qianchen ಲ佪ࠡᇬ, literally “turn the head to look back at earlier dust,”
switches from case 2 to case 1 exactly in its middle. Gu qian bugu hou 乒ࠡ
ϡ乒ৢ is an intriguing case. Because qian and hou are standard opposites,
it seems easy to analyze the phrase as “looking one way but not the other,”
but this interpretation does not square with its standard meaning (con-
fi rmed by dictionaries) of “forging ahead without considering the
consequences.”61 In gu qian bugu hou we look toward the future, but those
“consequences” (houguo, here abbreviated to hou) are also out there in the
future. No “looking in different directions” happens. Like huishou qianchen,
the phrase “switches modes” in midstream. Gu qian is case 2, looking for-
ward; bugu hou is case 1, failing to look at the houguo that are coming down
the pike. This kind of combining of case 1 and case 2 time metaphors is
common in English and other languages as well.62
We might ask in passing whether horizontal time lines in Chinese con-
ceive the past on the left and the future on the right or the other way
around. There is nothing intrinsic to terms like qian and hou that would
tilt the balance either way on this question. In theory a horizontal line
could go either way, or indeed on any axis within a horizontal plane. The
drawings in Ning Yu’s book, as well as the time lines in standard Chinese
language textbooks, put the past on the left and the future on the right.63
This direction accords with left-to-right writing across the page in Euro-
pean languages. It seems, too, to accord with a larger left-to-right bias in
modern English-speaking cultures, or at least American culture. Of the
thirty-two teams of the National Football League, twenty have logos with
a left-to-right orientation (i.e., with the panther, the raven, or whatever
64. I do not wish to overstate this point. Among major league baseball teams, for
example, twenty-three have orientationally neutral logos, five look left, and only two
look to the right. Of the common U.S. coins, only the penny looks squarely to the right;
the half-dollar, quarter, and dime all look to the right, and until recently the nickel did
as well. On 2006 nickels, like 2007 dollar coins, the gaze is slightly to the right.
65. Bingfu Lu and San Duanmu quoting Feng Shengli, “On the ‘Natural Foot’ in
Chinese,” in Bingfu Lu and San Duanmu, “Rhythm and Syntax in Chinese: A Case
Study,” Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 37, no. 2 (May 2002), p. 127.
Metaphor 145
I have noted that English also uses “past is up, future is down” meta-
phors (as when we say “down through the ages” or speak of a person’s
“descendants”) but uses them less often than Chinese. Television hosts
sometimes refer to “the top of the show” to mean its beginning. Hence it
is a puzzle that in English we also say “upcoming events” or “let’s move
the meeting up a week,” because these usages seem to suggest a “past is
down, future is up” metaphor that goes oppositely from the normal direc-
tion. Lakoff and Johnson try—not quite successfully, in my view—to ex-
plain this usage by observing that, as physical objects come nearer to us,
their images appear larger and the tops of the images are therefore farther
“up.”66 To me it makes more sense to abandon the notion that up has to
have a literal basis in such phrases and just let it be (metaphorically) hori-
zontal. Up plainly does have such horizontal uses, even when used strictly
spatially, as in “up to the water’s edge.” Since water necessarily must be
below the ground at the water’s edge, “up to the water’s edge” cannot be a
vertical conception and therefore must be horizontal. But if “up” can be
horizontal, then upcoming events might simply be events that, in accor-
dance with Ning Yu’s case 1, are headed toward us horizontally. Events
“down the road” might similarly exist within a horizontal conception.
A number of cognitive scientists have speculated on what the “physical
basis” for vertical time metaphors might be, but their results have in gen-
eral been unsatisfying. Ning Yu has argued that “later is down” can be
derived from the horizontal “case 1,” in which later things are “behind” in
the train of events, because, Yu reasons, when one stands up from a lying
position, one’s head, which was in the front-of-the-train or “earlier” posi-
tion, is now up, which therefore becomes the “earlier” position in vertical
terms; meanwhile one’s feet, which began in the back-of-the-train posi-
tion or “later” position horizontally, are now down, in the “later” position
when measured vertically.67 But Yu gives no reason why one metaphor-
ically “lies” with one’s head or feet either this way or that. He also gives
no reason why we should employ horizontal case 1 instead of horizontal
case 2 to interpret the vertical metaphor, and horizontal case 2 would
seem to lead to an opposite conclusion. Hence his effort is valiant but
unpersuasive. Amanda Scott has suggested that vertical time might derive
from the rise and fall of the sun in the sky. Here, to be sure, we are speak-
ing of a natural vertical movement (only an apparent one, of course— as we
know from Copernicus) that corresponds to earlier and later times.68 The
problem with Scott’s explanation is that the sun moves both up and down
in equal measure, and Scott has no explanation for why such movement
could be the basis for a metaphor that, in both Chinese and English,
moves only down.
A letter to the editor of the Wall Street Journal, commenting on an op-
ed essay by Lera Boroditsky, claims that gravity is the basis: “if you drop
something, the past is where it was (above) and the future is where it will
be eventually (below).”69 Other speculations about the origins of vertical
time metaphors for Chinese in particular look not to “physical bases” but
to human creations like the writing system. The plausibility here comes
not just from the fact that the next character one writes is indeed below the
current one (if one’s paper is vertical) or that to continue writing is to xie
xiaqu ݭϟএ ‘write down’ in a literal sense. It comes as well from a general
drift in temporal thinking that the writing system both reinforces and
obeys. But this “general drift” is also what makes the theory questionable
as a causal theory. Which way does the causality go? Did a predilection in
thought lead to the writing custom, or did the direction of writing create
the habit of thought? (Once the pattern was established, causality no doubt
continued for centuries to go both ways.) Scott speculates that other
metaphorical uses of shang ‘up’ to mean “high (in status), excellent” and xia
‘down’ to mean “low, inferior” might seep into the connotations of the two
words when they mean “past” and “future.”70 But this seems far-fetched. It
is true that the ancient past in China has been regarded as glorious, but to
hold that in modern Chinese shang for the past and xia for the future reli-
ably connote “better” and “worse” would mean, for example, that future
weeks and months (where xia is used) are consistently drearier in the Chi-
nese mind than future days and years (where horizontal metaphors are
used), and there is no evidence for such a difference.
In sum we can say that there are four kinds of metaphorical expression
that use space to conceive events in time in Chinese: two kinds of hori-
zontal time lines (Ning Yu’s cases 1 and 2), a vertical time line, and, as a
fourth category, a variety of mixtures among the fi rst three. English us-
age draws on the same four categories, although in somewhat different
proportions. After fi nishing his systematic study of time metaphor in
Chinese and comparing his findings to Lakoff’s for English, Ning Yu feels
that he has found “strong evidence in favor of certain universals in the
human cognition of time.”71 This claim, which echoes Alverson’s hypoth-
esis of “a universal template” in the human experience of time, is persua-
sive. Are there “universal templates” in human experience of other things,
such as color?
Color
alternatively, “perceive with eye and brain light waves that fall within a cer-
tain span.”
A cursory comparison of how the Chinese and English languages label
colors lends considerable support to a view that has been called “linguistic
relativity” in color definition. (The view derives from Sapir and Whorf
and was dominant around the middle of the twentieth century.) In Chi-
nese, for example, the term huang 咘 does not correspond well to any En-
glish word. Dictionaries cite “yellow,” but huang covers much more of the
spectrum than yellow does. It begins with yellow, spans all of tan, and
goes pretty far into brown. As noted in the Introduction, China’s Huanghe
咘⊇, Yellow River, is brown, not yellow. A huang gou 咘⢫ in Chinese is a
brown dog, or at the lightest a tan one, hardly a yellow one. I teach classes
wearing huang pixie 咘Ⲃ䵟, ‘brown leather shoes’ and might think twice
about going to class if they actually were yellow. When Western languages
arrived in China with their major distinction between “brown” and “yel-
low,” modern Chinese responded by using other brown-like words— such
as hese 㻤㡆 ‘earth-tone brown’ and zongse ẩ㡆 ‘palm-fiber brown’—to
serve as counterparts of “brown.” But in daily-life Chinese usage, hese and
zongse have never really competed with huang, and, when they do get used,
they refer to much narrower bands on the color spectrum than huang. A
similar problem attends qing 䴦, which can be green as in qingjiao 䴦Ủ
‘green pepper’, blue as in qingtian 䴦 ‘blue sky’, or even black as in
qingbu 䴦Ꮧ ‘black cloth’. Examples such as these would seem to lead to the
conclusion that divisions within the color spectrum are arbitrary. Indeed,
we might feel that they must be arbitrary. The spectrum is, after all, a
continuum; no natural line separates blue from green, orange from red,
and so on, so any language of course must be arbitrary in saying where one
color ends and the other begins. Or so it would seem.
In their 1969 book Basic Color Terms, Brent Berlin and Paul Kay pre-
sented research results showing that we should not make this assump-
tion.72 Berlin, Kay, and their students found that some factors that go into
the naming of colors are constant across languages. They presented speak-
ers of twenty different languages with varying shades of red, blue, green,
72. Brent Berlin and Paul Kay, Basic Color Terms: Their Universality and Evolution
(Berkeley: University of California Press, 1969).
Metaphor 149
and so on, and then asked them to identify which was the most standard
or representative example within each family of shades. They found con-
siderable agreement on which were the “best red,” “best blue,” and so on.
This agreement held not only among speakers of the same language but
also— and here is the key point— across speakers of different languages.
The favored examples of red, rouge, hong, akai, and so on tended to be the
same shade regardless of language. Berlin and Kay gave the name “focal
colors” to these favored shades: focal red, focal blue, and so on. They
found that agreement was clearest for what they identified as the “basic
colors” black, white, red, green, yellow, blue, and brown. After comparing
data in secondary material for seventy-eight languages in addition to the
twenty they had studied directly, Berlin and Kay concluded that “the foci
of basic color terms are similar in all languages.”73 The fringes of a color’s
definition—where red blends into orange, and so on—varied considerably
among languages, but the “focal” cases did not.
Berlin and Kay make some further claims that seem doubtful, in part
because their own color terms, which are based in English, lead them to
pose questions that preclude certain answers that other languages might
produce. For example, they argue that there is a natural order in which
labels for the basic colors enter human languages. They find, arguing
from empirical survey, that all languages have black and white, and that,
when a third basic color enters a language, it invariably is red. For lan-
guages that go to four basic colors, the next to be added is either green or
yellow, and when there are five, both yellow and green are on the list. For
six-color languages, blue is added; for seven, brown; and after that purple,
pink, orange, and grey all arrive, although these four observe no particu-
lar order.74 Berlin’s and Kay’s extensive data do seem to confi rm this pat-
tern, but one needs to wonder how much English-language categories
shaped the very data they were working with. When they say that green is
the fourth or fifth color to arrive in languages, a Chinese speaker might
ask “do you mean here qing 䴦 or lü ㍴?” (It is not clear whether there are
“focal” shades of both these Chinese notions of “green.”) Or one might
ask “In what order does huang arrive?” Would it be in fourth or fifth place
75. R. L. DeValois, I. Abramov, and G. H. Jacobs, “Analysis of Response Patterns of
LGN Cells,” Journal of the Optical Society of America 56 (1966), pp. 966– 977; R. L De-
Valois and G. H. Jacobs, “Primate Color Vision,” Science 162 (1968), pp. 533–540.
76. Paul Kay and Chad McDaniel, “The Linguistic Significance of the Meanings of
Basic Color Terms,” Language 54, no. 3 (1978), pp. 610– 646; Lakoff, Women, Fire, and
Dangerous Things, pp. 26–30.
77. Lakoff, Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things, p. 30.
Metaphor 151
possible that it is not so. Might it not also be that the firings that produce
what a human being chooses to call “best red” are complex? Kay and
Lakoff seem to have an assumption that a comparatively simple or basic
neural experience will lead a person to feel “right” or “primary” (or some-
thing like that) about the corresponding subjective impression. But is this
necessarily so?
Consider, by analogy, the taste sensation. If we gave bits of chocolate of
slightly different flavors to people (professors of Chinese literature do not
have research budgets for this kind of experiment, so this is a thought-
experiment only) and found that the subjects generally agreed that sam-
ple 7 was the “most chocolate-y” of the lot, would we want to assume
that “most chocolate-y” corresponds to relatively simple physical stim-
uli? Or to stimuli created by chocolate of the simplest chemical compo-
sition? I think we would not want to make such assumptions. The addi-
tion of sweetness from an admixture of sugar, for example, might well
enhance a sense of chocolate-ness. And what about wine? Would “focal
chardonnay” be the one that corresponds to simpler physical stimuli
than those of other chardonnays? If so, any connoisseur could tell us
that focal chardonnay is not the best chardonnay. I don’t mean to sati-
rize Kay and Lakoff here; they may still be right. But their argument
does contain a hole. A correspondence between simpler neural activity
and more “focal” subjective experience needs to be demonstrated, not just
assumed.
But even if the connections to neural bases are not well understood, the
empirical finding of focal colors is an important result. It can give us con-
fidence, as we begin to compare metaphorical uses of color-terms across
languages, that we are dealing with the “same thing”— or more precisely,
in the jargon of the field, the same “vehicle” or “defi ning concept.” Thanks
to the discovery of focal colors, we can be fairly certain that hong and red,
hei 咥 and black, and bai ⱑ and white are very close to the same for native
speakers of Chinese and English. Hui ♄ ‘grey’ and zi ㋿ ‘purple’ also
probably correspond well. Special problems involving colors like qing and
huang will require that we be careful before using English to interpret
Chinese metaphors that use such colors.
Now let us turn from colors themselves to the question of their meta-
phorical uses. One of the bases for commonality in color metaphors across
152 An Anatomy of Chinese
languages is (as noted earlier) what metaphor theorists call the “physical”
or “experiential” bases of metaphor. I have noted the example in which
blood rushing to the face during anger apparently has led to metaphors
like “red in the face” or “seeing red” in English and qi hong le lian ⇨㑶њ㜌
‘angered [oneself] red-faced’ or mian hong er chi 䴶㑶㘇䌸 ‘face and ears
red’ in Chinese. Note also that blood gathering in the facial capillaries
can have causes other than anger and that, correspondingly, this par ticu-
lar “physical basis” can undergird metaphors for conditions other than
anger: embarrassment, for example, as when we say lian hong 㜌㑶 in Chi-
nese or “red-faced” in English. Robust health or cold air can also bring
blood into the facial capillaries, which leads us to say manmian hongguang
⒵䴶㑶‘ ܝbright red fills face’ in Chinese or “rosy cheeks” in English.78 In
extreme frustration, so much blood might rush to the head that we say, in
English, one is “blue in the face”; intense anger might also bring blueness
or, as both Chinese and English suggest, drain the blood from the face, so
that one is “livid” in English or, in Chinese, qi de lian hong yi zhen bai yi
zhen ⇨ᕫ㜌㑶ϔ䰉ⱑϔ䰉 ‘so angry that the face alternated between red
and white’.
The commonality by which “green” tends to mean “young” seems to
have an obvious physical basis in the vivid greenness of young plants. In
English we say a neophyte is “green,” and in Chinese qingnian 䴦ᑈ ‘green
years’ refers to young people. The physical basis connecting “green” with
“young” is perhaps most apparent in qingchun 䴦 ‘green spring—youth’,
where the young sprouts of spring embody both greenness and newness.
In Su Xiaokang and Wang Luxiang’s famous 1988 television series He-
shang (River elegy), huang ‘brown’ served as an extended metaphor for
“conservative, hidebound, or inward-looking.” Even this had an indirect
physical basis. Huang is the color of the earth in the inland region of
north China; that is where, for Su and Wang, the earthbound, uncosmo-
politan side of Chinese culture was rooted; it is also where the Commu-
nist Party had its base in Yan’an in the 1940s; a continuing “feudal” men-
tality was still alive in the 1980s, according to the television series, and it
could be symbolized as huang or “earth-colored” culture.
78. For this and a number of other promptings about the metaphorical meanings of
colors, I owe a debt to Ye Minlei.
Metaphor 153
But if these color metaphors can be traced to physical bases, there are a
large number, probably a majority, that cannot be. These other metaphors
apparently have arisen from more accidental causes and are better viewed
as cultural creations in which the connection of ideas to specific colors is
arbitrary. Why, for example, are we “green with envy” in English but have
hongyanbing 㑶ⴐ⮙ ‘red eye disease— envy’ in Chinese? Why are porno-
graphic films “blue movies” in English but huangse dianying 咘㡆⬉ᕅ ‘yel-
low movies’ in Chinese? Why is “blue” in English “sad, depressed,” whereas
qing ‘blue or green’ in Chinese can be upbeat, as in mingchui qingshi ৡൖ䴦
‘name suspended through (blue or green) history—go down in history’. Is
it not just arbitrary that “red” in English signifies danger (red flag, red
alert, etc.) and lü mao 㓓ᐑ ‘green hat’ in Chinese is what a cuckold wears?
To account for all such ad hoc color metaphors would be to write a short
encyclopedia.
A single color can have very different connotations even within the
same language. In Chinese, bai ‘white’ is a good thing in jiebai ⋕ⱑ ‘clean,
pure’ or qingbai ⏙ⱑ ‘stainless, immaculate’, but stands for evil in the bai-
lian ⱑ㜌 ‘white face’ of popular opera. Red is especially rich and versatile.
In addition to “angry,” “embarrassed,” “healthful,” and “envious,” noted
above, hong can mean “hot, popular” as in hong mingxing 㑶ᯢ᯳ ‘popular
star’; “favored,” as when person A is a hongren 㑶Ҏ in the view of person B;
“lucky,” as when somebody zou hong 䍄㑶 ‘gets lucky’ or has hongyun 㑶䖤
‘good luck’; “beautiful,” as in hongfen jiaren 㑶㉝ՇҎ ‘red-powder beauty’
or hongyan yilao 㑶买ᯧ㗕 ‘red face ages easily—beauty does not last’; “loyal”
as in chidan zhong xin 䌸㚚ᖴᖗ ‘red gall loyal heart—utter devotion’; and
even “ordinary, pedestrian” as in kanpo hong chen ⳟ⸈㑶ᇬ ‘see through the
red dust [of the ordinary world]’.
Modern borrowings from Western languages have added even more
meanings of red to Chinese. “Red ink” meaning debt has come into mod-
ern Chinese as chizi 䌸ᄫ ‘red characters’. Red to mean “Communist” has
given new meaning to hongqi 㑶᮫ ‘red flag’, hongjun 㑶‘ ݯred army’, and
many other terms. Some of the traditional positive connotations of hong—
such as “favored” and “loyal”—have seeped into the new usage of hong as
“Communist.” The hong wu lei 㑶Ѩ㉏ ‘five red categories’ (workers, poor
peasants, revolutionary officials, revolutionary soldiers, and revolution-
ary martyrs) were the bedrock Communist people during the Cultural
154 An Anatomy of Chinese
Revolution, but also the “favored” and “loyal” ones—making them safe
on both grounds from persecution.
Other obvious modern borrowings of color metaphors include “black”
to mean “secret” or “nefarious,” in terms such as hei shehui 咥⼒Ӯ ‘black
society—underworld’, hei mingdan 咥ৡऩ ‘blacklist’, heishi 咥Ꮦ ‘black-
market’, and others. After a borrowed metaphor takes root, it can take on
a power to structure new concepts (can be a “metaphor people live by,” as
Lakoff and Johnson would say) and produce terms in the borrowing lan-
guage that did not exist in the lending language. For example, Chinese
farmers who live in cities without legal urban residence permits are said to
have heihu 咥᠋ ‘black residence’ in the cities. Huang meaning “porno-
graphic” arose in the twentieth century in China after evolving from the
English term “yellow journalism,” whose roots were in New York of the
1890s. In the United States, though, the term has meant scandal-mongering
and sensationalism, not specifically pornography, as it does in Chinese.
One possibility in explaining similarity in metaphors across languages
is, of course, simply coincidence. This happens, after all, even with ordi-
nary terms, such as low meaning “mean or base” in English and lou 䰟
meaning “mean or base” in Chinese. In both languages, “colorful” can
mean “rich, interesting.” We can have a “colorful life” in English and a
duoziduocai de shenghuo ࿓ᔽⱘ⫳⌏ ‘multiappearance multicolor life’
in Chinese. Is this coincidence, or might there be a subtle “experiential
basis” at work—in that different colors might imply variety, therefore in-
terest, maybe even travel?
Although color metaphors can seem highly contingent, they also can
have considerable power. In October 1988, at a high-level conference on
Sino-American scholarly exchange, the distinguished American historian
Frederic Wakeman, of the University of California at Berkeley, borrowed
Su Xiaokang’s term “yellow” to describe the inward-looking side of Chi-
nese civilization and contrasted it with the “blue” side (also Su Xiao-
kang’s term) that looked across the ocean (hence “blue”) at the interna-
tional world. Wakeman observed that scholarly exchange might play a
role in China’s transition toward a blue civilization out of a yellow one.
Yan Dongsheng, chief of the Chemistry Division of the Chinese Acad-
emy of Sciences, heard the term “yellow civilization” as “pornographic
civilization” and rose to denounce Wakeman in terms so impassioned that
Metaphor 155
no one at the meeting (including me) could recover in time to explain that
a color metaphor had been misunderstood. Explanations had to wait until
the next day.
Up and Down
We have seen how shang ‘up’ and xia ‘down’ are useful in the vertical concep-
tion of time in Chinese. But shang and xia have a wide variety of other uses
as conceptual metaphors, as do up and down in English. The two languages
sometimes resemble each other in these matters, but sometimes they do
not—and sometimes they present puzzles. Why, in English, after chopping
a tree down, do we chop the wood up? Why, in Chinese, do we memorize
something down (beixialai 㚠ϟᴹ) but remember it up ( jiqilai 䆄䍋ᴹ)?
The conceptual metaphor “more is up, less is down” is well established in
both languages. This fact is not surprising, because, as noted, the “physical
basis” of the metaphor is universal: for speakers of any language, “more” of
something tends to create a pile, and a pile top tends to go up. During the
twentieth century—in Chinese, English, and many languages— abstract
uses of the metaphor, in phrases like tonghuo pengzhang shangqu le 䗮䋻㝼
㚔Ϟএњ ‘inflation has gone up’, became increasingly common. Uses of
terms like gao 催 ‘high’ and di Ԣ ‘low’ to fit the metaphor also seem to
have increased: xinshui hen gao 㭾∈ᕜ催 ‘salary high’ means more money,
wendu jiang le ⏽ᑺ䰡њ ‘temperature fell’ means less heat, and so on. Such
usages are now so common in both Chinese and English that we usually
forget that they are metaphors. But they are: originally, after all, “up” and
“more” are unrelated concepts.
From up meaning “more in quantity” it is but a small shift—which Chi-
nese, English, and many languages have made—to the meaning “more in
quality.” In Chinese, both ancient and modern, a shangce Ϟㄪ is a good
plan, a xiace ϟㄪ an inferior one. Mao Zedong urged students to haohao
xuexi tiantian xiangshang དདᄺдϞ ‘study hard and go up [i.e., get
better] every day’.
Such examples usually refer to technical quality, but examples of moral
quality are even more numerous. Up connotes virtue; down, baseness. We
can say in English that someone is “upright” or “high-minded,” and in
156 An Anatomy of Chinese
79. Ning Yu, Contemporary Theory of Metaphor, p. 65. The terms gexia 䭷ϟ, literally
‘below the pavilion’ and zuxia 䎇ϟ, literally ‘beneath the feet,’ both of which are ways
to say “you” in premodern polite language, also might appear to be exceptions, be-
cause normally Chinese honorifics elevate the person to whom they refer. But these
are not exceptions. The sense of gexia (or zuxia) is ‘you, the one beneath whose pavil-
ion (or feet) I (stand to) address’. The dictionary Cihai explains that, because it might
seem too audacious to address an august personage directly, gexia is used to make the
approach indirect by addressing the servants and retainers who are arrayed below.
Cihai bianji weiyuan hui, Cihai (Sea of words) (Shanghai: Cishu chubanshe, 1979),
p. 2016.
Metaphor 157
were in the dock,” Tutu has written, “so they sat on the same level as the
TRC panel hearing their testimony.”80
In a metaphor that combines the concepts “up is more power” with “up
is to go on stage—that is, be more visible and responsible,” Chinese says
shangtai Ϟৄ ‘move up onstage’ when an official assumes office and xiatai
ϟৄ ‘move down offstage’ for leaving office. “Up” is sometimes used in
Chinese not only for a person who is administratively higher but for a geo-
graphical place that is. In Wu dialect, for example, shangqu Ϟএ ‘go up’ is
used to mean “go to the city” while xiaqu ϟএ ‘go down’ means “go to the
countryside.”81 It is probably more than just administration that explains
the “up”-ness of an urban area, because the city has more of other things as
well: markets, entertainment, population, and general bustle. But some-
times the political implications are clear. When a political leader makes an
inspection tour of the countryside, it is xiaxiang kaocha ϟе㗗ᆳ ‘go down
to the countryside to inspect’. When youth in the Mao era left the cities
to “learn from the peasantry,” one might have expected the prestige of the
peasantry— a “revolutionary class” in Maoist ideology and the putative
“teachers” in this project—to put them higher than the youngsters com-
ing from the cities. But this did not happen, at least not at the level of the
conceptual metaphors in daily life. The phrases xiaxiang ϟе ‘go down to
the countryside’ and xiafang ϟᬒ ‘transfer down’ remained standard.
Whether people noticed the implication or not, the metaphorical lowness
of the countryside outweighed the political ideal that the peasants should
be teachers.82
Lakoff and Johnson (and many others) have noted “happy is up, sad is
down” as another example of a standard metaphorical meaning of “up” in
English. We say in English that our spirits “rise” or that they get a “boost”;
80. Desmond M. Tutu, No Future without Forgiveness (New York: Doubleday, 1999),
p. 110.
81. I am grateful to Ye Minlei for this example. Email message to author, March 7,
2008.
82. The full four-syllable phrase shangshan xiaxiang Ϟቅϟе only reinforces the
metaphoric significance of xia, because shang here is literal. Going up a mountain is a
matter of altitude; going “down” to the countryside is seldom a matter of altitude. (On
average, cities are at lower altitudes than farms.) So xia in the phrase needs to have a
metaphorical understanding.
158 An Anatomy of Chinese
but our spirits can “sink,” after which we feel “down,” “low, or “depressed.”83
We can be “on cloud nine”; we also can be “down in the dumps.” Some
theorists have speculated on what possible “physical basis” there might be
for the notion that “happy is up.” Lakoff and Johnson, and Ning Yu, think
that such expressions “arise from the fact that as humans we have upright
bodies.”84 Perhaps so, but the assertion needs further explanation. Is the
point that when our bodies are not upright we are often not fully alert,
as when we are ill or asleep? Can we say in general that we are happier
standing up than lying down? Zoltán Kövecses has a different theory. He
suggests that “up” reminds us of birds—which are above us, and seem
free, and thus seem happy.85 But Kövecses’s explanation seems to risk cir-
cularity. Do birds, who seem happy, cause us to associate up with happy? Or
do we, perhaps, attribute happiness to birds because they are “up there”?
This is hard to say.
Whatever the physical basis for the “happy is up, sad is down” meta-
phor might be, it is a simple matter to show that it occurs in Chinese as
well as in English. In Chinese we have gaoxing 催݈ ‘high spirit—happy’
or xingfen ݈༟ ‘spirit-lift—(pleasantly) excited’ on the one hand and diluo
Ԣ㨑 ‘low fall— downcast’ or chenmen ≝䯋 ‘sink stifled—in low spirits’ on
the other.86 On the whole, though, up and down as metaphors for happy
and unhappy may be less common in Chinese than in English. David
Moser has correctly observed that Chinese tends to use container meta-
phors such as open or unfettered for happy and boxed in, cornered, or faced
with barriers for unhappy.87 Thus kaixin ᓔᖗ ‘open heart’ is “happy” and xi
chu wang wai ୰ߎᳯ ‘joy overflows outwards’ is something like “exuber-
ant,” and nanguo 䲒䖛 ‘hard to cross over (something)’ means “sad.” Kai
also has associations of “free, happy” when used as a verbal complement
in phrases such as jiekai 㾷ᓔ ‘untie open— solve (a puzzle or mystery)’,
or xiangkai ᛇᓔ ‘think open—rise above (something)’— a phrase that can
88. These examples are from Lakoff and Johnson, Metaphors We Live By, pp. 120,
137.
89. I am claiming here only that “fi nished” is a common meaning of up after a verb,
not that it is the only one. A phrase like “put up with idiocy” would likely need a dif-
ferent explanation.
90. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, p. 53. The authors hypothesize that
the “experiential basis” for this metaphor is that “it is easier to control another person
or exert force on an object from above, where you have gravity working with you.”
160 An Anatomy of Chinese
might say we have it “down pat,” while in Chinese we say it has been bei
xialai le 㚠ϟᴹњ ‘memorized down’. Chinese also uses luoshi 㨑ᅲ, liter-
ally “descend to facts,” when something theoretical, like a government
policy, is put into practice. Of a group of noisy children Chinese can say
they anjing xialai ᅝ䴭ϟᴹ ‘quiet down’, just as English says “quiet down.”
Something can be “up for grabs” in English, and in Chinese can “hang”
(xuan ) awaiting decision, as in zhe shir buneng lao xuanzhe 䖭џܓϡ㛑㗕
ⴔ ‘this matter can’t keep on hanging there’.91 These several examples,
in both languages, illustrate the conceptual metaphors “up is unknown,
or in flux,” and “down is known or settled.”
What about the opposite case, where up suggests “all set” or “in con-
trol” and down suggests “indeterminate” or “in flux”? Chinese seldom
uses shang Ϟ the way English uses “up” in a phrase like “chop up.” (Ganshang
䍊Ϟ ‘catch up’ is an unusual exception.) But Chinese has other phrases
that fit the metaphor fairly well. We just saw that luoshi can mean “de-
scend to facts”; but Chinese also says luokong 㨑ぎ ‘descend to emptiness’
when an idea or plan falls through or comes to naught. A term like zhenya
䬛य़ ‘repress’ (zhen and ya both mean “press down”) also accords with the
metaphor in that it suggests that control is on top and chaos, which needs
control, reigns below. Qiyi 䍋Н, literally “rise righteousness,” a common
term for rebellion, might seem from the point of view of the rebels to
mean “headed upward, toward the sky.” But from the viewpoint of the
ruling dynasty, the rebellious activity is taking place “down below,” and qi
thus means “moving upward toward us,” which creates the need to zhenya
or “press down.”92 Other examples in which “here, the present level” seems
standard and clear while “the level below” seems murky or questionable
are phrases like shuo bu shanglai 䂀ϡϞ՚ ‘can’t come up with [a word, ex-
planation, etc.]’ or xiang bu qilai ᛇϡ䍋՚ ‘can’t recall’, in which shang and
qi tell us that the movement is upward or rising and lai tells us that it is
claim of beixialai, which tells us that memorized phrases come down from
above.
One might try to rescue the jiqilai example by arguing that lai does not
have to imply “toward the speaker” when used with qi. In other colloquial
uses in standard Chinese, it sometimes does not. For example if you are
lying in bed next to your partner on Saturday morning, arguing about
who is going to get up to feed the dog, you say ni qilai, wo buxiang qilai
Դ䍋՚, ៥ϡᛇ䍋՚ ‘you get up, I don’t feel like it’. You use lai, not qu, even
though the motion of “getting up” is clearly “away from the speaker.” This
“illogicality” is conventional in modern Mandarin, where qiqu 䍋এ ‘rise
go [away from the speaker]’ is extremely rare (although it is more common
in other regional Chinese languages). But even if jiqilai might be unified
with beixialai, the many other examples of clash between “fixity is up” and
“fi xity is down” would still remain. There is no possible way, I believe, to
unify luoshi ‘descend to facts’ and luokong ‘descend to emptiness’. We just
need to accept that both conceptual metaphors are available and that
speakers and listeners draw on them as needed, and without confusion.
This kind of drawing on what you need in order to make your point applies
to proverbs in a language as well as metaphors. In English we say both
“look before you leap” and “he who hesitates is lost”; the two are exactly
contradictory, yet each is regarded as wise. Contradiction of this kind is
not a barrier to efficient communication.
Yet another intriguing metaphorical use of up and down involves the four
directions. Human cultures everywhere, from ancient times, seem to
have accepted the “fourness” of the basic directions. This may be, as some
have speculated, because of the arc of the sun across the sky. In any case,
the fourness is a human convention, not a fact of nature.
Literally speaking, of course, none of north, south, east, or west is up. In
the real world, each of these directions is perpendicular to up.93 When we
93. Or very nearly so— a caveat we need to add because of the slight curvature of the
earth.
Metaphor 163
take north to be up, as nearly all modern maps do, we are observing a meta-
phorical convention—and, strictly speaking, one that applies only when a
map is vertical, as when it is on a wall. When a map lies horizontal on a table,
two metaphors need to piggyback: “north is up” combines with “up is the
direction away from the viewer” to yield “north is the direction away from
the viewer.”
On a stone-engraved map of Mespotamia that dates from around 2300
bce, in the dynasty of Akkad, the mapmaker engraved “east” at the top
edge of the map. (We know which edge was the “top” because of the ori-
entation of script and symbols on the map.) “West” was engraved at the
bottom, and “north” at the left.94 Since the map in this case is a block of
stone, it is probably anachronistic to imagine that users placed it verti-
cally or thought of it in vertical terms. We need to remember that “top” is
a modern metaphor for “the side away from the viewer,” just as “bottom”
is “the side toward the viewer.”
The earliest maps we have from China are a group of seven dating from
around 300 bce that were unearthed from a tomb in Tianshui ∈ city in
Gansu Province in 1986.95 Drawn in black ink on wood, these maps pri-
marily show rivers and their tributaries, although mountains, roads, and
timber sites are shown as well. It is impossible to say that any particular
sides of these maps were considered the correct sides from which to view
them. With few exceptions, the characters that label the streams and riv-
ers follow, from top to bottom, the direction of the water flow. (The di-
rection of flow can be inferred from the tributary structure.) As rivers do
not all flow in the same direction, the characters on the maps do not ei-
ther and are thus of no use in defi ning which side should be “up” for any
of the maps. One map, which scholars have agreed to call “number 2,” has
94. Alan R. Millard, “Cartography in the Ancient Near East,” in J. B. Harley and
David Woodward, eds., The History of Cartography (Chicago: The University of Chi-
cago Press, 1992) vol. 1, bk. 1, pp. 113. Millard does not state how he knows which side
of the stone-engraved map (pictured on p. 114) is up, but the orientations of the script
and map conventions (overlapping semicircles for ranges of hills) seem to make this
clear. I am grateful to Wang Haicheng for assistance with this and other ancient maps.
95. See Cao Wanru ဝབ, “Youguan Tianshui fangmatan Qinmu chutu ditu de
jige wenti” ᳝݇∈ᬒ偀Ⓗ⾺ߎೳഄⱘϾ䯂乬, Wenwu (Beijing) 403 (December
1989), pp. 78– 85; also Mei-ling Hsu, “The Qin Maps: A Clue to Later Chinese Carto-
graphic Development” Imago Mundi 45 (1993), pp. 90–100.
164 An Anatomy of Chinese
the odd feature of including the character shang Ϟ at one of its edges, and
some have argued that this character indicates “top of map.” But there are
two major problems with such a claim.
One problem is that “top” is a metaphor that makes sense only when the
habit of displaying maps vertically has been established. Was there such a
habit in 300 bce? On a more sophisticated map from about 130 years later,
the more understandable labels dong ᵅ ‘east’ and nan फ ‘south’ are written
at two of the map’s edges. There is no sign of shang ‘up’, even though this
later map, which is painted on silk, not wood, would have been more ame-
nable to vertical display.
The other major problem in interpreting shang Ϟ on map number 2 as
indicating “top of map” is that the character points inward, toward the
center of the map. If one turns the map (or oneself) so that the shang is at
the map’s “top” (away from viewer), the character is upside-down. Why
would a mapmaker do that? Mei-ling Hsu sensibly recommends that we
turn the map back around so that shang is right-side up, but this puts the
shang, necessarily, at the “bottom” of the map. Hsu then makes the some-
what far-fetched claim that the character still indicates “top of map” because,
while resting at the bottom, it “points to the top.”96 Hsu further assumes
that the shang character is pointing “north,” as a compass needle does, even
though 300 bce was several centuries before the appearance of the compass
in China and even though, when the compass did appear, it was considered
by convention to be “pointing south” (zhi nan ᣛफ), not north.
My own guess is that shang is on the map for some reason other than to
tell us which side of the map is “up.” I further suspect that the mapmaker(s)
may have felt no need for an “up.” The ground was lying there, and so was
their sketch; who needs an “up”? In any case, if we cannot know which way,
if any, was considered up, there is no way to determine which of the four
directions up might have been.
The “more sophisticated” map I just referred to is one of three dating
from the second century bce that were excavated from a Han tomb in
Changsha, Hunan Province, in the early 1970s.97 One of these three is a
city map that was found in such bad condition that scholars have not been
able to make much of it. The other two were in good condition and were
restored well enough that useful copies of them could be made.98 They
are drawn on silk and include both symbols and written characters that
indicate features both natural (streams and mountains) and human-made
(roads and settlements). One is called a zhujuntu 侤䒡೪ ‘military map’
and the other a dixingtu ഄᔶ೪ ‘topographic map’.
Again, it is not easy to determine which side, if any, the mapmaker(s)
regarded as “up,” but for these two maps there is more to work with than
there was with the Qin maps. On the military map, an especially large dong
ᵅ ‘east’ is written at one edge and another large nan फ ‘south’ at another.
(The other two edges indicate nothing about direction.) Dong and nan are
written with the “tops” of the characters pointing off the edge of the map,
the opposite of the way the shang is written on Qin map number two.
Therefore, viewing dong and nan in their “upright” positions, it becomes
very plausible that either east or south is the “top” (or, without the vertical
metaphor, the “away from viewer side”) of the map. The question then
becomes whether there is a way to decide between east and south. On the
map itself, there are about seventy-five written labels for various things,
and if the characters for these labels all observed a certain orientation,
that would be strong evidence for which way is “up.” But the labels are writ-
ten in various directions, including diagonally. (We can infer “diagonal” if
we take dong and nan as defining vertical and horizontal). My best count of
these labels finds twenty-seven pointing south, twenty-two east, twenty-
two west, and thirteen north. (I say “best count” because one needs to be a
bit arbitrary in deciding which way a slanted column basically is pointing).
This distribution is good evidence that south was preferred to north as the
“up” direction, but only slim evidence for saying that south was preferred to
east (which is the question we were trying to decide).
To further complicate the matter, the labels that point in a given direc-
tion (east, south, whatever) are not clustered in one part of the map; they
sheng Chang, “The Han Maps: New Light on Cartography in Classical China,” Imago
Mundi 31 (1979), pp. 9–17.
98. Mawangdui Hanmu boshu zhengli xiaozu, Guditu (Beijing: Wenwu chubanshe,
1977).
166 An Anatomy of Chinese
are scattered everywhere on it, mixed among one another. This fact sug-
gests that the mapmakers did not expect viewers to turn the map (or move
themselves around it) in order to study one part of it from one side, then
another part from another, and so on. It seems, rather, that they expected
all of the map to be useful when viewed from any side, even though view-
ers looking southward (in the terms of the map) had an advantage over
northward-lookers in that they needed to read fewer characters upside
down. Whether this small bias in favor of south was conscious design,
unconscious cultural habit, or just accident is an interesting question but
impossible to answer.
However, the maker(s) of the other Han map, the “topographical” one,
did orient the characters in their labels in a consistent direction, thus
making it clear which side they expected people to view it from— or, in
our modern metaphorical terms, which side was “up.” Unfortunately, they
did not write dong, nan, or anything else on the map to indicate which
direction that was. This problem is easy to solve, however, because the
congruity of the ancient map with modern maps of the same area is very
good. The ancient map shows a body of water at its “top” (inferable from
the orientation of the characters on it), and modern maps make it clear
that that water is the Xi Jiang 㽓∳ estuary that leads to the South China
Sea off the coast of Guangdong Province. Hence, for this map, we may be
certain that “south is up.” Whereas the military map “faces south” only
ambiguously and very slightly, on the topographical map the privileging
of south is clear.
In later times, as is well known, Chinese culture has favored south in a
variety of ways. Residences, including those of emperors, faced south.
The compass has been called a zhinanzhen ᣛफ䞱 ‘south-pointing needle’,
as Chinese culture has preferred to see that needle (which after all “points”
both north and south) as pointing south. A reference as early as the first
century ce mentions a sinan ৌफ ‘take charge of south’, which apparently
was a spoon-like object that a lodestone could pull as a way to indicate
south.99 A zhinanche ᣛफ䒞 ‘south-pointing chariot’, said to be invented
99. See Li Shu-hua, “Origine de la Boussole 11: Aimant et Boussole,” Isis 45, no. 2
( July 1954), pp. 175–196.
Metaphor 167
by the legendary Yellow Emperor, bore a wooden rider whose hands were
supposed to point south regardless of which way the chariot turned.
Can there be any reason for favoring either north or south—any “physical
basis,” as contemporary metaphor theorists might say? The Han-era dic-
tionary Shuowen jiezi 䁾᭛㾷ᄫ defines yin 䱄 ‘dark, female, negative’ as an
ye shui zhi nan shan zhi bei ye ᱫг∈ПफቅП࣫г ‘dark; south of water, north
of mountains’.100 Later texts echo this formula, and in modern Chinese
the saying shannan shuibei wei yang, shanbei shuinan wei yin ቅफ∈࣫⚎䱑,
ቅ࣫∈फ⚎䱄 ‘south of mountains and north of water is yang, north of
mountains and south of water is yin’ continues it.101 It makes sense that
the south sides of mountains should be yang (bright, sunny, and warm)
and the north sides yin (dark, shaded, and cool) because of the angle from
which the sun shines on the earth in the Northern Hemisphere. But why
would it be the opposite for water? Why, for water, is north especially
yang and south especially yin? This is not a minuscule academic question.
It has been important enough to affect the names of some very large
cities—Luoyang ⋯䱑 is on the north side of the Luo River, for example,
and Jiangyin ∳䱄 is on the south side of the Yangtze (Changjiang). A clue
to this puzzle appears in Cheng Dachang’s Song-period (960–1279 ce) Yu
Gong shanchuan dili tu ⾍䉶ቅᎱഄ⧚೪ (Geography of the mountains and
rivers in Yu Gong): gu yi shannan wei yang shuibei wei yang yi shouyang zhi
fang ming zhi ye স㕽ቅफ⚎䱑∈࣫⚎䱑ҹফ䱑ПᮍੑПг ‘the ancient no-
tion that both south-of-the-mountain and north-of-the-water are yang
comes from their both being places that receive sunlight’.102 Here I have
translated the second yang in the quotation as “sunlight” in order to em-
phasize what clearly appears to be the key natural fact that underlies the
usage: river banks on north sides of rivers get more direct sunlight than
do banks on south sides. (The opposite would be true in the Southern
Hemisphere.) The puzzle (if there still is one) is why early European map-
makers, who were located in the Northern Hemisphere, as the Chinese
were, chose to privilege the colder and darker north direction.
Several hundred years after the invention of the compass in China,
“pointing south” came to mean not just showing direction but showing
correct direction. In the poetry of Zhang Heng ᔉ㸵 (78–139 ce), Li Shang-
yin ᴢଚ䲅 (813–58 ce), and elsewhere, zhinan shifts from physical mat-
ters to the ethical domain and comes to mean “pointing the way to ap-
propriate behavior.”103 Eventually, the guidance that zhinan offered came
to refer to a wide spectrum of life. In 1936 when the Zhonghua Book
Company published a comprehensive guide to Shanghai, a city that people
from elsewhere in China could find mind-boggling, editors called it Da
Shanghai Zhinan Ϟ⍋ᣛफ ‘Guide to great Shanghai’— or, more literally,
“pointing south in big Shanghai.”
Given this cultural favoring of south, it is interesting, and somewhat
puzzling, that maps in China’s Northern Song period (960–1127 ce) be-
gan to use a convention of “north is up.” Several stone-carved maps of the
whole of China, one from 1121 ce and others from 1136 ce and later,
clearly show the Yellow River, the Yangzi River, the Shandong peninsula,
and other well-known features of China’s topography. Two of these, the
jiuyu shouling tu бඳᅜҸ೪ ‘map of nine governing districts’ and the hua
yi tu 㧃་೪ ‘map of the Chinese and barbarians’, inscribe bei ࣫ at their
“top” (away from viewer) edges, nan फ at the bottom edges, xi 㽓 at the
left, and dong ᵅ at the right. Both maps, moreover, contain hundreds of
characters all of whose “top” sides consistently point north.104 In sum the
“north is up” orientation is strong and unambiguous. Because the elapsed
time between these maps and their Han predecessors is nearly thirteen
103. Zhang Heng, “Dongjing fu” ᵅҀ䊺, contains the line xing jianzhinan yu wu zi
ᑌ㽟ᣛफѢᄤ ‘fortunate in receiving guidance from you’, and Li Shangyin, “Xianji
xianxianggong qi” ⥏䲚䊶Ⳍ݀ଧ, includes the line wei baidai zhi zhinan, jiuzhou zhi
muduo ⚎ⱒҷПᣛफ, бᎲП䨌 ‘as the [moral] compass for a hundred generations,
and [moral] teacher for China’. Cihai bianji weiyuan hui, Cihai, p. 1586.
104. See Cao Wanru ဝབ et al., eds., Zhongguo gudai dituji Ёসҷഄ䲚 (Bei-
jing: Wenwu chubanshe, 1990), vol. 1 (zhanguo-yuan), plates 62, 63, and 65.
Metaphor 169
Consciousness
didn’t know if he was Chuang Chou who had dreamt he was a but-
terfly, or a butterfly dreaming he was Chuang Chou.107
107. Burton Watson, trans., The Complete Works of Chuang Tzu (New York: Colum-
bia University Press, 1968), p. 49.
108. In his translation of Zhuangzi as Wandering on the Way (New York: Bantam
Books, 1994), Victor Mair avoids this problem by translating jue as “awoke” (p. 24).
109. See Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, ch. 13.
172 An Anatomy of Chinese
plopped herself down on the couch.” In such cases, theorists have called
the seat-of-subjectivity self a Subject and the self that is acted upon a Self.
(The capital letters are conventional here.) Another version of the “two
selves” metaphor occurs in examples like “I was not myself today,” where
one self is more exterior and ephemeral and another is deeper and more
essential. In these cases, some theorists set aside the term “Subject” and
refer to Self 1 and Self 2.
All such phrases are considered metaphorical because what Subject
does to Self (or the relation between Self 1 and Self 2) is not literal. I do
not literally drag myself out of bed and I am not literally something other
than myself. What the metaphors say can often be rephrased in nonmeta-
phorical language. “I was not myself today” might be said nonmetaphor-
ically as “today I did not behave as I usually do.” “You’re pushing yourself
too hard” might be rephrased nonmetaphorically as “you are trying too
hard and might suffer as a result.” A sentence like “I lifted my left arm” is
nonmetaphorical if you reach over with your right arm to do the lifting
but metaphorical if you use the muscles of your left arm itself.110
Edward Slingerland, in his book Effortless Action: Wu-wei as Conceptual
Metaphor and Spiritual Ideal in Early China,111 uses distinctions between
“Subject” and “Self,” and between “Self 1” and “Self 2,” to try to shed light
on what he calls the “paradox of wu-wei” among pre-Qin philosophers. Wu-
wei ⛵⠆, literally “[taking] no [intentional] action” is an ideal human state
for Laozi, Zhuangzi, Confucius, Mencius, and Xunzi. The metaphors these
thinkers employed suggest a variety of methods for achieving wuwei, and
each method, one way or another, involves a version of the paradox of “try-
ing not to try.” Some of these thinkers—Zhuangzi, Laozi, and Mencius—
emphasize not trying, according to Slingerland. Their view, in his para-
phrase, is that “we already are good, and we need merely to allow this
virtuous potential to realize itself.”112 For this group of thinkers the difficult
question becomes: if we are already there, why does anything at all have to
be attempted? Why do we need philosophers to point “a way” for us? Other
Privilege in Dyads
120. Not in all cases. Now and then, and here and there, are dyads, but not exactly
“opposites.”
121. On this point and in much of the following discussion, I owe much to David
Moser, “Covert Sexism in Mandarin Chinese,” Sino-Platonic Papers 74 (January 1997),
pp. 1–23. No one writes more clearly or incisively than Moser on the topic of struc-
tural metaphor in Chinese.
122. William E. Cooper and John Robert Ross, “World Order,” in Robin E. Gross-
man, L. James San, and Timothy J. Vance, eds., Functionalism (Chicago: Chicago
Linguistic Society, 1975). The phrase “our culture’s view” is from Lakoff and John-
son, Metaphors We Live By, p. 132.
123. This list of examples is from Moser, “Covert Sexism,” pp. 2–3.
176 An Anatomy of Chinese
ᓳПѝ ‘the struggle between North and South Korea is a struggle be-
tween brothers’.124 Here the reversal of the conventional nanbei to an un-
conventional beinan apparently was done to grant primacy to North, not
South, Korea. The switch was made all the more important because of the
parallel phrase xiongdi ‘older brother and younger brother’. Unless nanbei
were reversed, South Korea would be parallel with “older brother,” which
Hu apparently did not want.
The striking congruities between Chinese and English in the way dy-
ads are conceived raises the question why this might be so. Borrowing is
out of the question; the independent roots of usages in the two languages
are far too obvious for that. But might there be some kind of commonality
in human experience that provides an “experiential basis” for the expres-
sions in both Chinese and English— and, perhaps, in human languages
generally? Lakoff and Johnson, citing work by William Cooper and John
Ross, have suggested a “me first” basis for the ordering of dyads.125 The
idea is that the first item in a dyad is somehow “closer to me”—the seat of
subjectivity—than the second item. Lakoff and Johnson list “up, front,
active, good, here, and now” as examples of the “me first” position that ex-
plains why we say—in these particular orders—“up and down, front and
back, active and passive, good and bad, here and there, now and then.” This
claim raises some questions. We must assume, first of all, that “me” is con-
ceived as good more than bad; this assumption is probably all right, in view
of general human nature. We also must see “me” as closer to now than to
then, and as closer to here than to there. Since “me” at other times would
be me then (and might also be at another place, hence me there), we are
obliged to understand “me” as meaning “my present subjectivity”— or, to
use Slingerland’s terms, Subject, not Self. This, too, seems fair enough. The
biggest problem among the “me first” examples Lakoff and Johnson pres-
ent is why up should be closer to “me” than down is. They recognize this
problem but do not address it effectively.126
Insofar as the “me first” theory works, it works almost as well in Chi-
nese as in English. If front, good, and active are “me first” in English and
hence listed before back, bad, and passive, similarly in Chinese qian, hao, and
zhudong Џࡼ are conventionally listed before hou, huai, and beidong 㹿ࡼ.
Now and then are a bit problematic because xianzai ⦄ and nashi 䙷ᯊ are
not an idiomatic pair in the way now and then are in English. A more idi-
omatic pair in Chinese (at least in northern Mandarin) would be zhehuir
䖭Ӯ‘ ܓthis moment—now’ and nahuir 䙷Ӯ‘ ܓthat moment—then’, and
this pair does observe the “me fi rst” pattern. A more significant diver-
gence from the “me first” pattern in Chinese is that zher 䖭 ܓor zheli 䖭
䞠 ‘here’ do not always refer to the position of the speaker, as here does in
English. For example, in planning a meeting, if someone says in English
“let’s meet here at your place,” we infer that the speaker is presently at your
place. ( Were he or she somewhere else, the sentence would be “let’s meet
there at your place.”) This convention is mandatory in English but in Chi-
nese is not. One occasionally hears in Chinese sentences like zamen dou dao
ni zheli lai jianmian ba અӀ䛑ࠄԴ䖭䞠ᴹ㾕䴶৻ (literally, “let’s all meet
here at your place”) even if the speaker is not presently at your place.127 In
such cases, the speaker projects the center of things (“here”) to the loca-
tion that is associated with the listener. This pattern is not common in
Chinese, where dao ni nali qu ࠄԴ䙷䞠এ is still much more common in such
circumstances; but the fact that the usage exists at all shows Chinese to
have a conceptual flexibility that English does not allow.
The “me first” explanation of the internal order in dyads is not ideal,
but I do not know a better one. To say that the “plus-minus” congruities
between Chinese and English in this regard are mere chance is a much
weaker theory. Something is going on, and it goes on at a level that speak-
ers of the two languages do not normally notice. David Moser has astutely
127. I have noted this kind of usage in my own experience on several occasions. It
also appears occasionally in literature, for example when we read in Hu Fayun’s 㚵থѥ
novel [email protected] བ⛝ @sars.come [So it [email protected]] (Beijing: Zhongguo
guoji guangbo chubanshe, 2006), from a narrator who is not located at anyone’s house,
that Damo zhiyao huicheng, jiu changchang dao Wei laoshi zher lai 䖒ᨽা㽕ಲජ, ህᐌᐌࠄ
ि㗕Ꮬ䖭ܓᴹ ‘whenever Damo returned to the city he made it a habit to come [here]
to Teacher Wei’s place’ (p. 31).
Metaphor 179
where bama ⠌ཛྷ and fumu are standard. Moser notes that mufu “sounds
utterly wrong to Chinese ears.”132
Beyond the question of privileging within dyads is a subtler but more
telling fact: categories that in theory are gender-neutral are often—in
both Chinese and English—implicitly understood as male. “Male” is of-
ten a default interpretation of phrases in which gender is formally am-
biguous. Moser cites stories from Chinese joke books to illustrate. One
joke begins you yige ren, laopo si le ᳝ϔןҎ㗕ယ⅏њ ‘there was a person
whose wife died’. Here ren Ҏ ‘person’ is theoretically gender-free, but the
hearer understands the term as male, and this is confi rmed when we hear
that “the wife” died. What happens, Moser asks us to observe, if we say
the same sentence but have a husband die? The sentence you yige ren,
zhangfu sile ᳝ϔןҎϜ⅏њ ‘there was a person whose husband died’
generates, according to Moser, “a slight sense of strangeness” for Chinese
speakers.133 Ren conjures (by the default principle) a certain expectation
that the joke will be about a man; then, when we hear that “the husband”
died, something doesn’t fit. The listener needs to go back and recalibrate.
Chinese jokes about females standardly do not begin by calling them ren
but use a gendered term from the beginning. For example: you yiwei xiaojie
zai haitanshang shai taiyang, chuanzhe sandianshi youyongyi . . . ᳝ϔԡᇣྤ
⍋☬Ϟ᳀䱑, こⴔϝ咲ᓣ␌⋇㸷 ‘there was a young lady sunbathing at
the beach, wearing a bikini . . .’. If we substitute ren in this example,
Moser’s insight is confirmed. The phrase generates a mild sense of con-
tradiction. In hearing you yige ren chuan sandianshi youyongyi ᳝ϔןҎこϝ
咲ᓣ␌⋇㸷 ‘there was a person wearing a bikini’, the listener needs to
understand a small but awkward gender shift halfway through.
The male gendering of “neutral” terms is further confi rmed by the fact
that whenever the protagonist of a joke is explicitly tagged as female ( you
yiwei xiaojie . . . ᳝ϔԡᇣྤ ‘there was a young woman’, you yiwei lao taitai . . .
᳝ϔԡ㗕 ‘there was an old lady’), it raises an expectation that her
gender is going to be relevant to the story. This is not true if the protago-
132. Ibid., p. 4, n. 4. I have a Chinese American friend who wrote to her parents,
who were natives of Taishan ৄቅ in Guangdong, addressing them as mufu ↡⠊. But
this usage may have been influenced by English.
133. Ibid., p. 7.
Metaphor 181
default interpretation. These are the names of roles in society that usually
are filled by females, such as hushi ᡸ ‘nurse’ or laoshi 㗕Ꮬ ‘teacher’—
provided it is a teacher at nursery or primary school. (At higher levels of
education, laoshi takes on a male “default” interpretation.) English, too,
observes these kinds of exceptions to the “male default” rule.
The close resemblance of Chinese and English in the conception and
use of gendered terms seems as strong as for the other dyads we have con-
sidered above. We will look next at other examples of how far this resem-
blance extends.
139. Dilin Liu, Metaphor, Culture, and Worldview: The Case of American English and
the Chinese Language (Lanham, Md.: University Press of America, 2002).
184 An Anatomy of Chinese
are most often usable in daily life. Chair, for example, is more basic than
furniture or wooden things on the one hand and rocker or Granny’s rocker on
the other.140
We need to recognize that when we study “culture” or “worldview” we
usually have a bias toward focusing on differences. We do this because the
differences are more interesting. I would not get many students in my
Chinese culture courses if I spent my lectures explaining that Chinese
people have two arms, ten fi ngers, a nose, and so on, even though these
are extremely fundamental facts about Chinese life. It is more interesting
to compare the culture of chopsticks with that of knife and fork, even
though chewing, swallowing, sitting on a chair, digesting, defecating, and
so on comprise an area of overlap that is immensely larger and more com-
plex than the difference between chopsticks and a fork.
Yet it remains important (not merely interesting) to study cultural dif-
ferences, in large part just because we human beings make such a big deal
of them. (It is ironic that our zest for noticing differences is one of the
many ways we are the same.) Our differences set the stage for much of
what we mean by “understandings” and “misunderstandings” across cul-
tures and also provide the basis for a wide range of activity—from univer-
sity departments of national languages all the way to international rival-
ries and even wars. A focus on ten fi ngers, the nose, and DNA overlap
would not lead in these directions.
In this section and the next, I want to look at a range of examples that
metaphor theorists have found in English and ask how much Chinese may
differ from them. I will begin with examples that seem significant for
their similarity and move toward ones that seem interesting for their dif-
ferences. The reader should not expect any movement toward systematic
contrasting “worldviews,” however. I do not find such things, and doubt
that they are there to be found.
In looking for conceptual metaphors that are similar between the two
languages, we need first to note the special case of borrowing. Chinese,
140. Objective criteria for what is meant by “primary” or “basic” here can be spelled
out. See Lakoff, Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things, pp. 32–34; Lakoff credits Roger
Brown, “How Shall a Thing Be Called?,” Psychological Review 65, pp. 14–21, for a “clas-
sic” statement on the matter.
Metaphor 185
whether or not actual body heat is the cause of the congruity seems far
less certain. The increases in blood temperature that Ekman and colleagues
found during anger were only 0.08– 0.10 degrees Centigrade. These are
very small differences— so small that one might reasonably ask why they
are not associated with “warm” affection rather than “hot” anger. “Nor-
mal” body temperatures vary in a person during a day by much larger
margins. If such small differences really are the basis for “anger is heat”
metaphors, it would have to be true that people notice them during anger
and associate them with the anger. Do they? Are such small differences
noticeable, especially when one’s psyche is presumably dominated by an-
ger? Moreover, since metaphors presumably are invented not at the very
moment of anger but some time later, when one is not experiencing the
anger but only recalling it, or perhaps observing it in others (in whom one
would need to infer the temperature rise empathetically), we would need to
postulate that the tiny temperature differences are either remembered in
oneself or inferable from observation of someone else. Neither postulate
seems likely.
Another problem is that Ekman and colleagues found that anger is as-
sociated not only with rises in body temperature but also with increases in
the rate of heartbeat that were, proportionally speaking, much larger.
During anger, heartbeat rates increased to eight more beats per minute
than normal. So why, on Lakoff’s hypothesis, would it not have been more
likely that we generate an “anger is faster heartbeat” metaphor? Some
have suggested that heartbeat increase underlies the “fluid under pres-
sure” metaphor, and there is some prima facie plausibility to this. We do
say things like “I was so angry that I almost blew an artery.” But there are
problems with this conjecture as well. Worry about bursting a blood ves-
sel depends on modern understanding of the circulatory system, some-
thing that came much later than the formation of conceptual metaphor in
both English and Chinese. In order to test whether an increased heart-
beat could have given rise to the metaphor “anger is fluid under pressure,”
we would need subjectively to feel a sense of pressure when angry. Do we?
I think so. But is it because of the increased heartbeat?
Yet another problem in identifying the origins of the “anger is fluid
under pressure” metaphor is that anger is not the only feeling with which
we associate an “internal pressure” metaphor. In English we say things
188 An Anatomy of Chinese
like “bursting with pride” and in Chinese manxin huanxi ⒵ᖗ୰ ‘the
heart is filled with happiness’ or annabuzhu xinzhong de xiyue ᣝ᥎ϡԣᖗ
Ёⱘ୰ᙺ ‘cannot contain the joy in the heart’. In addition to studying
subjects who were experiencing anger, Ekman and colleagues studied
subjects experiencing happiness, and in the happiness cases found very
slight drops (0.03– 0.07 degrees Centigrade) in skin temperature; heartbeat
rates went up, as they did during anger, but to a lesser extent. These fi nd-
ings raise several questions: if both happiness and anger lead to increased
heartbeat, and if heartbeat indeed is a basis for the “fluid under pressure”
metaphor, then would we not be better off postulating a generic “emotion
is fluid under pressure” metaphor?148 This would accord with the physio-
logical data as well as with the metaphors that tell us that both anger and
happiness can overflow, be hard to contain, and so on. It would lend sup-
port to Lakoff’s “physiological universality” hypothesis, but at a higher
level of generality than Lakoff proposed. It would, however, solve prob-
lems only for the “fluid under pressure” metaphor, not the “anger is heat”
metaphor, for which the other problems I have pointed out would remain.
Let’s move to another example. Chinese and English are very close in
their use of “stinky is bad” as a conceptual metaphor. Here the underlying
experiential basis is fairly obvious. The undesirability of foul odor is, like
two arms and ten fi ngers, probably precultural. Of course, there are a few
things that are stinky and yet have been attractive to human beings (cod
lutefisk, jackfruit, camembert cheese), but these items are rare enough
that they only underscore the validity of the basic pattern. In English, any
number of things can “stink” metaphorically— a bad idea, a dull movie, a
naïve plan, your school’s volleyball team. Something might even “stink to
high heaven.” “I smell a rat” means that I have picked up an olfactory sign
that something is wrong. In Chinese, chou 㟁 is negative across a similar
range of application. When someone’s reputation is bad, he or she is chou.
A stupid move in chess is a chouqi 㟁ẟ ‘stinking chess piece’, a wild shot in
basketball a chouqiu 㟁⧗ ‘stinking ball’. When chou is used as an adverb it
still carries a strong negative flavor, as in choumei 㟁㕢 ‘show off disgust-
ingly’ or chouchi chouhe 㟁ৗ㟁ୱ ‘eat and drink with ugly abandon’. All of
148. Ning Yu does speak of an “emotions are fluids in a container” metaphor (Con-
temporary Theory of Metaphor, p. 67).
Metaphor 189
these uses are in basic harmony with “stinking” behavior in English. Chi-
nese does go a bit beyond English when chou metaphorically means “se-
verely” or “intensely,” as in chouma 㟁偖 ‘stinky scold— deliver a tongue-
lashing’, but the overall connotation remains negative. Chou doufu 㟁䈚㜤
‘stinky [fermented] bean curd’ might seem an exception to the “stinky is
bad” metaphor, because people genuinely do like it. But chou doufu is not
an exception because it is not a metaphor. It stinks literally, like lutefisk or
camembert. (What separates Chinese people from Swedes or French in
this regard is only truth in labeling.) The point of the term chou doufu is
not to say metaphorically that the bean curd has a bad reputation or is
showing off.
Other kinds of metaphor that Chinese and English share are metaphors
for difficulties.149 “Difficulties are burdens” is one example, as when we
say in English “she’s weighed down by responsibilities.” Lakoff and Johnson
suggest that the experiential basis for this metaphor is “the discomforting
or disabling effect of lifting or carry ing heavy objects.”150 Chinese simi-
larly uses fudan hen zhong 䋳ᢙᕜ䞡 ‘burdens are heavy’ both literally and
metaphorically. When burdens are relieved, one can say in Chinese ru shi
zhongfu བ䞞䞡䋳 ‘as if setting down a heavy load’. Even more common, in
both languages, are metaphors in which difficulties are blockages or im-
pediments. In English we sometimes try to “get around” regulations, “get
through” a trial, or “hack our way through” a bureaucratic jungle. Some-
times we “run into a brick wall.”151 In Chinese, too, difficulties can be
zhang’ai 䱰 ‘obstacles’ that zu’ai 䰏 ‘block’ one’s progress. The chal-
lenge is to xiaochu ⍜䰸 ‘dispel, remove’ or paichu ᥦ䰸 ‘shove aside, get rid
of’ such things. During the Cultural Revolution, Mao Zedong enjoined
the Chinese people to paichu wannan, qu zhengqu shengli ᥦ䰸ϛ䲒এѝপ㚰
߽ ‘push aside every difficulty and go pursue victory’. Specific images in
Chinese often differ from those of English even while the basic conceptual
metaphor remains the same. “Stumbling block” in English uses the same
image as banjiaoshi ㌚㝇 ‘foot-tripping stone’ in Chinese; lanluhu 䏃㰢
149. For a variety of examples see Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh,
pp. 188–190, and Ning Yu, Contemporary Theory of Metaphor, pp. 202–211.
150. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, p. 50.
151. The examples are adapted from ibid., p. 189.
190 An Anatomy of Chinese
‘road-blocking tiger’ uses a different image but still illustrates the concep-
tual metaphor “difficulties are impediments.”152
The English word “comprehend,” which comes from Latin com ‘jointly’
plus prehendere ‘grasp’, illustrates the metaphor “understanding is grasp-
ing.” This metaphor appears elsewhere in modern English in phrases like
“I can’t grasp transfinite numbers.”153 Chinese uses a similar metaphor
when bawo ᡞᦵ ‘grasp’ means “confidence” in a mental ability: kai jiaoche
wo you bawo, kai kache mei bawo ᓔ䕓䔺៥᳝ᡞᦵˈᓔव䔺≵ᡞᦵ ‘I know
what I’m doing driving sedans, not driving trucks’. There is a subtle dif-
ference, though. Bawo in Chinese is used for having confidence in how to
do something, not for the more purely mental experience of “getting it”
about something like transfi nite numbers. For that meaning, Chinese of-
ten uses mingbai ᯢⱑ, literally “bright white,” as in wo mingbai ni de yisi ៥
ᯢⱑԴⱘᛣᗱ, literally “I bright-white your meaning.” This usage illus-
trates another systematic metaphor in which brightness, in one way or an-
other, is “good.” As an adjective, mingbai can mean “clear, pellucid” in a
positive sense. Ming by itself can mean “open, honest” as opposed to an
ᱫ, literally “dark” and metaphorically “hidden, covert,” as in mingren bu-
zuo anshi ᯢҎϡخᱫџ ‘honest people don’t do dark [untransparent] things’.
Yanming ‘eyes are bright’ means sharp-eyed in yanming shoukuai ⴐᯢᖿ
‘sharp of eye and deft of hand’ or yanming xinliang ⴐᯢᖗ҂ ‘sharp eye
and bright mind— see and think clearly’. “Eyes bright” also contributes in
the phrase ercong muming 㘇㘾Ⳃᯢ ‘ears sharp eyes bright’, whose short
version, congming, is the common word for “smart.” Liang ‘bright’ partici-
pates in the “bright is good” metaphor independently of ming; when we
dakai chuanghu shuo lianghua ᠧᓔに᠋䇈҂䆱, we “open the window and say
bright words”—that is, say what we really mean. After we do this, some-
one might say wo xinli liang le ៥ᖗ䞠҂њ, literally “my mind is bright
now,” that is, I understand. Piaoliang ⓖ҂ ‘spiffy-bright’ is the common
word for “pretty.” English uses essentially the same metaphor in phrases
like “a bright child” and “dark days ahead.” Exceptions to the pattern tend
to apply only in restricted ranges; “dark” is good in “tall, dark, and hand-
152. Some of the examples in this paragraph are borrowed from Ning Yu, Contem-
porary Theory of Metaphor, p. 203.
153. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, pp. 54, 125.
Metaphor 191
some,” but this phrase applies only in certain contexts, often to dashing
young men of a certain kind.154
Lakoff and Johnson fi nd “important is big” to be a conceptual meta-
phor of English— as when we say “tomorrow is a big day.”155 In Chinese,
too, we say that an important official is a daguan ᅬ ‘big official’ and a
major surgical operation is a dashoushu ᴃ ‘big operation’. Lakoff and
Johnson conjecture that the connection between “big” and “important”
may derive from childhood, when, in a child’s view, parents are consis-
tently both big and important. They also suggest that the connection
between “big” and “important” has a parallel in the form of language,
specifically that “more of form is more of content.” For example, to say that
something “is bi-i-i-i-ig,” drawing out one’s voice, gives the impression
that it is bigger than if one just says it is big.156 Although they do not say
so, here Lakoff and Johnson are relying on another conceptual metaphor:
“longer in time is more (of something),” which works in piggyback combi-
nation with “more of form is more of content.” In any case, their insight,
for this kind of example, does apply in Chinese as well. Something hen
da-a-a-a-a! in Chinese is bigger than something merely hen da ᕜ
‘big’.157 Big and da might be confusing examples because the words them-
selves mean “big,” so the idea of big is coming from both the form of the
word and its referent. But the principle holds with other vocabulary as
well. To emphasize that one can do something, in English one might say
“I ca-a-a-a-n!” and in Chinese wo h-h-u-u-u-i-i! ៥Ӯ- - -.
Lakoff and Johnson cite duplication as another case in which “more
form is more content.” When a noun, verb, or adjective stands for some-
thing, the same word repeated can stand for more of the same or a higher
degree of it.158 They write that the duplication principle applies, as far as
they know, to “all languages of the world,” but for Chinese it works only
154. I am grateful to Nicholas Admussen for this and other examples in this
section.
155. Lakoff and Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh, p. 50.
156. Lakoff and Johnson, Metaphors We Live By, p. 127.
157. When hen is not stressed, hen da means ‘big’, not ‘very big’. See Ta-tuan Ch’en
et al, Chinese Primer: Notes and Exercises, rev. ed., vol. 2 (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton
University Press, 2007), p. 27, n. 7.
158. Lakoff and Johnson, Metaphors We Live By, p. 128.
192 An Anatomy of Chinese
unevenly. It often holds for nouns and auxiliary nouns, such as renren ҎҎ
‘person-person—everybody’, jiajiahuhu ᆊᆊ᠋᠋ ‘every house and home’,
tiantian ‘every day’, and so on. When Gao Xingjian describes a pot-
holed highway as daochu kengkeng wawa ࠄ໘ഥഥߍߍ ‘pits and cavities
everywhere,159 the idea is that there are a great many of both keng ‘pits’
and wa ‘cavities’. But the principle does not work for other nouns, such as
baba ⠌⠌ ‘Daddy’, meimei ྍྍ ‘younger sister’, taitai ‘Mrs.’, baobao
ᅱᅱ ‘baby’, xingxing ‘star’ ᯳᯳, xingxing ⣽⣽ ‘ape’, and many other ex-
amples.160 Sometimes, especially in southwestern Mandarin (around Yun-
nan), noun repetition implies smallness, as in qiuqiu ⧗⧗ ‘small ball or
bead’.161 This tendency for repetition to suggest small or less contradicts
the hypothesis that “repetition is more.”
Lakoff and Johnson hold that “more form is more content” applies to
verbs and adjectives as well, that is, that “more of the verb [or adjective]
stands for more of the action [or property].”162 But here, too, Chinese fits
only unevenly. Repeated adjectives in Chinese do often intensify the de-
gree of something, as in chi de baobao de ৗᕫ佅佅ⱘ ‘eaten good and full’,
zhongzhong de da 䞡䞡ഄᠧ ‘beat fiercely’, jiejieshishi de 㒧㒧ᅲᅲⱘ ‘strong
and solid’, and so on. Sometimes, though, the repetition of adjectives di-
minishes the strength of the adjective, or at least makes it a bit fuzzy, as in
wuzili heihei de ሟᄤ䞠咥咥ⱘ ‘darkish in the room’ or yanlei wangwangr de
ⴐ⊾∾∾‘ ⱘܓteary-eyed’.
Repeated verbs, for their part, almost never signal “more” of the verb.
They are commonly “verb plus cognate object,” as in kankan (short for
kanyikan ⳟϔⳟ) ‘take a look’, chichi ৗৗ ‘have a bite (of something)’, and
so on, and, somewhat less often, are verb-plus-complement, as in men kai-
kai le 䮼ᓔᓔњ ‘the door has been opened’. In both these cases, the second
verb has a clear function, but it is not that of “adding more verb.” There is
the problem, too, that in Chinese, repetition occurs in a large variety of
onomatopoeic and other lively expressions that are not onomatopoeic but
are close to it. Dogs say wangwang ∾∾ ‘bowwow’; something sourish is
suanbuliuliude 䝌ϡ⑰⑰ⱘ (literally ‘sour-not-slippery-slippery-ish’); a
chubby child is pangdudude 㚪௳௳ⱘ (literally ‘fat-bunch-bunch-ish’). It is
hard to pinpoint in these examples what the repetition is telling us; but it
is something considerably more subtle than “more.”
In a similar argument, Lakoff and Johnson hold that the metaphor
“closeness is strength” can apply to form as well as to content.163 When we
say “the people closest to the prime minister” we might mean his or her
loved ones, and, in political discourse, can mean the people who have the
most influence on the prime minister. Chinese offers a range of similar
examples: people can be hen jin ᕜ䖥 ‘very close’, or guanxi hen miqie ݇㋏
ᕜᆚߛ ‘tightly related’, or, more colloquially, tie gemenr 䪕હӀ‘ ܓiron
buddies’. That much of the “closeness is strength” metaphor seems clearly
to be shared between Chinese and English.
The additional claim that “closeness is strength” applies to the form as
well as to the content of language holds that a tighter grammatical struc-
ture can by itself suggest a tighter link between the items that are men-
tioned in a phrase. Some of Lakoff and Johnson’s examples involve the way
negatives are put. A sentence like “I think he won’t come” is both shorter
and stronger, they point out, than “I don’t think he will come.” Other
examples involve direct and indirect objects: “I taught Harry Greek” is
tighter and stronger than “I taught Greek to Harry”; the former implies
more clearly than the latter that some Greek actually got into Harry. “I
found the chair comfortable” is tighter and stronger than “I found that the
chair was comfortable,” because the former implies that the knowledge
comes from direct experience: I actually sat on the chair and found it
comfortable. “I found that the chair was comfortable” could also mean,
depending on context, that I observed my grandmother and discovered it
to be comfortable to her, or did a survey and found what consumers felt in
general, or something like that.
Does this “grammatical closeness is strength” metaphor work for
Chinese? On balance it does, although there are problems. In Chinese
the most common words for “think,” kan ⳟ and xiang ᛇ, cannot be
164. Xiang can be negated in its meaning of ‘would like to’, followed by a verb, but
that is a different matter.
Metaphor 195
tween ting and dong is explicitly negated but still carries the “can” idea; ting
bu dong is “cannot understand from having listened.” It is probably signifi-
cant that when even more syllables separate ting and dong in this kind of
construction, the meaning is always negative, that is, always expresses a
weak connection between ting and dong. We can say, for example, ting bu
tai dong or ting bu da dong ϡ () ព, both meaning “can’t understand
very well from listening”; we do not say either ting de da dong or ting de tai
dong, “can understand well from listening.”165 This is hardly overwhelm-
ing evidence for Lakoff and Johnson’s claim that “closeness is strength” in
form as well as content. But it is supportive evidence, and it is authentic.
To move to another kind of example, it might seem that the “fronts” and
“backs” of things— animals, theaters, railroad trains, and many things—
might be metaphors that Chinese, English, and other languages share.
But it turns out that this is only partly true. In order to understand why,
we need to distinguish three different criteria for determining “front and
back”:
165. It is possible to say things like ting de shifen dong ‘completely understand’ 㙐ᕫ
कߚព or ting de wanquan dong ‘entirely understand’ 㙐ᕫᅠܼព, but these are not
verb-complement constructions. They are predicate constructions.
196 An Anatomy of Chinese
“go sideways” might be a special problem, but here category 2 can help—
and it helps for many animals other than crabs—because the front is the
“operational” side, the side where the eyes, mouth, and nose all do their
important work. A crab eats at its “front,” and appears even to be “look-
ing” from that side; in this case we do not give serious thought to the pos-
sibility that its “front” is the edge that leads the way when it moves.
Lakoff, Johnson, and others point out that our conceptions of the
“fronts” of inanimate things are sometimes done by analogy to animate
ones.166 The “front” of a bus, a train, or an airplane is the end that leads
the way when the thing gets going. This rule seems to hold consistently in
both Chinese and English. For things that do not move, like stores or
theaters, the “front,” as with animals, is the operational side, where facades,
signs, box offices, and so on are located. In the case of theaters, it is inter-
esting to note that once we enter the building and get into the big room
where the show is held, front and back instantly switch. The “front row”
is near the back of the building. This is because the conception “opera-
tional side” has switched. Once one is inside the theater, the stage is where
the important activity is. All these points are the same in Chinese and
English.
But there is a problem in holding that English and Chinese “share
metaphors” of front and back. This is because what we have just consid-
ered are not metaphors but definitions of front and back. To observe that
they are “the same” is, at bottom, tautologous. To see why this is so, try
the following experiment. What if Chinese conceived the “fronts” and
“backs” of things like trains and buses oppositely from English? Then
qian would be the back and hou the front. But if a train came along, and a
Chinese speaker pointed to the end that was in the direction of the train’s
motion and said houtou ৢ༈ ‘back’, an English speaker would infer—
correctly—that houtou in Chinese is the same as “front” in English. Simi-
larly, if the side of a theater building bearing the facade and harboring the
box office were called the “back” in English, a Chinese speaker would
have no trouble inferring that “back” is qiantou ࠡ༈. If we were to assign
nonsense words to the box office side of the theater— say, “blint” in En-
glish and fing in Chinese—then “blint” would mean fing, and fing would
mean “blint,” and life would go on. To say that the languages “coincide”
on this point would be meaningless.
However, using category 3, it is genuinely possible (and does happen)
that different languages conceive front and back differently. Mountains—
unless they are carved, like Rushmore—have no intrinsic fronts or backs.
But a tongue twister in Chinese begins shanqian you ge Cui Cutui, shan hou
you ge Cutui Cui . . . ቅ᳝ࠡϾየ㉫㝓, ቅৢ᳝Ͼ㉫㝓የ . . . ‘in front of the
mountain was a Cui Fatleg, and behind the mountain was a Fatleg Cui . . .’.
Here the front and back of the mountain are defined relatively. The front
is the side that the speaker and anyone standing near the speaker can see
on a clear day. The back is the opposite side. If the same people climbed
the mountain and went to the other side, front and back would switch. We
do the same in English. Boulder, Colorado, is in front of the mountains if
we are in Denver, and behind the mountains if we are in Grand Lake. But
this convention is arbitrary. It could be the other way around. We could
conceive the other side of the mountain, which we cannot see, as “out in
front,” as it were, while we are behind it. We could stand in Boulder and
see Grand Lake as “in front” of the mountains. Lakoff and Johnson re-
port that Hausa does conceive front and back in this alternate way.167
For a mountain itself, Lakoff and Johnson observe that English uses the
metaphor “a mountain is a person.” They cite the word “foothills” as evi-
dence; in English, mountains have feet. But they classify this as an “idio-
syncratic, unsystematic, and isolated” metaphor, not a “metaphor that we
live by,” because the “unused portions” (presumably the head, shoulders,
knees, etc. of a mountain) are not standard phrases in English and would
be taken as novel metaphors if a poet or other creative person were to
choose to use them. Chinese also uses the metaphor “a mountain is a per-
son” and does “live by it” a bit more than English, because in Chinese
shantou ቅ༈ ‘mountain head’ and shanyao ቅ㝄 ‘mountain waist’ (i.e., half-
way up) are just as acceptable as shanjiao ቅ㛮 ‘mountain foot’.
There are myriad ways the instantiations of conceptual metaphors
might differ among languages, and to try to catalogue them all would be
tedious. In using the human body to describe vegetables, for example, we
say yitou dasuan ϔ丁㩰 ‘a head of garlic’ in Chinese, but a “bulb” in
English; on the other hand we use “head” in English for lettuce and cab-
bage. The comparisons between languages that are more significant in
revealing “worldviews” are those that differ in more systematic ways, and
we turn to them now.
Lakoff and Johnson make a broad claim that “the most fundamental val-
ues in a culture will be coherent with the metaphorical structure of the
most fundamental concepts in the culture.”168 They are careful to point
out that “be coherent with” does not mean “will always actually exist,” but
only that whatever values do exist will be “consistent with” the metaphorical
system.169 They suggest—but only occasionally illustrate—that different
cultures observe metaphorical patterns that reflect different values.
In his book Metaphor, Culture, and Worldview, Dilin Liu takes up this
question for the cases of modern Chinese and American English. Liu iden-
tifies a few of what he calls “dominant metaphors” in the two languages. By
“dominant” he means, in part, common, but also apparently something
like what Lakoff and Johnson mean by “conceptual” or “structural” meta-
phor in the sense of metaphor that not only reflects the ways we conceive
things but actually shapes conceptions as well. Liu argues that dominant
metaphors are different in modern Chinese and American English, and
that we therefore can probably infer that some of the values and priorities
of people who use the two languages diverge along similar lines.
For example, Liu points out that when Americans are unconvinced of
an argument they might say “I don’t buy that,” whereas in Chinese, in a
similar situation, one might say wo bu chi ni nei yi tao ៥ϡৗԴ䙷ϔ༫ ‘I
don’t eat that stuff of yours’.170 He lists many other examples where mar-
keting metaphors are used in American English and eating metaphors in
ৗ咥ᵷ‘ ܓeat a black date’ for being hit by a bullet, or chi cu ৗ䝟 ‘eat vin-
egar’ for feeling jealous. In chibuxiao ৗϡ⍜ ‘eat and cannot digest’, it is
not clear what is eaten or suffered except that, whatever it is, the thing is
unpleasant. When a ship is loaded and, as English puts it, “draws” water
to a certain depth, Chinese says chi shui ৗ∈ ‘eats water’ to the same
depth. Here the question of gain or loss seems moot, but the metaphor
remains apt.
Wanting to test objectively whether Dilin Liu is right that chi is used
metaphorically in Chinese more than “eat” is in English, I did a word
search of two novels, chosen essentially at random: Lao She’s novel The
Philosophy of Lao Zhang (Lao Zhang de zhexue 㗕ᔉⱘᅌ) in Chinese and
Mark Twain’s novel The Mysterious Stranger in American English. In
Lao She’s text, chi accounts for one in every five hundred characters, and
in Twain’s text “eat” (including “ate” and “eaten”) appears once in every
twenty-five hundred words.171 This difference is accountable in part to the
fact that eating in a literal sense gets more attention in Lao She’s novel
than in Mark Twain’s. (That fact, though, can be viewed as confi rmation
of Liu’s claim that both references to actual eating and metaphors based
on eating are especially salient in Chinese discourse.) The contrast in
metaphorical uses of chi and “eat” was sharper: there are five instances in
Lao She’s novel, none in Twain’s.
Another of Liu’s examples of dominant metaphor in Chinese is “gov-
ernment is family.” For this example, he is able to show how the metaphor
is strong enough, or “conceptual” enough, to travel through time and
over varied political terrain.172 That the “Five Relations” of Confucianism
list jun ৯ ‘sovereign official’ and chen 㞷 ‘subordinate official’ alongside
family relations like fuzi ⠊ᄤ ‘father and son’ and fuqi ྏ ‘husband and
wife’ is already suggestive of a conceptual parallel between political hier-
archy and family relations. Traditionally, guojia ᆊ, literally ‘country-
family’, had several senses, one of which was “emperor,” and in modern
171. I am grateful to Mao Sheng for research assistance in this effort. Mao found
177 appearances of chi in The Philosophy of Lao Zhang, which amounts to 0.19 percent of
the total character count. In The Mysterious Stranger there were 9 instances of “eat,”
7 of “ate,” and 1 of “eaten,” which was 0.041 percent of the total word count.
172. Dilin Liu, Metaphor, Culture, and Worldview, p. 8, 55– 64, 131–133.
Metaphor 201
times guojia came to be the standard word for both “nation” and “state.”
In Qing times, a popular term for “county magistrate” was fumuguan ⠊↡ᅬ
‘parental official’. There are many ways to refer to “the people” in modern
Chinese, one of which is zhonghua ernü Ё㧃ܦཇ ‘sons and daughters of
China’. Chinese is not unique in using family metaphors for the nation, of
course; there are “founding fathers” in English, la patrie ‘the fatherland’
in French, Mat’ Rossiia in Russian, and many other examples. But Dilin
Liu may be right that the metaphor is especially salient in Chinese. De-
spite its traditional— or what the Communists in other contexts have
called “feudal”—roots, it has extended even into the informal lingo of the
Communist movement itself. When Marx and Lenin arrived in China,
the Party called them lao zuzong 㗕⼪ᅫ ‘old ancestors’. During the Mao
era, factory workers were sometimes gongren dage ᎹҎહ ‘worker elder
brothers’, farmers nongmin bobo ⇥ݰԃԃ ‘peasant elder uncles’, and sol-
diers jiefangjun shushu 㾷ᬒݯনন ‘liberation army uncles’.173 The Soviet
Union, until relations with Communist China turned sour, was a laodage
㗕હ ‘old big brother’. And the Hu Jintao cohort of top leaders was
known as the “fourth generation.”
Of the “dominant” metaphors that Dilin Liu finds in modern Chinese,
the one that has, in my view, the deepest implications is the one he calls
the “opera/acting metaphor.”174 Liu cites a number of examples to show
how public presentation of behavior is important in Chinese culture and
how metaphors of stage performance, many derived from Chinese opera,
are used to talk and write about it. (In reference to China, by the way,
“opera” should not be thought of as an elite art. Some of its modern forms
are indeed elite, but most of what have for centuries been called xi ៣ are
popular performing arts that have a wide variety of local traditions. Be-
fore the twentieth century, xi were the staples of popular Chinese enter-
tainment.) Liu Dilin notes that for an official to take office is to shang tai
Ϟৄ ‘go up on stage’, while to leave office is to xia tai ϟৄ ‘come down
from the stage’. In a broader sense, any person (not necessarily an official)
who takes a publicly visible stand can be said to deng tai ⱏৄ ‘ascend the
stage’. A person can get stuck on stage (i.e., publicly committed to an
awkward position), in which case his or her adversary, who might not
want to let him or her “off the hook,” as we might say in English, can rang
ta xiabuliao tai 䅽Ҫϟϡњৄ ‘make it so he/she cannot get off stage’.
While a person is “on stage”—that is, visible to people who are
watching—how that person performs is sometimes described using chang
ଅ ‘sing’. There are a number of ways to chang, metaphorically speaking.
To chang honglian ଅ㑶㜌 ‘sing the red face’ is to play the role of the good
guy. The phrase derives from the convention that a red face in opera
makeup usually indicates a good person. In popular usage, it does not
have to mean that one is a good character but only that one is presenting
the good-character pose. The pose can be insincere, so that the phrase
can mean, in effect, “pretend to be the good guy.” Because villains in op-
era often have white faces, chang bailian ଅⱑ㜌 ‘sing the white face’ means,
correspondingly, to play the role of a bad guy. Chang gaodiao ଅ催䇗 ‘sing
a high-pitched tune’ is to say fi ne-sounding things, often with the nega-
tive connotation of overweening self-righteousness; didiao chuli Ԣ䇗໘⧚
‘handle things at a low pitch’ is usually regarded as better. Chang dujiao xi
ଅ⣀㾦៣ ‘sing a solo’ is to do something without partners or allies. For set-
ting up a rival enterprise to someone else’s, Chinese can say chang duitai xi
ଅᇍৄ៣, literally ‘sing opera on an opposite stage’. If you want explicitly
to oppose someone, you can chang fan diao ଅড䇗 ‘sing a contrary tune’; if
you need to go along with somebody else’s pretences in order to get what
you need, you might jiaxizhenchang ؛៣ⳳଅ ‘sing a phony opera as if it
were real’. If you are only going through the motions of doing something
you just zou guo chang 䍄䖛എ ‘walk across the scene’, and if you play but a
minor role, running errands and the like, you pao longtao 䎥啭༫ ‘run the
dragon outfit’. (Imperial palace guards, when they played bit roles in op-
eras, wore “dragon outfits.”) If an enterprise collapses, one can say in Chi-
nese mei xi chang le ≵៣ଅњ ‘there is no opera to sing any more’. Virtually
any project at all, if it comes to naught, or was boring to begin with, can be
described as mei xi ≵៣ ‘no play’.
As Dilin Liu suggests, the extensive use of stage metaphors in Chinese
does indeed seem to correspond to some aspects of a Chinese “world-
view.” Recalling the Sapir-Whorf controversies, we might want to ask
whether the metaphors generate the worldview or the other way around.
For a case as complex as this one, I think “both” is no doubt the right
Metaphor 203
175. Roger T. Ames and Henry Rosemont, Jr., The Analects of Confucius: A Philo-
sophical Translation (New York: Ballantine Books, 1998), p. 31.
176. Ibid., attributing the insight to Chad Hansen, in Hansen, A Daoist Theory of
Chinese Thought (New York: Oxford University Press, 1992), pp. 33–54.
204 An Anatomy of Chinese
not “are these words true?” Ames and Rosement write that “classical Chi-
nese has no close lexical equivalent for the English “true” and “truth”;177
A. C. Graham has held that followers of Mozi (ca. 470– 391 bce) “[do] not
use a single term corresponding to English ‘true’ [but hold that] a name or
complex of names applied to an object either fits (dang ⭊) or errs (guo 䘢),”178
and Chad Hansen has written that “[ancient] Chinese philosophy has no
concept of truth” and is built, instead, on “a pragmatic rather than a se-
mantic interest in language”; utterances are evaluated by whether they are
ke ৃ ‘admissible’ or ‘appropriate’, not whether they are true or false in the
sense that attracted much attention in ancient Greece.179
No one argues— or could, reasonably—that in daily life over the centu-
ries Chinese language ignores true-false distinctions any more than one
might say, to go too far in the other direction, that European languages
have trouble with appropriateness. Daily life in China, as anywhere, has
always been full of questions and answers about truth and falsity, and it is
worth noting that the kinds of Chinese literary expression that have been
closest to informal daily life— songs, storytelling, popular fiction, and so
on—have made much of deception, illusion, and other matters in which
truth and falsity are crucial. The great novel Dream of the Red Chamber (or
Story of the Stone) plays grandly with the true-false distinction, opening
with a dream by a gentleman archly named Zhen Shiyin ⫘䲅 (a hom-
onym for ⳳџ䲅 ‘true matters concealed’) and moving to the story of a Jia
Baoyu 䊜ᇊ⥝ (also “fake jade” ؛ᇊ⥝) who lives in a very large Jia (“false”)
family; yet there is much to say of interest, because, after all, jia zuo zhen
shi zhen yi jia ؛ⳳᰖⳳѺ‘ ؛when false poses as true, true is also false’,180
and so on. Here and elsewhere in Chinese language and culture, there is
no shortage of awareness of “true versus false.”
Still, those who note a Chinese cultural tendency to assume that proper
use of language is essentially ethical behavior—a performance, not a state-
ment, of correctness— do have an important point. This assumption helps
to explain why Dilin Liu can find “opera/acting metaphors” to be “domi-
nant” in Chinese even in modern times. Notions of correct performance are
embedded even in the grammar of daily-life Chinese, where they have sur-
vived through the turmoil of the modern era and its attendant language
change. To “say this” in Chinese one does not shuo zheige ‘say this’ (which
sounds awful), but zeme shuo 䖭М䇈, literally “say it this way”. If a child mis-
takenly says two plus three is four, her mother can correct her by saying
bushi neme shuo de—ϡᰃ䙷М䇈ⱘ “it’s not said that way” or “that’s not the
way you say it.” The child’s speaking-performance did not resemble the
right pattern. If the child strikes a sibling, throws food at guests, or misbe-
haves in any number of other ways, the mother might say ni zheyang bu-
xiangyang Դ䖭ḋϡڣḋ, literally “your acting this way does not resemble
the [right] pattern.” She might also say (and here we see how “correct lan-
guage” can stand be a stand-in for “correct behavior”) ni zheyang buxianghua
ϡڣ䆱 ‘your acting this way does not resemble [proper] words.’ She might
ask the child to xuehao ᄺད ‘learn to be good’ or xue zuoren ᄺҎ ‘learn to
be [a proper] person’. Here xue, which is often translated as “study” or “learn,”
does not mean study or learn facts. It means “imitate.” A mother’s admoni-
tion to xue baba ᄺ⠌⠌ is a call to emulate Daddy, not to research him.
For matters of research, in which true-or-false is the governing ques-
tion, Chinese uses the word yanjiu ⷨお, but even here, more often than in
modern English, there can be a subtle tendency to assume that the object
of research is something worthy of emulation— a good person, good idea,
or whatever. In 1980, when I was studying contemporary literature in
China, I discovered some “hand-copied volumes” (shouchaoben ᡘᴀ)
containing detective stories, triangular love stories, martial arts stories,
and so on that had been secretly copied and passed around during the
Cultural Revolution for entertainment purposes. They struck me as fasci-
nating sources on popular thought during extraordinary times, and I
wrote a research paper on them.181 Some of my Chinese friends, though,
181. “Hand- Copied Entertainment Fiction from the Cultural Revolution,” in Perry
Link, Richard Madsen, and Paul Pickowicz, eds., Unoffi cial China: Popular Culture and
Thought in the People’s Republic (Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press, 1989), pp. 17–36.
Metaphor 207
were perplexed. Why do you write about that kind of literature? What is
there in it to “study” (by which they meant, implicitly, “imitate” or “learn
from”)? I had been aware that there were political and cultural sensitivi-
ties associated with shouchaoben, but the question in the minds of these
friends was something a bit different: their concern was that I could get
better moral sustenance by looking elsewhere.
During the same year, I did a survey of reading habits and preferences
among seventy-four students at Zhongshan University in Guangzhou,
and found that most of them listed Dream of the Red Chamber as their fa-
vorite work of fiction of all time, even though none acknowledged having
read it, at least not recently, or completely.182 Yet their answers to both
questions—“What do you read?” and “What do you prefer?”—were, I
feel sure, sincere. A foreign scholar was asking a formal question about
the way things should be, and “Dream of the Red Chamber” was the right
answer. Similarly, when Samuel Huntington’s Clash of Civilizations and the
Remaking of World Order appeared in 1997,183 some Chinese intellectuals
complained that Huntington should not be advocating civilizational
clash. “He should write a book about harmony, not clash,” a friend wrote
to me in an email. She assumed that Huntington was seeking to guide
behavior, not describe it.
In one interesting respect, even the grammar of modern Chinese
tends to reinforce the assumption that correctness is per for mance. This
happens with the extremely common structure that Y. R. Chao calls
the “predicative complement.”184 Chinese uses this structure in many
situations where speakers of Eu ropean languages would use adverbs. To
say, for example, “she sings (more) beautifully (than someone else),” Chi-
nese can say ta chang de haoting ཌྷଅᕫད, a literal English rendition
of which would be something like “her singing-manner is pleasant-
sounding.” In Chao’s analysis, the notion of “way” or “manner” is im-
plied between ta chang de ‘the [noun] of her singing’ and haoting ‘is
182. See Perry Link, “Fiction and the Reading Public in Guangzhou and Other
Chinese Cities, 1979– 80,” in Jeffrey C. Kinkley, ed., After Mao: Chinese Literature and
Society, 1978–1981 (Harvard University Council on East Asian Studies, 1985), pp. 256,
262–263.
183. Samuel Huntington, The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
(New York: Touchstone, 1997).
184. Chao, Grammar of Spoken Chinese, p. 355.
208 An Anatomy of Chinese
appearances in public even if they were different from what he or she was
feeling inside. The public persona formed of one’s biaoxian was on display
in the workplace or at school. It was especially relevant during political
study sessions. One had to pay attention to it, craft it, and guard it. By the
1970s, the maxim “Don’t make friends within the work-unit” had arisen
in Chinese cities. This was because life in the work-unit (factory, school,
government office, etc.) by necessity involved the formal presentations of
zhengzhi biaoxian, whereas friendships involved interchange that was more
frank and informal. The two levels did not mix well. Informal comments
made in the context of friendship, if raised to the level of political
performance—whether by accident or because of betrayal by a friend—
could bring serious trouble.
Dilin Liu’s claims that metaphors of sports, marketing, and the driving of
vehicles are salient in American English while metaphors of eating, family
relations, and acting are more common in Chinese are claims about de-
gree and emphasis only. Either language can use the metaphors of the other
to the extent that its speakers want to. Indeed this happens in direct-
translation borrowing, as when “bottleneck” in English becomes pingjing
⫊乜 in Chinese. But in some instances of metaphorical contrasts between
languages, the differences have more to do with the structure of thought
and are not so easily exchangeable. There is, in short, a useful distinction
between examples that are different by custom and those that are different
by concept.
A difference by custom, in this definition, is one in which arguably the
“same” conceptual metaphor is available in each of two languages, but one
language uses it more than the other. An example I have already discussed
is the vertical conception of time, as in “past is up, future is down.” We
use this metaphor in English only rarely, whereas Chinese, as Jenn-yeu
Chen has shown, uses it for about one-third of the instances in which a
“time is space” metaphor is used. Other examples are metonyms for fa-
mous events, where both times and places can serve the purpose in both
Chinese and English, although there is a marked tendency for Chinese to
210 An Anatomy of Chinese
prefer times and English to prefer places. For example, in English we “re-
member the Alamo,” but in Chinese we never forget jiu yi ba бϔܿ ‘nine
one eight’ (i.e., September 18, 1931, when Japan invaded China’s North-
east). In American English we have Watergate (and by extension other
“-gates” for other scandals) and can hope that “Afghanistan is not another
Vietnam.” In Chinese, by contrast, we have wusi Ѩಯ ‘five four’—the
May Fourth movement, 1919, and siwu ಯѨ ‘four five’—the April 5, 1976,
demonstration at Tiananmen to mourn Zhou Enlai’s passing. The Beijing
massacre of June 4, 1989, is liusi ݁ಯ ‘six four’ in Chinese and Tiananmen
in English. There are exceptions, though, to this pattern of the prefer-
ences the two languages show. We have “nine eleven” and the War of 1912
in English, and in Chinese lugouqiao श≳ḹ ‘Marco Polo bridge’ can
stand for the Japanese invasion of north China on July 7, 1937. Either kind
of metonym works in either language; the disproportion between the two
is a matter of custom.
A difference by concept, on the other hand, is one in which one language
uses a metaphor that another just does not use. An example is the meta-
phor “an instrument is a companion,” which in English leads to sentences
like “I sliced the salami with a knife” and “she plays Ping-Pong with her
left land.”188 Lakoff and Johnson claim that “with few exceptions . . . in all
languages of the world the word or grammatical device that indicates ac-
companiment also indicates instrumentality.”189 Chinese is defi nitely one of
the “exceptions” to this generalization, and indeed would be an extreme
one, because Chinese words that might be translated “accompany” (such
as gen 䎳 ‘follow, with’; pei 䰾 ‘accompany’; sui 䱣 ‘follow’) are never used
metaphorically to introduce an instrument. In the Chinese mind, to say
something like daozi pei wo qie rou ߔᄤ䰾៥ߛ㙝 ‘the knife accompanies
me in slicing meat’ creates a mood reminiscent of Alice in Wonderland, and
even in that mood the image would be hard to picture. To say “she plays
Ping-Pong with her left hand” as ta gen ta de zuoshou da pingpangqiu ཌྷ䎳
ཌྷⱘᎺᠧЦЧ⧗ would ask a Chinese speaker to imagine that her left
hand is at the other end of the Ping-Pong table, playing her as her oppo-
nent. To convey the notion of instrument, Chinese uses a nonmetaphorical
Kan is crucially different from “see” in the literal sense because kan
implies only “look at,” not the successful perception that is implied when
we add jian 㽟 ‘perceive’ or dao ࠄ ‘arrive’. (Kanjian and kandao are “see” in
the literal sense.) Even the “at” in “look at” is a bit of an overinterpretation
of the original sense of kan. One can wangwaikan ᕔⳟ ‘peer outward’ or
xiangqiankan ࠡⳟ ‘look forward’ without looking at anything. Kan
means only, as it were, “peering from [someone’s] vantage point”; it does
not imply seeing, let alone understanding what is seen, as the see metaphor
does in English.
In Molière’s play Tartuffe, Orgon tries to convince his mother that he
knows Tartuffe has been making advances toward his wife. His mother,
who venerates Tartuffe, cannot believe it, so Orgon says (act 5, scene 3): Je
l’ai vu, dis-je, vu, de mes propres yeux vu ‘I saw it, I tell you, saw, saw with my
own eyes!’. Here vu, similarly to the translation “saw” in English, implies
“know as an absolute certainty.” The line is funny in part because Orgon
did his witnessing while hidden beneath a table, from where he heard a
great deal but saw literally nothing of what he claims by je l’ai vu. Molière
exploits the distance between the literal and metaphorical senses of vu
rather in the manner of a pun. In Chinese, where kan falls well short of
meaning “know for certain” and kanjian is restricted to “see” in a literal
sense, Orgon would seem less funny— and more just a flat-out liar—if he
were to have said wo qinyan kanjian de ៥҆ⴐⳟ㾕ⱘ ‘I saw it with my own
eyes’.
But are these metaphors that “differ by concept” among languages re-
ally very significant for how speakers of the different languages think about
the world? When you understand what someone else has said, in English
you can say “I see what you mean,” using a knowing-is-seeing metaphor,
and in Chinese you might say wo mingbai ni de yisi ៥ᯢⱑԴⱘᛣᗱ ‘I
bright-white your meaning’, using a metaphor of “knowing is bright and
white.” In both cases, the metaphors “differ by concept,” that is, cannot be
imported into the other language: wo kanjian nide yisi in Chinese and “I
bright and white your meaning” in English are both far from acceptable.
But so what, in the end? Are these not just different devices of expression,
more or less like different words? The underlying ideas that get expressed
are practically indistinguishable. The “conceptual difference” seems
inconsequential.
Metaphor 213
tance, or shrouded in fog, comes visually clear; it can also be used when
the visual data is right in front of you but for some reason harbors a ques-
tion whose answer needs to “come out”— as, for example, when you are
looking at a handsome young man but cannot tell by looking whether he
is Korean or Chinese. Xiangchulai ‘think come out’ relies on no percep-
tual data at all; it is entirely cerebral. It is used when I am trying to figure
out where I last saw someone (I cannot “think out come” where it was) or
how I can reasonably explain to my mother that I skipped the geometry
final (I can’t “think” a good excuse “out”). In all these cases there is, im-
plicitly, a metaphorical “place” from which the answer to a (stated or un-
stated) question emerges, or could emerge.
A somewhat similar conceptual metaphor in Chinese is kai ᓔ, literally
“open,” which, when used as a verbal complement, means something like
“free, away, unfettered.” Zoukai 䍄ᓔ is “walk away” (and as a command
can mean “get out of the way!”), where kai suggests release from some
tightness in the present situation. Jiekai 㾷ᓔ, literally “untie open,” can
be used literally for untying a knot or figuratively for solving a puzzle or
getting free of a hang-up ( jiekai geda 㾷ᓔ⭭⯽). Xiangkai ᛇᓔ or kankai
ⳟᓔ ‘think open’ is used for release from a mental burden, as when get-
ting over the death of a loved one.
Broadly speaking, these examples of chulai and kai, both of which sug-
gest a notion of “release into the open,” implicitly resemble some of the
“container” metaphors of English. But English (like other Indo-European
languages) still uses container metaphors much more than Chinese does.
These container metaphors have their advantages, as we will see, but also,
I will argue, might be conceptually confining in ways that Chinese avoids.
more than three syllables; but once we “get the idea” of what it is, we settle
for the one-word shorthand; then, because the abbreviation is a noun, we
begin to use it in the ways we use other nouns, treating it as if it were a
“thing” and sometimes even an animate thing: hence “inflation is killing
us at the checkout counter,” “we need to combat inflation,” and so on. As
noted in the Introduction, Lakoff and Johnson go so far as to say that on-
tological metaphors “are necessary for even attempting to deal rationally
with our experiences.”192
Here the contrast with Chinese is instructive and in some ways far-
reaching. Many examples of ontological metaphors in English, including
ones cited by Lakoff and Johnson, are ideas that are most naturally said in
Chinese using verbs, and with no diminution at all in the “rationality of
dealing with our experience.” Lakoff and Johnson cite “my fear of insects is
driving my wife crazy,” where “fear,” which in Chinese is almost always
talked about using verbs, in English seems to be a “thing” that can do
something to something else. If we try to match the English sentence
closely in Chinese and say something like wo zhi pa kunchong ba qizi bi feng
le ៥Пᗩᯚ㰿ᡞྏᄤ䘐⮃њ ‘my fear of insects drives my wife crazy’, we
get an awkward sentence that clearly smacks of borrowing from Western
language. It would be more natural in Chinese to say wo zeme pa kunchong
qizi shoubuliao ៥䖭咑ᗩᯚ㰿ྏᄤফϡњ, literally something like “I so fear
insects that wife can’t take it.” In the end there is no way to say that either
the verb-heavy Chinese sentence or the noun-studded English one is a
“more rational handling of life.” One uses ontological metaphor, and the
other does not; at least in this case, the use of ontological metaphor is a
cultural choice, not a necessity.
Another of Lakoff and Johnson’s examples is “it will take a lot of patience
to finish this book.” Here, again, experience that could well be expressed
with verbs—is made into a noun, as if patience were “stuff.” A Chinese
speaker, encountering the same boring book, would be unlikely to think
of patience as stuff. A natural, idiomatic way to respond in Chinese would
be to say zhei ben shu burenzudu 䖭ᴀкϡᖡद䇏 ‘this book (one) cannot
bear to finish reading’, in which ren ‘tolerate’, zu ‘finish’, and du ‘read’ are
all verbs. A Chinese sentence somewhat closer to the English—but still
not borrowing Western grammar—would be zhei ben shu duqilai hen feijin
䖭ᴀк䇏䍋ᴹᕜ䌍ࢆ. It is a telling fact that this Chinese sentence is very
hard to put into English without reverting to an ontological metaphor,
even though there is no ontological metaphor in the Chinese. Of the six
syllables in the predicate, duqilai hen feijin, only one, jin ‘energy’, is a noun.
Four are verbs and one is an adverb. A superliteral translation would be
“[this book] read rise come very spend energy.” In more readable English,
but still trying to preserve the spirit of the Chinese, one might say “it
takes a lot of energy [or takes a lot out of you] to read this book.” But note
what happens when we do this. The metaphor of energy as “stuff”—that
gets used up, or gets taken out of you—has subtly crept back in. English
likes to do this.
The divergent preferences of the two languages in this regard are suffi-
ciently strong that it can seem, at times, that some things that are sayable in
English just cannot be said in Chinese. “Her feelings of frustration over-
came her,” for example, is hard to put into Chinese without resorting to
phraseology so Westernized that it hurts the ears. But Westerners have no
monopoly on the experience of frustration, of course, and it is easy to find
ways to talk about frustration in Chinese—just not as a “thing” or “stuff”.
English phrases that use container metaphors are especially hard to
translate into Chinese. So long as container metaphors are not involved,
we can say that something “disappears” in English and render it as shi-
zongle ༅䏾њ ‘has lost traces’ in Chinese; we can also say in English that
something “is no longer there” and say buzaile ϡњ ‘no longer is [some-
where]’ in Chinese. But major problems arise when the container meta-
phors of English come along. For essentially the same idea as “disappear,”
we can say in English “go out of existence”— as if one thing “exits” an-
other. We can also say in English that a thing “comes into existence” or
“is in existence.” Chinese balks at all of this. Just by itself, the English
noun “existence” translates into Chinese only awkwardly. A direct trans-
lation of the phrase “is in existence” as zai cunzaili ᄬ䞠 sounds al-
most cretinous in Chinese, in part because “is” and “exist” (zai and cunzai)
somehow seem redundant, but even more because, obviously, no “con-
tainer” is needed here.
It is important to note that the nominalization English prefers is a
matter of choice, not (as Lakoff and Johnson seem to feel) necessity. The
218 An Anatomy of Chinese
more and more severe’—by the early twenty-first century, sounds quite
normal.
Does English really tend to prefer nouns and Chinese tend to prefer
verbs? Can we put this to an objective test? As an experiment, I chose at
random a page from each of two classic works of fiction, Charles Dick-
ens’s Oliver Twist and Cao Xueqin’s Dream of the Red Chamber, and counted
the nouns and verbs on the pages.195 I chose Dream of the Red Chamber in
part because I wanted a Chinese sample that would be free from Western-
language influence. Some aspects of the experiment required arbitrary
judgment: for example, should a Chinese cliché like xiaodao ュ䘧 ‘said
with a smile’ count as one verb or two? Should “it” in an English phrase
like “so it is” count as a noun? But such problems were relatively few, and
in the end this kind of borderline question seemed insignificant because
the overall result was very clear: there were 96 nouns and 38 verbs on one
page of Dickens (a 2.5:1 ratio) and 130 nouns and 166 verbs on one page of
Cao Xueqin (a 0.8:1 ratio). The experimental results did confirm what I
thought they might.
If English grammar tends to give borders (metaphorically, the edges of
containers) to “things” like existence and frustration, while Chinese is
more fluid about these matters, it is worth noting that the same tendency
seems to hold for the very grammatical categories of the two languages.
In any language, terms can move from one part of speech to another. In
English we can read a book and we can book a room; the freeway admits
us at the rate of “one car per green”; and so on. But such fluidity across
grammatical categories is demonstrably more common in Chinese than
in English. I cited earlier the example of ji ᗹ used as a noun and trans-
lated it as “urgency.” But ji much more commonly is a verb, as in xian bie ji
߹ܜᗹ ‘fi rst don’t excite’ (“don’t get excited before you have to”) or is an
adjective (sometimes called a “stative verb”), as in xinli hen ji ᖗ䞠ᕜᗹ ‘in
the heart excited— anxious’. I also cited dao 䘧 ‘speak’ as a verb, but dao is at
least as famous as a noun meaning road or way (or exalted Way). An obvi-
ous reason why Chinese is more fluid in this regard is that morphological
195. I used Oliver Twist (New York: Barnes and Noble Classics, 2003), p. 64, and
Hongloumeng (Hong Kong: Youlian chubanshe, 1960), p. 487. The page selection was
utterly at random.
220 An Anatomy of Chinese
change occurs much less in Chinese than in most other languages. Fazhan
থሩ is “develop,” as in fazhan nide caineng থሩԴⱘᠡ㛑 ‘develop your
talents’, but also “development,” as in zuijin de fazhan ᳔䖥ⱘথሩ ‘recent
developments’, and “developed,” as in fazhan guojia থሩᆊ ‘developed
countries’ (although the latter is more common as fada guojia থ䖒ᆊ). If
we add zhong Ё ‘within’ to the latter phrase, to get fazhanzhong de guojia
থሩЁⱘᆊ ‘developing countries’, the zhong might be viewed as a mor-
phological change, but even if so, it is not as clear an example of such
change as is – ing in the English word “developing.”
Like Chinese verbs, Chinese adjectives (or stative verbs) also cross the
borders of categories more easily than their English counterparts do.
Chinese adjectives, when used alone, are always implicitly comparative
with something else. I do not mean that they are “implicitly comparative”
with a general reference group of the kind we need in order to interpret
“Mary is tall” depending on whether Mary is a fourth-grader or an adult
volleyball player, which, as Searle has pointed out, is a kind of implicit
comparison necessary in any human language. I mean that, for example,
gao 催 in Chinese, when used alone, does not mean “tall” but “taller,” and
not taller than things of its kind in general but taller than some specific
other thing. Zhang San gao ᓴϝ催 does not mean “Zhang San is tall”; it
means “Zhang San is taller (than someone or something else).” It is the
answer to the question Zhang San gao haishi Li Si gao? ᓴϝ催䖬ᰃᴢಯ催
‘who is taller, Zhang San or Li Si?’. In order to say “Zhang San is tall” in
general—parallel to the way we say “Mary is tall” in English— one needs
to insert a relatively empty adverb before gao. Hen ᕜ ‘very’ is the most
common of these, although (in some northern dialects) ting ᤎ ‘rather’
and (in some southern ones) man 㸏 ‘quite’ perform the function just as
well: Zhang San hen (ting, man) gao is how one says “Zhang San is tall
(compared to some appropriate reference group).” My point here is that
the fundamental conception of Chinese adjectives leaves them intrinsi-
cally less static and entified than English adjectives.
A comparable “border-crossing” is visible in the conception of Chinese
verbs. It is instructive to ask why the English word “try”— and compara-
ble words in other languages— are hard to translate into Chinese. Today
Chinese uses shi 䆩, but this is a modern borrowing. Was it perhaps the
case that premodern Chinese people “tried” things less than other peoples?
Metaphor 221
Of course not. The difference is that the Chinese language handles the
description of “trying” in a different way. The idea of “try” is built into
most Chinese verbs. For example shui ⴵ ‘sleep’ is not, precisely, “to sleep.”
It is something more like “head for sleep,” “set about sleeping,” or “try to
sleep.” When a person actually falls asleep (i.e., when the attempt ends
and the real experience begins), Chinese adds a complement to the verb,
shui zhao ⴵⴔ, to signal that the shui effort “takes effect.” Chinese uses
this kind of verbal complement with great frequency, and English hardly
at all. (I noted in Chapter 1 that “tickled pink” and “scared stiff” are ex-
amples in English of the kind of thing that verbal complements in Chi-
nese do.) What English achieves by putting “try” before a verb is often
the same as what Chinese achieves by using a verb and omitting any
complement. When you try something in Chinese, you set about the ac-
tion of the verb; if it works, you tack on a complement to indicate that it
worked.196 James Tai and Jane Chou have raised the telling example of
how to say kill in Chinese. Chinese-English dictionaries list sha as
‘kill’, but this is not as precise as it perhaps should be. “Try to kill” might
be better. In Chinese one can say Zhang San shale Li Si liang ci dou mei ba
ta sha si ᓴϝᴔњᴢಯϸ䛑≵ᡞҪᴔ⅏ ‘Zhang San tried twice to kill Li
Si but didn’t kill him’. In awkward English that better reflects the struc-
ture of the Chinese, one might say “Zhang San twice set about the killing
of Li Si and neither time killed him into deadness.” Similarly zisha 㞾ᴔ,
which dictionaries list as “commit suicide,” might be more precisely listed
as “attempt suicide.” One can zisha in Chinese many times but commit
suicide in English only once.
But setting aside, for now, the question of how much it might be true
that Chinese verbs and adjectives “cross borders” more easily than their
English counterparts do, I want to focus especially on the case of nouns,
where the Western-language preference for putting things into contain-
ers has, it seems to me, some fairly profound implications.
196. Many complements add the additional flavor of how something worked. Verb-
wan ᅠ says that you fi nished, -hao ད that you fi nished and the result was fi ne, - cheng
៤ that you formed something into something else, -buliao ϡњ that you couldn’t get
to the end of the task, and there are many other examples. They all say what happened
after you tried.
222 An Anatomy of Chinese
199. Amanda Scott, “Vertical Dimension of Time in Mandarin,” p. 312; R. H.
Lauer, Temporal Man (New York: Praeger, 1981), p. 26.
200. Joanne Silberner, “Infected Cow Born before Feed Ban Took Effect,” National
Public Radio, December 30, 2003.
201. Derk Bodde, Chinese Thought, Society, and Science: The Intellectual and Social
Background of Science and Technology in Pre- modern China (Honolulu: University of
Hawaii Press, 1991), ch. 7 and p. 357.
224 An Anatomy of Chinese
were to say, for example, “her neurons connect well because she has good
neural connectivity,” the emptiness of the explanation would be plain. Yet
even an experienced writer like Lakoff comes close to doing this when he
writes, for example, “What gives human beings the power of abstract
reason? Our answer is that human beings have what we will call a concep-
tualizing capacity.” 202 Lakoff goes on to explain what he means by “capac-
ity,” and his explanation, like the thing explained, is heavy with nouns.
He writes that the conceptualizing capacity is an “ability to form symbolic
structures . . . in our everyday experience.”203 My point here is not to criti-
cize Lakoff’s idea; it is to note that his thought, as he has expressed it,
would be very hard to put into Chinese without completely reconceiving
it (and then, if one did completely reconceive it, the question would arise
as to whether or not it is the “same” thought). In Lakoff’s English sen-
tence, people reason abstractly because they “have” something (an ability,
a capacity, etc.); in Chinese it is much easier to say that people reason ab-
stractly because they “do” something. Chinese clearly prefers verbs to say
this kind of thing: fenxi ߚᵤ is the modern word for “analyze”; xiang tong
ᛇ䗮, literally “think through,” and xiang mingbai ᛇᯢⱑ, literally “think
clear,” are more deeply rooted vernacular expressions; gao qingchu ᧲⏙Ἦ
‘get clear’ is a twentieth-century colloquialism that grew out of the Com-
munist movement. But whatever their provenance, all of them are verbs.
Among them only fenxi can be used as a noun, and as such is limited to
modern, Western-influenced language where it corresponds to the noun
“analysis” in English. There is no way in Chinese, without seeming bi-
zarre, to push fenxi further, toward a word like “analyticity.”
The bent of Western languages toward nominalization might create
some problems that run deeper than the relatively minor danger of re-
dundant explanation, but these deeper problems are harder both to defi ne
and to solve. They arise mainly from an unexamined assumption that
“what nouns refer to” are “things” that might or might not “exist.” Most
people, most of the time (here I am excluding only solipsists, certain mys-
tics, and a few others), feel comfortable with the notion that nouns like
“book,” “chair,” and “snowflake” refer to things that exist. A noun like
202. Lakoff, Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things, p. 280. Emphasis in original.
203. Ibid., p. 281. My emphasis.
Metaphor 225
“unicorn” does not refer to a thing that exists, but it does refer to the kind
of thing that could exist in the way that other referents of nouns do. Hence
it is natural for speakers of Western languages, who have this kind of
mental habit about nouns in their minds, to assume that nouns like “infla-
tion” and “connectivity” also refer to things that do or might “exist.” For
example, when Lakoff refers to “analyticity” as a “phenomenon” that we
can “make sense of,”204 how much are we led to think in terms similar to
“chair” as a “thing” that we can “put in the corner”? Because ontological
metaphor works so smoothly in Western language, we normally do not ask
a question like this.
Lakoff comes close to addressing this problem when he writes: “cul-
tural categories are real and they are made real by human action. Govern-
ments are real. They exist.”205 There are two questions here. One is why we
use the noun “action” to define government. Could we use the verb “acts”
instead? Government collects taxes, fi nes you if you run a red light, runs
public schools, protects you if the Canadians invade, and so on. These are
things that it does. (Such a list would be indefi nitely long.) We can list the
actions as nouns or— as I just have— as verbs. Either works. The second
important question is why, if we do decide to use nouns instead of verbs,
we choose to say that abstract nouns—like “government”— are “real” and
that they “exist.” It is abstract to say that a government “does” things,
because humans are the actual doers. Lakoff suggests as much by refer-
ring to “human” action. He probably believes that the human actions that
comprise government are themselves “real,” but he does not say this; his
point is that human actions are what turn governments into real things.
When this happens, governments “exist.” The question that needs to be
raised— and that I believe, broadly speaking, Chinese grammar prods us
to raise—is to what extent English speakers are induced by the habits of
their language to jump too easily from the level of “chairs exist” to the level
of “governments exist,” and then to conceive the two things as more simi-
lar than they are.
Does it happen, for example, that speakers of English are drawn to be-
lieve that certain things exist because nouns that claim to be their labels
exist? Might it be that only the labels exist? For example, Hoyt Alverson,
the anthropologist I cited earlier for his argument that crosscultural simi-
larities in the experience of time suggest a “universal template of human
experience,” describes the relativist position on this question, which Al-
verson opposes, as claiming that the “ontogeny” of time is indeterminate.206
He explains “ontogeny” as meaning the “character” of something’s “be-
ing.” We have, then, the proposition that the character of the being of time
is indeterminate. Do the nouns in this proposition refer to things that
exist? In addition to time, is there a “being” of time? And if there is, is
that being the kind of thing that can possess something else, as here it
is supposed to possess a “character”? These problems are by no means
Alverson’s alone; he writes in a mode that is fairly common in English. In
Chinese, though, it is almost impossibly awkward to refer to “the charac-
ter of the being of time.” A noun-studded literal translation like shijian de
cunzai de xingzhi ᯊ䯈ⱘᄬⱘᗻ䋼 ‘nature of existence of time’ is opaque
in Chinese; to Chinese ears it signals that “this came out of a Western
language and you might well go there to figure out what it is supposed to
mean.”
As noted earlier, the very word “being” (or “existence”) is hard to put
into Chinese. Cunzai is a modern term, and by the late twentieth century
it had entered Chinese sufficiently to sound natural as a verb (although it
remained awkward as a noun). Ancient Chinese thinkers who were con-
cerned with being and nonbeing often used you ᳝ ‘there is’ and wu ⛵
‘there is not’ to express these concerns. But you and wu are both verbs.
Westerners have often translated them using nouns like “being” and
“nonbeing,” but within Chinese grammar they do not feel natural as
nouns. This grammatical difference makes it hard, in Chinese, to pose
philosophical questions about what being “is” or what “character” it might
“have.” From here, one can speculate on the inadequacy of the Chinese
language, because certain questions cannot be raised in it. Or, to turn
the matter around, one can speculate on the flaws of Western language,
in which grammar permits one to raise (and waste time on) questions
that are not real questions. Are English speakers better off because they
can think about the “properties” of “being,” or are Chinese speakers
better off because they are spared this word-trap? In short, the issue of
a preference for nouns in Eu ropean languages and a preference for verbs
in Chinese might have implications for formal philosophy in the two
traditions.
Plato puzzled over “the good,” “beauty,” “justice,” “substance,” and
other noun-named things some of which can be discussed just as easily as
adjectives or verbs. Later Western philosophers have spent time on “mind,”
“autonomy,” and “free will,” while religious thinkers have pondered
“God” and “man,” “sin,” and the “immortality” of the “soul.” It is possible
to overdraw the differences between Chinese and Western approaches in
such matters, but there does seem to be a systematic difference between
the two traditions, and others have noticed it. Standing back from his
detailed study of pre-Qin thought, Edward Slingerland generalizes that
the knowledge that ancient Chinese thinkers pursued “was not abstract
knowledge that the good was to be defined in a certain way, but concrete
knowledge concerning how to act in a way that was good.”207 Roger Ames
and Henry Rosemont, generalizing over a broader range of Chinese
thought, write that “we want to claim that English (and other Indo-
European languages) is basically substantive and essentialistic, whereas clas-
sical Chinese should be seen more as an eventful language.”208 Ames and
Rosemont feel that the distinction between Chinese and English holds
even in modern language. They compare the sentence “The young
woman who just entered the room is very bright” with a translation—
gangcai dao wuzili lai de xiaojie feichang congming ᠡࠄሟᄤ㺣՚ⱘᇣྤ䴲
ᐌ㙄ᯢ. Then they note— correctly, in my view—that somehow the young
woman in the English sentence feels more “substantial” and the xiaojie
‘young lady’ in the Chinese sentence feels more “dynamic” than the coun-
terpart in the other sentence.209
Certainly the distance between a suspended chair on a ski lift and the
ground below is different from a fear of falling. But why do we use nouns
for both, and then believe that we are dealing with two parallel “things”?
It is fairly clear that McGinn does this, that is, takes the distance and the
perception of the distance as two somethings. He writes, “My fear has
space as its object, but that which has this object—the mental state of fear
itself—is not to be confused with that object.”213
In Chinese pa ᗩ ‘fear’ and haipa ᆇᗩ ‘fear’ are both verbs. They can be
transitive verbs, as in pa she ᗩ㲛 ‘fear snakes’ or “stative verbs,” as in hen
haipa ᕜᆇᗩ ‘be very much afraid’. But neither can be a noun— except in
modern (and notably awkward) imitation of Western usage. Kongju ᘤ័
‘dread’ works better as a noun, but it, too, is a modern term. In short,
while both nouns and verbs are possible in Chinese, when I am danger-
ously suspended in a ski lift it is much more natural in Chinese to think “I
fear” than to think “I have a fear.” But right there, perhaps, is the begin-
ning of the problem. If I think “I have a fear,” then it makes sense, at least
grammatically, for me to raise the question why that fear is “not a spatial
thing” whereas the distance to the ground is a spatial thing, and this can
become a puzzle. On the other hand, if I think “I fear,” then no question
arises of why one “thing” has spatiality and the other one does not. Again
we need to ask: is it a loss or a gain that this question does not arise? Is
Chinese deficient for closing off an avenue of analysis, or is English defec-
tive for allowing its grammar to entangle us in a nonquestion? The ques-
tion cannot be decided on the criterion Lakoff and Johnson have suggested,
that is, what we need “in order to deal rationally with our experience.”
Haipa ‘fearing’ in Chinese and “feeling a fear” in English are both unobjec-
tionably rational ways to deal with the distance between a ski lift and the
ground.
McGinn gives another example of how physical things occupy space
and mental things do not:
Consider the visual experience of seeing a red sphere two feet away
with a six-inch diameter. The object of this experience is of course a
spatial object with spatial properties, but the experience itself does
213. Ibid.
230 An Anatomy of Chinese
not have these properties: it is not two feet away from you and six
inches in diameter. . . . When we reflect on the experience itself, we
can see that it lacks spatial properties altogether. 214
The key phrase here is “the experience itself.” Is there such a thing? The
noun “experience” exists, but that is not the question. Does the experience
exist? We might feel intuitively that it does. But does this intuition arise,
in part, from the grammatical habit of using nouns like “experience” and
assuming that they refer to things? Is there a way we can test whether our
intuitions indeed are being shaped by nouns?
The English word “experience” is perhaps not the best example for doing
such a test, simply because it has the same form as both noun and verb.
“Feeling” might work better, because the noun (“feeling”) and the verb
(“feel”) have different forms. In most cases, two statements of the forms “I
feel X” and “I have a feeling of X” will not differ much, if at all, in mean-
ing. But now consider this: If I say “I feel X,” you cannot grammatically
ask me in English “Does your feel have spatial properties?” You could ask,
“Do you feel with (or in) length and color?” but this question, although
grammatical, does not make sense. No matter how you put them, ques-
tions about the spatiality of X are hard to phrase if you use the word “feel”
instead of the word “feeling.” But if, on the other hand, I say “I have a
feeling of X,” then the same question—“Does your feeling have spatial
properties?”—now does make sense. It not only makes grammatical sense,
but makes enough philosophical sense to get into the writing of an excel-
lent philosopher like Colin McGinn. So we can see here that from a start-
ing point where there is no real difference in daily-life usage (i.e., between
“I feel X” and “I have a feeling of X”), the choice of which to use can lead
to (or perhaps generate?) a great philosophical puzzle if one goes in one
direction and lead to no puzzlement if one goes in the other.
McGinn goes on to point out that numbers, like the experience of red
spots, do not occupy space. “We cannot sensibly ask how much space the
number 2 takes up relative to the number 37,” he writes. “It is hardly true
that the bigger the number the more space it occupies.”215 Then he writes:
214. Ibid.
215. Ibid., p. 110.
Metaphor 231
216. Ibid.
232 An Anatomy of Chinese
Formal political language, in many societies and in many times, has tended
to diverge from ordinary talk. Vocabulary can differ, rhythms and tones
of voice can diverge, and even grammar can be affected. In most cases,
what creeps into political language is officiousness. A stuffy tone can claim
a special authority for the speaker, who then can assume a position of el-
evation above an audience. This makes glibness easier to achieve and can
provide a slick suit of clothes for questionable or even groundless claims.
George Orwell has written that “political language . . . is designed to make
lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of
solidity to pure wind.”1 Orwell was writing about English, but his principle
applies broadly.
A Bifurcation
Officialese has a long pedigree in China. In late imperial times, the lingua
franca of the empire was called guanhua ᅬ䁅 ‘official talk’. It was the lan-
guage officials were obliged to use because they (and not many others, in
those times) needed to travel among China’s complex patchwork of lan-
guage areas. (The term guanhua is reflected in the English word “Manda-
rin,” which originally referred to these officials.) During China’s late-Qing
and Republican years (from about 1860 until 1949), grammatical influences
from Western languages as well as a large amount of new vocabulary based
on Japanese and Western terms flowed into China’s official language. In
most ways, though, the official language remained continuous with the
earlier guanhua.
The cataclysmic events of the late Mao era, from the late 1950s to the
early 1970s, then brought a significant change. The bifurcation between
official language and ordinary language in China grew much sharper and
more pervasive than it had ever been before. In the Anti-Rightist Move-
ment of 1957, people were forced to explain in public how they had come
to be, officially speaking, “anti-Party” and “antisocialist”— even though
these words did not correspond at all to their inner feelings. During the
Great Leap Forward, people had to speak of “great bountiful harvests” at
the same time that the largest famine in world history was unfolding. Not
only was the gap between official language and daily-life reality suddenly
much larger than before; it was now no longer just the officials but nearly
everyone in society who had to learn to negotiate the official language.
Moreover, the penalties for missteps were more severe than they had even
been.
China’s eminent journalist Liu Binyan has written of his personal dis-
covery of this language bifurcation. Liu was labeled a “Rightist” in 1957
and sent to work among dirt-poor farmers during 1958– 60. There, in a
gully in the mountains,
a struggle began to rage deep inside me: how could two diametri-
cally opposed “truths” coexist in the world? The longings of the
peasants were one truth, and the policies of the higher-ups and the
236 An Anatomy of Chinese
After some soul-searching, Liu opted for the “bottom up” truths that he
saw in the daily lives of farmers. But at the same time (and here he was like
most people in Chinese society) he learned to handle both versions of the
Chinese language. A person had little choice. If you wanted to get certain
things done—buy a bicycle, get a marriage license, or take a family photo,
for example— simply saying so would not get you very far; you had to ma-
nipulate the official language rather as one manipulates the pieces in a
chess game, referring to such things as “revolutionary needs,” “class
stands,” or your desire that “policy be correctly implemented,” being
careful to put things in such a way that small matters like your bicycle,
your marriage license, or your photograph seemed almost incidental. If
you suffered political attack, the need for skill in language manipulation
became even more critical; your words offered in defense had to fit with
the words in the attack or they would not count; wrong political terminol-
ogy could confirm that your politics were wrong, and that could confirm
the original charges.
Even when the official language was not needed for such vital purposes,
it was a good idea to stay in touch with it. It was, after all, “another kind of
truth.” It could tell a person about policy, and policy was important to know
about regardless of what one thought of it. When policy during the Great
Leap Forward called for planting rice stalks much closer together than
ever before, it suddenly became crucial for farmers to know the policy even
if they also knew that the stalks would die if planted in such a way. One’s
livelihood, even one’s life, could depend on knowing what the policies
were. In addition to learning about policy, sophisticated readers could fi nd
ways to mine official language for ordinary-life truths that were buried
inside it. Wu Zuxiang, an author of splendid short stories in the 1930s and
later a professor of Chinese literature at Peking University, put it this way:
2. “Listen Carefully to the Voice of the People,” in Liu Binyan, Two Kinds of Truth:
Stories and Reportage from China, ed. Perry Link (Bloomington: Indiana University
Press, 2006), p. 31.
Politics 237
Wu was speaking in 1980, four years after the death of Mao Zedong and
at a time when Chinese society was emerging from the extreme repres-
sion of the late Mao years. By 1980 ordinary talk about nonpolitical things
had returned to the public sphere in China in ways that had not been pos-
sible under Mao. But the juxtaposition of the two kinds of language in
public life only accentuated the sense of artificiality of the official lan-
guage. It became more and more apparent that in using it people were
only shuffling words that had been drained of the ideals and principles
they had originally represented.
The bifurcation was sufficiently well established by 1980 that people
living their daily lives tended not to notice it. It was just the way things
were in the Chinese language. But to an outsider like me, who fi rst lived
in China during 1979–80 (I had been to China before, but only for short
trips), the distinction of levels was both startling and fascinating. In
newspapers, on the radio, in classrooms, at formal meetings, or in official
welcomes to foreign guests, there was one kind of language. Buying fish
in the market, asking your sister-in-law to pass the soy sauce, or shouting
at a child to get out of the rain, there was a very different kind of lan-
guage. By “language” I do not mean just tone, or what linguists call “reg-
ister.” I mean also vocabulary, pronunciation, and grammar. To be sure, it
was all “Chinese,” but the two kinds of Chinese presented a sharp and
pervasive distinction. Even later, in the 1990s and the early twenty-first
century, as linguistic influences surged into China from the outside world
through travel, television, and the Internet, the official language has re-
mained largely intact. It has kept its distinctive diction, grammar, and
aura, and has continued to occupy a special plane within Chinese lan-
guage use.4
One way to test for the large but often unnoticed gap between the of-
ficial and unofficial languages in China is to observe how mixing of the
two levels produces incongruity that people fi nd laughable. Judith Shap-
iro and Liang Heng, observing Chinese student life in 1983, note that “a
form of black humor was common among young Chinese . . . the repeti-
tion of any of the [official] slogans in ordinary conversation was almost
certain to bring a laugh.”5 I observed this phenomenon myself around the
same time at a dinner party in Shanghai. Someone put a delectable morsel
on the plate of a friend, and the friend responded, as is normal, bie keqi, ziji
lai ߿ᅶ⇨, 㞾Ꮕᴹ ‘don’t be polite, help yourself’. The morsel deliverer then
responded—not normally—by saying buyaojin, wo wei renmin fuwu ϡ㽕㋻,
៥ЎҎ⇥᳡ࡵ ‘that’s all right, I’m serving the people’. The phrase precipi-
tated sharp laughter from everyone within earshot. The Maoist slogan
“Serve the People” belonged to such a different level of language that it
was highly incongruous, and therefore funny, to insert it into such a re-
laxed and informal context. (The laughter probably also derived, at least
in part, from the sense of relief that comes when the tension involved in
use of the official language is made to dissolve in mirth.) Near the end of
Jiang Zemin’s rule in China in 2002, there were popular jokes about “three
[people] wearing wristwatches” (sange dai biao ϝϾ᠈㸼) because the phrase
was a pun on Jiang’s pretentious phrase for the new roles of the Commu-
nist Party as “The Three Represents” (sange daibiao ϝϾҷ㸼).6
4. The last time I visited China, in the summer of 1996, I was detained at the Bei-
jing airport (no reason was given) and held overnight in a nearby hotel by four Chi-
nese policemen before being sent back to the U.S. The police used official language to
tell me the rules of my stay: I could not exit the room, I could not make a phone call, I
could not leave their company, etc. That done, the four of them, who were young and
curious, reverted to a very different level of language to ask: “How much did your
watch cost?” “How did you learn Chinese?” etc. For details see my essay “Beijing
yiyou” ࣫Ҁϔ䘞, in Banyang Suibi ञ⋟䱼ㄚ [Notes of a semiforeigner] (Taipei: San-
min chubanshe, 1999), pp. 93– 98.
5. Judith Shapiro and Liang Heng, Cold Winds, Warm Winds: Intellectual Life in
China Today (Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1986), p. 41.
6. The three things that the Communist Party should represent, according to Jiang
Zemin at the Sixteenth Party Congress in November 2002, are (1) the requirements of
Politics 239
Even officials sometimes played with this kind of pun, and records of
such play sometimes found their ways into internal Party documents. At a
1979 Party meeting to discuss how to repress a cartoon strip that, in the
view of certain high officials, showed the violence of the Cultural Revolu-
tion in excessively stark terms, officials who opposed the repression sati-
rized it by punning on politically charged terms. What the people on the
repressing side stood for, they quipped, was not lishi weiwuzhuyi ग़ଃ⠽
ЏН ‘historical materialism’ but lishi weiwu zhuyi ग़Ў᮴ЏН ‘history-
is-nothing-ism’. And it was the same people, they said, who had turned a
wenhua dageming ᭛࣪䴽ੑ ‘Cultural Revolution’ into a wuhua dageming
℺࣪䴽ੑ ‘militarized revolution’.7
Puns by nature trade on the incongruity of two levels of language, but
in this kind of politically loaded pun the contrast is sharper, and the resul-
tant laughter often stronger, than what puns normally provide. When I
did research at Zhongshan University during the 1979–80 academic year,
students of English sometimes sought me out for language practice. On
one occasion a group wanted to learn the game of charades. After I ex-
plained the game’s principles, some of the students went into an adjacent
room to plot what they were going to act out, and they suddenly burst into
irrepressible laughter. Someone had suggested that they do “class struggle,”
which, as a euphemism for attack on people during the Cultural Revolu-
tion, was still a phrase that inspired fear. In this case the release of tension
was far more than what a mere pun could have achieved.
I was visiting the university to study “scar” literature, which consisted
primarily of short stories that lifted the curtain on the fear, violence, and
other trauma of the late-Mao years. Scar literature was parallel in many
ways to the “thaw” literature that helped Russians begin to look at the
pain and repression of the Stalin years after Stalin died in 1953. One reason
why Chinese readers loved scar stories was that they could help to release
tensions and animosities that had long been repressed; at the same time,
the development of China’s advanced productive forces, (2) the orientation of the de-
velopment of China’s advanced culture, and (3) the fundamental interests of the over-
whelming majority of the people in China.
7. Guanyu lianhuanhua “feng” de zuotanhui fayan jilu ݇Ѣ䖲⦃⬏“ᵿ”ⱘᑻ䇜Ӯথ㿔㑾ᔩ
(Transcript of the conference on the comic strip “Maple”), comp. Editorial Offices of
Lianhuanhua 䖲⦃⬏ [Comic strips], August 11, 1979, pp. 17, 18.
240 An Anatomy of Chinese
and in part because of precisely that incendiary potential, the stories were
sometimes “politically sensitive.” Officials at several levels worried about
whether they personally might be recognizable in the ostensibly fictional
portrayals of villains, while the rulers at the very top monitored the ques-
tion of whether the overall outcry might rock their whole system and
threaten their monopoly on power. These two sides of the response to scar
literature—popular enthusiasm and official apprehension—were expressed,
respectively, in both of the two levels of language, official and nonofficial,
that we have been considering here. In classrooms in which I was an audi-
tor, professors of Chinese literature used the official language to lecture
to students on the Party-approved history of modern Chinese literature;
but during the breaks between classes (which, because of the infectious
interest in scar literature, grew longer than they were scheduled to be), the
same professors and students spoke in lively ordinary language about the
latest scar stories.8 During the day, government bureaucrats pronounced
warnings, in austere official language, about how some scar stories were
going too far, but in the evenings, after hours, those same officials some-
times went home to discuss the same stories with their children, in infor-
mal language and in much more positive terms. Hu Yaobang, minister of
propaganda of the Communist Party of China at the time, delivered a
major speech on scar literature in February 1980, in which he acknowl-
edged this problem of public versus private commentary on politically
sensitive works. “What you might say casually at home,” Hu told an assem-
bly of officials, “doesn’t matter very much. But to speak in public is to do
official thoughtwork, and this produces social effects . . . that can be good
or bad.”9 Hu was accepting the political bifurcation of the Chinese lan-
guage and simply trying to ensure that the two kinds of language operated
in their proper spheres.
If the speaker is as bored as the listeners, why, one might ask, do such
meetings happen at all? In broad terms, the answer to this question is that
their purpose is largely ritual; the point is to mark the fact that everyone
present subscribes to the content of the speech. At meetings where deci-
sions are actually made or argued about— and these would be meetings
that a young foreigner like Salzman certainly would not have been al-
lowed to observe—the atmosphere is more lively and, significantly, the
language itself is often much more informal. At a confidential Party meeting
on literature and art in Guangxi in the winter of 1980, for example, some
delegates were arguing against the continued influences of Maoism on
literary policy by saying that Mao could not even control his wife, Jiang
Qing (leader of the discredited “Gang of Four”). People present at the
meeting report that this thought spread among the conference delegates
in the earthy phrase lian laopo dou mei fa guan, zenme neng guan wenyi ne?
䖲㗕ယ䛑≵⊩ㅵ, ᗢМ㛑ㅵ᭛㡎ਸ਼? ‘[Mao] had no way to handle even his
old woman, how could he handle literature and art?’. In response, Hu
10. Mark Salzman, Iron and Silk (New York: Vintage Books, 1986), p. 162.
242 An Anatomy of Chinese
Yaobang, the Party’s top propaganda official, reportedly warned “we have
to get away from this tendency” of saying Mao “could not even corral his
own wife.”11 Around the same time Hu Qiaomu, who for years had been a
secretary to Mao, was deputed to deliver good news to a young playwright
named Zhao Zixiong 䍉ṧ䲘. The message was that Zhao’s play The Fu-
ture Beckons (Weilai zai zhaohuan ᴹী), which had drawn heavy
criticism from Party authorities, would not likely land the youngster in
prison. The published criticism of Zhao’s work had all been in formal lan-
guage. But Hu Qiaomu’s reprieve, which was delivered privately, used lively
informal language. These words were, as reported by witnesses, xi ge zao,
shui ge jiao, zhe shi bu hao xi ⋫Ͼ╵, ⴵϾ㾝, 䖭ᰃ䚼ད៣ ‘have a bath, take
a nap, this is a good play’.12 More recent examples of informal language at
very high levels in Chinese politics are not hard to find. In the 1990s Deng
Xiaoping was widely quoted as saying that the Communist Party’s Polit-
buro “should have only one mother-in-law” (i.e., one boss, himself ); other-
wise, it would be a “many-headed horsecart” and get nothing done.13
In considering the differences between official and unofficial language,
therefore, it is important not to think of them as two different kinds of
language that two different groups of people speak. They are, rather, two
ways of speaking, and people of many kinds draw on them as needed. To
be sure, officials use the official language more than ordinary people do,
but that is only a matter of degree. The two kinds of language can even be
interlarded within the same conversation. In a formal interview a person
might break from official language to say something informal, as if paren-
thetically. Sometimes the volume of a person’s voice will drop in such
11. The reports of what was said at the meeting came from Chen Huangmei 䰜㤦✸,
the deputy director of the Institute for Literary Research of the Chinese Academy of
Social Sciences, and Li Yingmin ᴢ㣅ᬣ, the acting chief of the literature and art
bureau of the Propaganda Department of the Communist Party of China. They
were relayed to me by Wang Jinmin ⥟ᰟ⇥, professor of Chinese at Zhongshan
University.
12. The sources here are the same as those in note 11.
13. See Bao Pu, Renee Chiang, and Adi Ignatius, eds., Prisoner of the State: The Secret
Journal of Zhao Ziyang (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2009), p. 209; and Yan Jiaqi
Ϲᆊ݊, “ ‘Santou mache’ de lishi kaocha” “ϝ༈偀䔺” ⱘग़㗗ᆳ (A historical exami-
nation of ‘the three-headed horsecart’), appendix to Gao Gao 催ⱟ, Santou mache shidai
ϝ༈偀䔺ᯊҷ (The era of the three-headed horsecart) (New York: Mirror Books, 2009).
Politics 243
cases. A softer tone can seem to say “here’s a little unvarnished item for
you.” Credibility can go up as volume goes down.
In the next section I will explain some of the formal and conceptual
features that set China’s official language apart from the language of daily
life.
Every living language changes, and so does what I am here calling China’s
“official language.” Today’s modern bureaucratese has roots in China’s
late-Qing years and took further shape during the republican era. My fo-
cus below is on Communist-era official language, but even that has been
through changes. In 1951 the distinguished Chinese linguists Lü Shu-
xiang and Zhu Dexi lent their scholarship to a government-sponsored ef-
fort to standardize the national language and “purify” it, that is, rid it of
several things, including Western syntax, classical influences, and bor-
rowings from dialects.14 None of this was easy to do, or could be achieved
to perfection, but after a government campaign to get the messages out
in print and over the radio, considerable standardization did result, at
least in the official language. Some Chinese writers have argued that Lü
and Zhu laid the foundation for what became known (and sometimes de-
plored) as the “Maoist literary style” (mao wenti ↯᭛ԧ) that dominated in
the 1960s and 1970s. A number of scholars, including T. A. Hsia, H. C.
Chuang, Lowell Dittmer, Chen Ruoxi, Xing Lu, and Ji Fengyuan, have
written incisively on what might be called “the language of high Maoism”
and on its influences on how people conceptualize things.15 My own focus
14. Lü Shuxiang and Zhu Dexi, Yufa xiuci jianghua 䇁⊩ׂ䕲䆆䆱 (Lectures on
grammar and rhetoric) (Shanghai: Kaiming shudian, 1951).
15. T. A. Hsia, Metaphor, Myth, Ritual, and the People’s Commune (Berkeley: Center
for Chinese Studies, University of California, 1961), A Terminological Study of the
Hsia-Fang Movement (Berkeley: Center for Chinese Studies, University of Califor-
nia, 1963), and The Commune in Retreat as Evidenced in Terminology and Semantics
(Berkeley: Center for Chinese Studies, University of California, 1964); H. C. Chuang,
The Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution: A Terminological Study (Berkeley: Center
for Chinese Studies, University of California, 1967), and The Little Red Book and Cur-
rent Chinese Language (Berkeley: Center for Chinese Studies, University of California,
244 An Anatomy of Chinese
1. Lexicon and metaphor. In Chapter 2 we saw how English, like other Indo-
European languages, tends to invent nouns to handle abstract concepts.
17. George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, Metaphors We Live By (Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1980), pp. 25–32.
18. See San Duanmu, “Stress and the Development of Disyllabic Words in Chi-
nese,” Diachronica 16 (1999), p. 31. For “old” (i.e., traditional) vocabulary, 27 percent of
verbs and 83 percent of nouns (which included nouns with vestigial suffi xes like zhuozi
Ḡᄤ ‘table’ and yizi ộᄤ ‘chair’) were polysyllables.
246 An Anatomy of Chinese
the Luo Gan example, but a political group—usually part or all of the
Communist Party. In such cases the point of abstract language is to pre-
serve a veneer of unity over controversies that remain unresolved beneath
the surface. Liu’s examples are from 1991,22 when Party policy was jianchi
sixiang yuanze, jixu gaige kaifang മᣕಯ乍ॳ߭, 㒻㓁ᬍ䴽ᓔᬒ ‘persist with
the Four Basic Principles and continue with reform and opening’. The
two parallel phrases, which represented countervailing impulses despite
their syllabic balance, presented an overall meaning that allowed radical
ambiguity. People on one side could say it meant weile jianchi sixiang jiben
yuanze, women yiding yao gaige kaifang Ўњമᣕಯ乍ᴀॳ߭, ៥Ӏϔᅮ㽕
ᬍ䴽ᓔᬒ ‘in order to continue with the Four Basic Principles, reform and
opening absolutely have to be pursued’, while people on the other side
could say gaige kaifang jue buneng weifan sixiang jiben yuanze ᬍ䴽ᓔᬒއϡ
㛑䖱ডಯ乍ᴀॳ߭ ‘reform and opening must never be allowed to vio-
late the Four Basic Principles’. Another of Liu’s examples is the policy
watchword gaohuo guoying dazhongxing qiye shi yige zhengzhi wenti ᧲⌏㧹
ЁൟӕϮᰃϔϾᬓ⊏䯂乬 ‘to bring large and medium-sized state enter-
prises to life is a political question’. People with different interests used this
phrase under fundamentally different assumptions about what the key
“question of politics” was. Liu writes:
One group said that it meant “if you don’t solve this problem, the
economy will go nowhere, and if that happens the people will oppose
you and your socialism will be smashed, as it was in Eastern Europe and
the Soviet Union.” The other group said it meant “it’s fine to enliven
state enterprises, but current political arrangements must not be
changed, which means the ‘political core functions’ of Party secre-
taries must stay in place and not be taken over by factory managers.”23
22. Liu Binyan 䊧䲕, “Yi jiu jiu yi: Zhongguo yin zhuan duo yun” ϔббϔ: Ё
䱄䔝䳆 [1991: The skies in China beginning to clear], Mingbao yuekan [Ming Pao
monthly], no. 12, 1991, p. 79.
23. Ibid.
248 An Anatomy of Chinese
24. See James H-Y. Tai, Syntactic and Stylistic Changes in Modern Standard Chinese in
the People’s Republic of China since 1949 (Washington, D.C.: United States Information
Agency, 1977), p. 7.
Politics 249
term is “oppose movement.” During the 1930s and 1940s the Commu-
nists were on the move, and it made sense for them to refer to their op-
ponents, the Kuomintang and others, as “opposing movement.” But after
the installation of a nationwide bureaucracy in the 1950s, the matter of
who was moving and who was blocking movement underwent fundamen-
tal change. By the end of the 1970s, one of the favorite targets of popular
“scar literature” was the unmoving and unmovable Communist bureau-
crat: whatever you said, the bureaucrat had a way of smiling and spinning
jargon—but doing nothing (and then sometimes, behind your back, ar-
ranging to punish you for having spoken up). Yet while the social role of
Communists had largely turned around, the word fandong ‘reactionary’
persisted as a standard term of abuse. Fandong still meant “opposing the
Communists,” but that now meant, ironically, that people who wanted
their society to move could be officially labeled as “opposing movement.”
In a similar way, the political terms zuo Ꮊ ‘left’ and you ে ‘right’
drifted away from their original meanings during the Mao years and began
to take on new and sometimes paradoxical senses. In the 1940s, when the
Communist movement stood in opposition to an authoritarian Kuomin-
tang regime and was publicly associated with the interests of society’s
downtrodden, its designation as “left” made sense. But in the 1950s, espe-
cially with the Anti-Rightist Movement of 1957, a difficult ambiguity
arose. The critics of the Party who were labeled “rightist” in 1957 stood
for things like free speech, a free press, fairness, the interests of the
downtrodden, and other notions that fifteen years earlier had been called
“left.” Meanwhile, the label “left,” in the 1950s and 1960s, continued to
refer to orthodox followers of the Party line. By the late 1970s, after Mao
died, this doctrinaire group had become known as baoshou ֱᅜ ‘conserva-
tive’. Their critics also called them jizuopai ᵕᎺ⌒ ‘ultraleftists’— and so
it happened that “ultraleft” and “conservative” became synonyms. In the
late 1980s, when the xinzuopai ᮄᎺ⌒ ‘new left’ appeared, its members
had to face the awkward question of what the “new left” had to do with
the “old left.” The new left’s inspiration arose in part out of academic lib-
eralism in the West, and the word “liberal,” in this Western sense, might
have been a good label for them. But, unfortunately, the term “liberal,”
which in literal translation would be ziyoupai 㞾⬅⌒, was out of the ques-
tion, because ziyoupai was already in use in China to refer to critics of the
regime whom the old left was still calling “rightist.” It will likely take
Politics 251
some time— and probably will not be possible before the end of Commu-
nist rule in China—to completely untangle this semantic knot.
The official language includes a number of characteristic metaphors.
Some are “dead metaphors” so well established that people no longer
think of them as metaphorical. Some fit together in patterns and consti-
tute “conceptual metaphors” in the sense that I discussed in the previous
chapter. The “stage metaphors” we considered are an example. An official
who takes a post may be said to dengtai ⱏৄ ‘ascend the stage’ and later,
leaving power, xiatai ϟৄ ‘come off stage’; political support from behind
the scenes is houtai ৢৄ ‘backstage’ support; an opponent can chang fan-
diao ଅড䇗; and so on. Stage metaphors are deeply rooted in the Chinese
language and were in wide use well before the Communist period. They
appear not only in language from official sources, but, at least as often, in
the informal talk of daily life. When protesting students in the spring of
1989 called for the ouster of Premier Li Peng, they chanted Li Peng xia tai
ᴢ吣ϟৄ ‘Get off stage, Li Peng!’
But if stage metaphors are deeply rooted, certain other metaphors in
the official language of contemporary China appear to have grown di-
rectly out of the Communist movement. Many scholars have observed,
for example, the prominence of military metaphors in recent decades, and
it is generally agreed that these arose from guerilla war terminology, which
had infused the Communist movement during the 1940s and was trans-
ferred to the project of building a new society in the 1950s. When “strug-
gle” was no longer literally warfare but the “struggle to build socialism,” a
whole constellation of new metaphors was born. T. A. Hsia has traced
how production became zhandou ᭫ ‘fighting a battle’ and a production
worker a zhanshi ‘fighter’; a workplace became a zhanxian 㒓 ‘battle
line’ and a person’s place within it a gangwei ቫԡ ‘sentry post’.27 Did this
happen only because Mao and his comrades could not imagine a different
vocabulary? Probably not, in the view of many scholars. It is more likely
that the militarization of language was part of a deliberate strategy. Ji
Fengyuan, who has made this argument, plausibly advances two ratio-
nales for it as “to teach [people] to subordinate themselves utterly to the
leaders” and “to transfer the urgency . . . of wartime struggles” to present
28. Ji Fengyuan, Linguistic Engineering, p. 89. There are obvious parallels to totali-
tarian language elsewhere. Henry Friedlander shows how Nazism “took technological
terms and applied them to human beings”; “The Manipulation of Language,” in
Henry Friedlander and Sybil Milton, eds., The Holocaust: Ideology, Bureaucracy, and
Genocide (Millwood, N.J.: Kraus International, 1980), p. 108 and elsewhere.
29. In Chinese: Jianjue huiji, chedi ba didui shili de xiaozhang qiyan da xiaqu, duoqu
zhei chang douzheng de quanmian shengli മއಲߏ, ᕏᑩᡞᬠᇍⱘ౷ᓴ⇨✄ᠧϟএ,
༎প䖭എ᭫ѝⱘܼ䴶㚰߽, in “Zhenfeng xiangdui jianjue huiji, quebao Xizang zizhiqu
shehui wending” 䩜䫟Ⳍᇍമއಲߏ⹂ֱ㽓㮣㞾⊏ऎ⼒Ӯ〇ᅮ [Focus squarely and
counterattack resolutely to ensure social stability in the Tibet Autonomous Region],
editorial, Xizang ribao [Tibet daily], March 17, 2008.
30. Liu Xicheng ߬䫵䆮, “Tan dangqian duanpian xiaoshuo chuangzuozhong de jige
wenti” 䇜ᔧࠡⷁ㆛ᇣ䇈߯ЁⱘϾ䯂乬 [On a few questions in the creation of con-
temporary short stories], Guangming Daily, March 30, 1979.
Politics 253
been absorbed into common use by ordinary people. Why, for example,
would a sign against garbage dumping go so far as to read “the dumping
of garbage is strictly prohibited, on pain of death to your entire family!”
(yanjin dao laji, fouze quanjia si guangguang! Ϲ⽕צൗഒ৺ܼ߭ᆊ⅏?)!ܝܝ33
Cao Changqing has argued that the pervasiveness of violent language in
contemporary Chinese establishes an underlying “atmosphere of fear” that
brings “psychological pressure” to people and eventually becomes accepted
as a normal part of daily life.34
Another kind of metaphor that became prevalent in official Communist
language, especially in the realm of literature and art, was medical. This
family of metaphors originated in the Yan’an years, lasted through the
Mao years, and remained common through most of the Deng era. In a
1957 speech Mao referred to certain works of fiction as ducao ↦㤝 ‘poi-
sonous weeds’,35 and the term spread quickly during the Anti-Rightist
Movement that unfolded later that year. The opposite of poisonous weeds
were “correct” literary works. Zhengque ℷ⹂ ‘correct’ was a technical
term in all ideological matters, and correct literary works, in the medical
metaphor, were jiankang عᒋ ‘healthful’, where “health” could refer to
the well-being either of an individual reader or the overall society that
readers inhabited. “Incorrect” works— everything from dissidence to
“hooligan” culture to pornography—were bujiankang ϡعᒋ ‘unhealth-
ful’. In the late 1970s, after Mao’s death, shanghen Ӹ⮩ ‘scar’ joined this
family of metaphors. The term was borrowed from the title of Lu Xin-
hua’s story “Shanghen,” but was also understood as referring broadly to
literary works that looked back at the Cultural Revolution and served a
healing function for readers and society. Writers who probed deeply were
said to “dissect” ( jiepou 㾷ࠪ) society, using their pens as scalpels. Terms
like “poisonous weeds” had two lives: they rang of Gang-of-Four extrem-
ism, which was now officially under attack, yet persisted in both formal
and informal language. In 1980, in a major policy speech, Hu Yaobang
said: “comrades in literature and art are sensitive, so I don’t use the words
‘poisonous weeds’ very much. But poisonous weeds do, in fact, objectively
exist.”36 A year later, in another major speech, Hu again insisted that lit-
erature and art contained “unhealthful [bujiankang] and negative things
that hurt [you hai yu ᳝ᆇѢ] the people.”37
It is worth standing back for a moment to ask why the abstractions,
decentered meanings, and special metaphors of official language arise in
the first place. Why do states and their leaders prefer such things to plain,
concrete language? Reminding the reader that officialese is a widespread
phenomenon, and that by commenting on Communist Chinese society I
do not mean to suggest that the same conditions cannot be found else-
where, I would like to probe the reasons, which appear to be several.
One of the most basic reasons seems to be that the associations of “ab-
stract” with “high” and of “high” with “good” are deeply embedded in the
conceptual metaphors of Chinese, English, and many other human lan-
guages. As we have seen in Chapter 2, both Chinese and English use the
metaphor “up is good”: gaoshang 催ᇮ ‘high’ character is good character, a
“high-minded” person does not take the “low road,” and so on. Both lan-
guages also use the metaphor “abstract is up”: a more general level of analy-
sis is a “higher” level, a position of broader authority within a bureaucracy
is a “higher” position, and so on. Both of these metaphors are human con-
ventions, not natural facts, but they are sufficiently well established in our
minds to condition the way we think. And political authorities naturally
like the combination because it reflects well on their own “high” position.
The implicit claim of superiority in abstract language can transfer to the
speaker, supplying him or her with pomp.
A second advantage of abstract language is its utility in supplying sylla-
bles when one actually has little notion of what one is talking about, that
is, where the abstract level is in fact the only level that can be made to be
coherent. This advantage explains why words like “concrete,” “individual,”
and “praxis” are so useful in political language. They indirectly acknowledge
the need to speak of nuts and bolts even though the speaker or writer can-
not provide them. They are a way to be concrete in an abstract way. Doris
Lessing has observed that phrases like “concrete steps,” “contradictions,”
and “interpenetration of opposites,” are useful in political language be-
cause they “fill up as much space as possible without actually saying any-
thing” while exuding an air of authority.38 They can cover up ignorance— or
fuzzy understanding at best—with something that sounds like wisdom.
A third benefit of abstract language can be to associate the speaker with
political trends and styles. Cao Changqing writes that “people use their
familiarity with the official language—in speaking, writing articles, ‘re-
vealing their thoughts’ at meetings, and preparing reports—to demon-
strate how they ‘stick tightly’ to the line of the times and show ‘political
depth.’ ”39 A general benefit of stylishness in any context is to provide the
security that comes from group participation; if I am stylish in the right
way, I am exempt from criticism by others who follow the same style. In
the authoritarian line-following that Cao Changqing analyzes, an impor-
tant additional security comes from hiding beneath what people above me
are saying. If my expression is “on message,” then I cannot be criticized
unless people “higher” than I am are also criticized. In order to be “cor-
rect,” I do not need to know anything about nuts or bolts. I need only to
manipulate verbiage correctly.40
Ignorance or vague ideas may be the most common weaknesses that
official language covers over, but there are others, and some are more in-
sidious. When Orwell speaks of making “murder respectable,” he has no-
ticed the utility of official language as euphemism. In such cases, the user
of abstract language might be quite clear on the nuts and bolts that lie
below and turn to abstract language precisely in order to cover them up.
For example, twentieth-century authoritarian regimes of several kinds
have used “cleansing” or “purification” as metaphors for systematic killing.
Hitler’s Säuberrungsaktion ‘cleansing action’, Mao Zedong’s qingli jieji
38. Doris Lessing, “Questions You Should Never Ask a Writer,” op-ed, New York
Times, October 13, 2007, p. A15.
39. Cao Changqing, “Yuyan baoli,” p. 49.
40. As an academic, I feel a bit guilty in making the points about official language in
the preceding three paragraphs, since all three— and others— apply to pomp and ab-
straction in academic jargon as well.
Politics 257
41. Quoted in “Shi ri yao wen” क᮹㽕䯏 (Main news of the last ten days), in Xinwen
ziyou daobao ᮄ䯏㞾⬅ᇐ [News freedom herald, April 30, 1990, p. 1.
42. Henry Friedlander, “Manipulation of Language,” p. 106; and Someth May,
Cambodian Witness: the Autobiography of Someth May, ed. James Fenton (London: Fa-
ber, 1986), p. 149.
258 An Anatomy of Chinese
Below the elite who ran the “orga nization” in China were the renmin
Ҏ⇥ ‘people’, but this, too, was an abstract term whose practical uses served
the interests of the elite. In his incisive article “ ‘Non-people’ in the People’s
Republic of China,” Michael Schoenhals has shown how only some of the
people are renmin Ҏ⇥ ‘people’. Schoenhals quotes Central Committee
member Bo Yibo in 1981: “ ‘People’ includes workers, peasants, the urban
poor, intellectuals, etc., but certainly not landlords and comprador bour-
geois elements.”43 And even among the workers, peasants, and other fa-
vored categories, only those who are docile qualify as “people.” A worker
who seriously misbehaves can become a “bad element,” which is a separate
category from “people.” “No wonder,” Schoenhals concludes, “the Party
loves the People. Here is a semantic entity that by defi nition is incapable
of rebelling.”44 In Party parlance, the word qunzhong 㕸ӫ ‘masses’ is simi-
lar, but has been used a bit differently from renmin. Qunzhong shares with
renmin the connotation of “from below”: opinions from below, reactions
from below, and so on. But there are a few additional levels of meaning in
a phrase like qunzhong yijian 㕸ӫᛣ㾕 ‘mass opinion’. Formally, it is sup-
posed to mean the opinions of the majority in society. But these opinions
are hard to know, and are often unknown to the very people who use the
term. Within bureaucracies, qunzhong yijian means, practically speaking,
“opinion that the next lowest level in the bureaucracy claims to be the views
of everybody below them.” Bureaucrats at a given level are supposed to “re-
flect mass opinion” to the level above them; practically speaking, however,
qunzhong yijian can be the opinion of the bureaucrats themselves. Since the
people above them have little access to the actual views of the people below
them, bureaucrats in the middle can, and do, present their own views as
qunzhong yijian.
Terms that refer to democratic ideals are often welcomed in China’s
official language, because they sound good, even if they in fact are used in
ways that indirectly support authoritarianism. For example, a policy to-
ward the press that is kuansong ᆑᵒ ‘relaxed’ is referred to as “democratic”
45. He Lilang ԩ╻ᳫ, “Fan zi neibu pipan cailiao: Fang Lizhi Liu Binyan yanlun”
ড䌘ݙ䚼ᡍ߸ᴤ᭭: ᮍࢅП߬ᆒ䲕㿔䆎 [Classified antibourgeois criticism material: The
words of Fang Lizhi and Liu Binyan], Jiushiniandai бकᑈҷ [Nineties], no. 6 (1987),
p. 39.
260 An Anatomy of Chinese
there never had even been a problem that had to be cleared up. If a politi-
cally sensitive appointment were at stake at the organization department
in one’s work unit, the difference between a lishi that was qingbai and one
that was qingchu would be crucial. People knew this, and so it became im-
portant never to “make a mistake,” even of the correctable kind, and never
even to be accused of making a mistake. This is one reason why bureau-
cratic inertia became so heavy within China’s socialist system.
While officials used the official language in these ways, ordinary peo-
ple sometimes borrowed its devices to use it “from the other end,” as it
were. A worker, instead of saying wo shi gongren ៥ᰃᎹҎ ‘I am a worker’
could choose to say, in more abstract political language, wo shi gongren jieji
៥ᰃᎹҎ䰊㑻 ‘I am [of] the working class’ and by doing so lay claim to a
status that could make a difference in a plea for some kind of access or
privilege.46 We will look further at such matters in the section “The Pop-
ular Response to the Language Game.”
46. I am indebted for the example to Chen Ping, letter to author, May 16, 1992.
Politics 261
that Western grammar makes something seem more clear, more scientific-
sounding, more authoritative, or in any case, better. Yet it was also the
grammar of people who were considered, at another level, imperialists and
the enemy. How Hu Qiaomu and others handled this irony, or whether
they even noticed it, is not well understood.
The effects of Western grammar are especially noticeable in the ways
in which terms in the official Chinese language change parts of speech to
match Western-language usages. Nouns can become adjectives, for ex-
ample. In the early twentieth century, the word yingxiong 㣅䲘 ‘hero’ was
a noun whose corresponding adjective was yingyong 㣅࢛ ‘heroic’: Qiu Jin
was a nüyingxiong ཇ㣅䲘 ‘heroine’, but one spoke of a yingyong de Qiu Jin
㣅࢛ⱘ⾟⩒ ‘heroic Qiu Jin’. But at some point during the Cultural Revo-
lution years, yingxiong slipped, in Maoist language, to become an adjec-
tive, and then there could be yingxiong de renwu 㣅䲘ⱘҎ⠽ ‘heroic char-
acters’. Lexical slips of this kind, from nouns to adjectives, sometimes
became not only standard but especially “correct,” so that they were used
even in the presentation of Chinese language to foreigners. A standard
textbook of Chinese for foreigners, published in 1971, was called Jichu
Hanyu ⸔∝䇁 (literally, “foundation” Chinese).47
In the mid-1970s, James H-Y. Tai did a systematic survey of this kind of
category-shift in the grammar of China’s official language during the
Communist era.48 In addition to nouns becoming adjectives, Tai found
verbs becoming nouns. Tigao ᦤ催 ‘raise’, which in modern Chinese before
the Communist era was a verb, could now be a noun in a sentence like sheyuan-
men shenghuo you le hen da de tigao ⼒ਬӀ⫳⌏᳝њᕜⱘᦤ催 ‘the lives of
commune members had [i.e., saw] major raises’. The commune members
could also make hen da de jinbu ᕜⱘ䖯ℹ ‘big progress’, where jinbu,
originally a verb, is used as a noun, and their example could dedao quanguo
de puji ᕫࠄܼⱘ᱂ঞ ‘gain nationwide dissemination’, where puji
‘spread’, another verb, again is used as a noun.49 Western languages
commonly use the same kind of category switch, of course. In English,
47. Jichu Hanyu ⸔∝䇁, formal English title Elementary Chinese (Beijing: Shangwu
yinshuguan).
48. Tai, Syntactic and Stylistic Changes.
49. Ibid., pp. 46–47.
262 An Anatomy of Chinese
50. Generally but not always. For a time in the 1990s it was stylish in American of-
ficialese, for example, to use interface, originally a noun, as a verb: “we interfaced for
twenty minutes,” etc. Such usage, as in the Chinese cases, serves as a marker that “this
is official language”; ordinary people in daily life speak more plainly.
51. Tai, Syntactic and Stylistic Changes, pp. 39, 41.
52. Ibid., pp. 43, 45.
53. “Zhenfeng xiangdui jianjue huiji, quebao Xizang zizhiqu shehui wending.”
Politics 263
54. Tai, Syntactic and Stylistic Changes, p. 76. I have changed the translation slightly.
55. Ibid., p. 76.
264 An Anatomy of Chinese
and “correct” were the three that you used— and if you used all three,
they had to be in that order. If you were to mix the order, and refer, for
example, to the “glorious, great, correct” Party, the “correct, glorious,
great” Party, or the “great, correct, glorious” Party, you would sound less
than great, not very glorious, or—most dangerously—not correct. If your
wrong word order were perceived as intentional, your phrase could even
smack of subversion and mean very serious trouble for you. The “correct-
ness” of a set phrase inhered very much in its form, not just its content.
The more politically charged the phrase was, the more form mattered.
As we saw in Chapter 1, form in official language was sometimes rein-
forced by rhythms, which could make phrases easier to memorize and
enhance the sense that they are inevitably “right.” This sense of rightness
could survive even when concrete content was hardly clear. It is hard to
say, for example, exactly what a person was supposed to do when following
the rhythmical Cultural Revolution slogan linghun shenchu gan geming
♉儖⏅໘ᑆ䴽ੑ ‘make revolution in the depths of your soul.’ Make revolu-
tion deep inside myself? What exactly am I supposed to do? Rebel?
Against what? Obey? Obey what? But whatever the phrase was supposed
to mean, one point was clear: it was correct. And here is one reason why
this sort of rigid and rhythmical language has been useful to authoritari-
ans. It says, in essence, “stop thinking and just accept official correct-
ness.” Young Red Guards during the Cultural Revolution could head off
to “struggle,” sometimes even to their deaths, under the spell of rhythmic
and spellbinding— but essentially contentless— phrases such as xia ding
juexin, bupa xisheng, paichu wannan, qu zhengqu shengli! ϟᅮއᖗ, ϡᗩ⡎⡆,
ᥦ䰸ϛ䲒, এѝপ㚰߽ ‘firm your resolve, fear no sacrifice, cast aside every
obstacle, go forth and seize victory!’ Or even more bluntly: yi bupa ku, er
bupa si ϔϡᗩ㢺, Ѡϡᗩ⅏ ‘fi rst, don’t fear hardship; second, don’t fear
death’.
This last example exhibits not only rhythm but repetition, which, in com-
bination with rhythm, can enhance the implicit sense that “this is right,
there is no need to think about it.” Other examples from the Mao era, also
cited in Chapter 1, are daming, dafang, dazibao 号ᬒᄫ ‘big out-
cry, big release, big-character posters’, in which the repetition of da . . .
da . . . da . . . hammers away as if to proclaim that there is no way that the
thrust of this phrase can or should be stopped; and loushang louxia, diandeng
Politics 265
56. “Zhenfeng xiangdui jianjue huiji, quebao Xizang zizhiqu shehui wending.”
57. John Frankenstein, email message to author, September 15, 2002.
266 An Anatomy of Chinese
Might the use of numbers, like the use of repetition, be a way of infan-
tilizing the people to whom slogans are addressed? At a minimum, the
numbers seem to be saying, “here is a list of the things to focus on, and we
are numbering them to help you be sure none are overlooked.” Cao
Changqing has noted two other functions of numbers in slogans. One is
that, as with other lexical items in the official language, they are a bit
“gaseous” in the sense that they draw attention away from content and
toward the form of phrases— and form alone, as we have seen, can deliver
a sense of correctness. The other contribution of numbers is what Cao
calls gaikuoli ὖᣀ ‘completeness of coverage’.58 If I tell you, in official
cadence, that there are “eight honors and eight shames,” the implication is
that these sixteen points pretty well sum up everything. There is nothing
else you really need to know, or to ask. If you have grasped the “five pay-
attentions and four beautifuls,” then you are ready to be a fully polite per-
son; there is no need to go (or think) further.
better than right), and having a red light (red is good) mean go, not stop.
The color red was powerful enough that it could turn the word hong 㑶
‘red’ into a transitive verb, as when socialist flowers hong bian renjian 㑶䘡
Ҏ䯈 ‘redden the entire world’.61 Red served as the opposite, morally speak-
ing, for both black and white. A baizhuan ⱑϧ ‘[politically] white expert’
was evil compared to a red expert, but so were any of the hei wu lei 咥Ѩ㉏
‘five [politically] black categories’ of landlord, counterrevolutionary, rich
peasant, rightist, or bad element.62
On the whole, animals have not fared too well within the moral land-
scape of the official language of Communist China. Some examples of
negative connotations— of dogs, for example—were inherited from pre-
Communist times. But the general trend during the Mao years turned
more sharply against animals. Donkeys, crabs, lizards, fl ies and insects,
tigers and leopards, and other species of real animals joined with cow
ghosts and snake spirits, dev ils, demons, ghosts, monsters, vampires, and
other imaginary beasts in a menagerie whose abiding unity, despite its
superficial diversity, was that all were used metaphorically to denigrate
one or another kind of human being. With or without modifiers, animal
terms were meant and understood as negative.
Terms that have turned intrinsically positive in the official language
include kexue ⾥ᄺ ‘science, scientific’, whose uses Michael Schoenhals has
analyzed.63 During the Mao years kexue sometimes meant little more or
less than “good” or “politically correct.” A sentence like ni zheige kanfa bu
kexue Դ䖭Ͼⳟ⊩ϡ⾥ᄺ ‘this view of yours is unscientific’ did not have to
refer to a point of science or to any claim that the scientific method had
not been properly applied. It could just be a general way of saying “I don’t
like your view.” The term wenhua dageming ᭛࣪䴽ੑ ‘Great Cultural
64. This was, in fact, a standard tool in the project of inducing self-censorship in
writers, and we will consider it further in the section below “How the Game Is Played.”
Politics 271
within Tiananmen Square— period.”65 Soldiers were given rifles and ma-
chine guns. How, exactly, were the twin goals of fi nishing on time and
ensuring no bloodshed to be achieved? This was left to the ones receiving
the orders. The official message was just “Get it done.”
At the word level, the project of stating a goal without specifying a
means is well reflected by the widespread use in mainland China of the
“dummy” verb gao ᧲, a word that in isolation is almost impossible to trans-
late because it usually means literally nothing except “do,” “pursue,” or
“bring about” the noun that follows it. All of the freight of a gao phrase is
carried by the verb’s direct object. Gao has been especially useful in offi-
cial language because its dummy-verb nature is perfect for officials who
want to say “get [something] done” without committing themselves about
just what to do. An order to gao shengchan ᧲⫳ѻ ‘do production’ tells a
worker simply to produce more output— one way or another. Slogans like
gao shehuizhuyi ᧲⼒ӮЏН ‘pursue socialism’ and quanxin quanyi gao sihua
ܼᖗܼᛣ᧲ಯ࣪ ‘pursue the Four Modernizations with all your heart and
mind’ all lay emphasis on the desired results, even though, in these two
examples, the results themselves are expressed only vaguely. Eventually,
gao spread from the official language into many other spheres of life. By
the end of the Mao years, what a janitor did was gao weisheng ᧲ि⫳ ‘do
sanitation’, a physicist would gao wuli ᧲⠽⧚ ‘do physics’, a young person
gao duixiang ᧲ᇍ䈵 ‘pursue a [romantic] partner’, an artist gao meishu ᧲㕢ᴃ
‘do art’, and so on.
Gao is also used in Taiwan and overseas Chinese communities, but not
nearly as much as on the mainland. The usage has roots in regional dialects
(notably of Hunan, the native province of a number of Communist leaders)
and was sometimes used as a euphemism in sexually suggestive phrases
such as gao nüren ᧲ཇҎ ‘mess with women’ and luangao nannü guanxi
х᧲⬋ཇ݇㋏ ‘be promiscuous in sexual relations’. But by the middle of
the twentieth century, gao had become a mainstream term within the Com-
munist movement and was neutral in connotation and flexible in usage. In
65. Zhang Liang, The Tiananmen Papers: The Chinese Leadership’s Decision to Use Force
against Their Own People, ed. Andrew J. Nathan and Perry Link (New York: Public
Affairs, 2001), p. 370.
272 An Anatomy of Chinese
1951 Lao She, the master of Beijing brogue who had returned to China
from the United States in order to support the new Communist society,
used gao in phrases like sixiang ruoshi mei gao tong . . . ᗱᛇ㢹ᰃ≵᧲䗮 . . .
‘if you don’t get your thinking clear . . .’66 In the summer of 1980, during
a coordinated government effort to get writers to “liberate thought,” meet-
ings and headlines commonly used the phrase ba wenyi gao huo ᡞ᭛㡎᧲⌏
‘bring literature and art to life’. In an internal speech on literature and art
policy, Hu Yaobang used gao more often than any verbs other than shi ᰃ
‘is’ and you ᳝ ‘have’. Urging that there be national guidelines on what top-
ics to write about, Hu said (I will leave the elusive gao untranslated here):
The snippet shows how pervasive gao had become in official language,
especially in contexts where officials were speaking casually. The conve-
nience of gao as a dummy verb for telling people to just “get it done” con-
tinued for many more years. In the early 1990s, when Chinese students
overseas were denouncing the June Fourth massacre, personnel in Chi-
nese consulates received instructions to find ways to discredit those who
spoke out most vociferously. Exactly how to discredit them—by rumors
of corruption, sexual misconduct, or whatever— did not matter, as long as
the discrediting worked. The instruction was simply to gao chou ᧲㟁
‘cause [them] to stink’.
The overwhelming importance of the goal in this kind of usage tends
to leave moot the questions not only of means but also of the actor. “Get it
done” can leave ambiguous the question who should get it done. This as-
66. Lao She, “Wenyi zuojia ye yao zengchan jieyue” ᭛㡎ᆊг㽕ѻ㡖㑺 [Writ-
ers must be productive and frugal, too], in Shuoshuo changchang 䇈䇈ଅଅ [Speaking
and singing] 4, no. 6 (1951), p. 9.
67. Hu Yaobang, Zai juben chuangzuo zuotanhuishang de jianghua.
Politics 273
pect of “goal orientation” is visible in the fact that nearly all Chinese politi-
cal slogans grammatically are free-floating predicates. They are clauses
that could take subjects but do not: dadao sirenbang ᠧצಯҎᐂ ‘down with
the Gang of Four’, quanxin quanyi gao sihua ܼᖗܼᛣ᧲ಯ࣪ ‘pursue the
Four Modernizations with all your heart and mind’, and buyao xin you yuji,
xiangqian kan ϡ㽕ᖗ᳝ԭᚌ, ࠡⳟ ‘do not harbor residual fears, look to
the future’ are all examples. Slogans in English, in contrast, do sometimes
name the subjects, for example, “Hell, no! We won’t go!” during Ameri-
can protests of the Vietnam War. But even when English-language ex-
amples do not state a subject, they differ in one crucial way from most
slogans in Chinese. Compare, for example, “down with the Gang of Four”
to dadao sirenbang. The English phrase has no subject and grammatically
cannot accommodate one. You cannot say “I down with the Gang of Four”
or “You down with the Gang of Four.” But the Chinese phrase, the free-
floating predicate, can do this. You can say wo dadao sirenbang ‘I knock down
the Gang of Four’, ni dadao sirenbang ‘You knock down the Gang of Four’,
or zanmen dajia yikuair dadao sirenbang અӀᆊϔഫܓᠧצಯҎᐂ ‘all of us
together knock down the Gang of Four’. With no subject stated, Chinese
slogans are not exactly imperative and not exactly descriptive, either.
They mean something like “would that it be that [predicate].”
Yet Chinese slogans as free-floating predicates that can take subjects, if
one wants, have the flexibility (as English-language slogans usually do
not) to turn themselves into imperatives by implying subjects. The phrase
tiba nianqing ganbu ᦤᢨᑈ䕏ᑆ䚼 ‘promote young cadres’, which has been
used several times since the Mao era, is an example, as is jianjue fandui
tiaoji shangfang മއডᇍ䏇㑻Ϟ䆓 ‘resolutely oppose the jumping of levels
in petitioning’, which was used in the Hu Jintao era to try to prevent
people who were petitioning the government from approaching higher
levels without going first through lower levels. Such slogans are gram-
matically the same as dadao sirenbang, yet in their political contexts their
imperative mood emerges more clearly. They carry less a sense of “would
that it be that . . .” and more a sense of “you should . . .”
Why, in this kind of case where the subject is fairly clear, does the of-
ficial language still prefer subjectless slogans? Why not just name the
subject and say “You must promote young cadres,” “You must prevent level-
jumping,” and so on? Hu Ping has observed that the reason for omission
274 An Anatomy of Chinese
5. “Fit” as a kind of truth. In his incisive book Doing Things with Words in
Chinese Politics, Michael Schoenhals points out the special power and im-
portance of tifa ᦤ⊩ ‘ways of putting things’ in the official Chinese lan-
guage of the Communist era. He quotes an authoritative 1978 statement
in the People’s Daily that tifa “are very serious matters that must be re-
solved scientifically. . . . Where the tifa is off by one millimeter, the the-
ory will be wrong by a thousand kilometers.”69 Among the illustrations
Schoenhals offers is one from a 1965 speech by the vice president of the
Central Party School to a group of students. It is all right, the official said,
to refer to China’s current society as a you jieji de shehui ᳝䰊㑻ⱘ⼒Ӯ ‘a
society that has classes’ but not a jieji shehui 䰊㑻⼒Ӯ ‘class society’. Schoen-
hals comments that “here the distinction between socialism on the one
hand and capitalism, feudalism, and slave society on the other rested on
the presence or absence of a de.”70 Even when the issues at stake were less
weighty, an assumption prevailed that key political phrases had to be just
so— and that it was, somehow, a serious error if they were not. During the
brief interregnum of Hua Guofeng after the death of Mao Zedong, it was
“correct” to refer to weida de Mao zhuxi ӳⱘ↯Џᐁ ‘the great Chair-
man Mao’, jing’ai de Zhou zongli ᭀ⠅ⱘ਼ᘏ⧚ ‘the beloved Premier Zhou’,
and yingming de Hua zhuxi 㣅ᯢⱘढЏᐁ ‘the wise Chairman Hua’. The
three rulers had to be mentioned in that order if all three were mentioned;
moreover, the three adjectives that had been selected to match “scientifi-
cally” the nature of the men they referred to could not be switched around
without incurring the defi nite sense that the speaker had made a mistake.
Tifa became an extension of grammar.
Schoenhals calls the rigidity of tifa a “form of power.” This simple claim
has greater profundity than may appear on the surface. In an obvious sense,
it means that holders of power can insist that people say certain things in
certain ways and expect that, over time, thought and behavior will follow.
Aiguo, aidang, airenmin ⠅⠅ܮ⠅Ҏ⇥ ‘love the country, love the Party,
love the people’ has lilt, repetition, fixity, and a sense of rightness that sinks
in after a while. The power of tifa can sometimes be used to turn things
entirely upside-down. During the spring of 1989, the demonstrations at
Tiananmen were called a xuechao ᄺ╂ ‘student protest’ or a minzhu yun-
dong ⇥Џ䖤ࡼ ‘democracy movement’ up until the moment when they
were suppressed. Then, almost overnight, government media began to call
the same events a fan’geming baoluan ড䴽ੑᲈх ‘counterrevolutionary
riot’. It was a formulation most people would not have dreamed of using
only a week earlier, but now it had become a correct tifa, and people had to
begin using it, in public contexts, on pain of punishment for being “incor-
rect.” The phrase remained in place and entered textbooks and the media,
and twenty years later many people in a younger generation of Chinese
knew no better than to accept fan’geming baoluan as what had happened.
But tifa are “forms of power” not just because brutish power can stand
behind them and force their acceptance. They have an intrinsic power,
too, when they cut off alternative ways of thinking and limit the concep-
tual horizons of the people who adopt them. This phenomenon is observ-
able in many kinds of ritualized language, be it in politics, religion, song, or
elsewhere. Maurice Bloch, after studying rituals of the Merina people of
Madagascar, gained insights that, without much alteration, can apply to the
use of tifa in Communist China:
276 An Anatomy of Chinese
Since very few people can fi nd the will for “total refusal,” formalized au-
thority comes to be accepted. Its “ceremonial trappings,” Bloch writes,
“seem to catch the actors so that they are unable to resist the demands
made upon them.”72 If authoritarian language provided for a range of al-
ternatives for how to express something, then that language still might
not be so constricting (from the point of view of users) or such a lever of
power (from the point of view of authority). But Bloch’s key point is pre-
cisely that a range of alternatives is denied. He calls the language of po-
litical or religious ritual an “impoverished” language in the sense that
“many of the options at all levels of language are abandoned so that choice
of form, of style, of words and of syntax is less than in ordinary language”
and concludes that “as soon as you have accepted a form of speaking in an
appropriate way you have begun to give up at a bewilderingly rapid rate
the very potential for communication.”73
The tradition of giving fi xed names to things in Chinese political lan-
guage has a long pedigree. Many have noted how Confucius, in the Ana-
lects, offered instruction on governance to a newly ascended ruler by say-
ing zheng zhe zheng ye ᬓ㗙ℷг ‘to govern is to rectify [names]’.74 And
Xunzi (in Burton Watson’s translation) held that:
When the ruler’s accomplishments are long lasting and his under-
takings are brought to completion, this is the height of a good gov-
ernment. All of this is the result of being careful to see that men stick
to the names which have been agreed upon.75
71. Maurice Bloch, “Symbols, Song, Dance and Features of Articulation or Is Reli-
gion an Extreme Form of Traditional Authority?,” Archives Européennes de Sociologie 15,
no. 1 (1974), p. 59.
72. Ibid., pp. 59– 60.
73. Ibid., pp. 60 and 61.
74. Lunyu 䂪䁲 [The analects], Yan Yuan 12 买⏞कѠ.
75. Xunzi: Basic Writings, trans. Burton Watson (New York: Columbia University
Press, 2003), p. 145.
Politics 277
On the basis of bits of text such as these, as well as official histories in in-
tervening years, scholars have observed that the role of the official nam-
ing of things in Chinese tradition has been prescriptive as much as de-
scriptive; it is right that things be put a certain way, and be referred to in
the same way. I noted in Chapter 2 that, within some of the strains of
ancient Chinese thought, the modern notion of “true” is not as useful a
way to measure the worth of utterances as are notions of dang ⭊ ‘fitting’
or ke ৃ ‘admissible’ or ‘appropriate’.76
The power-engineering of the official language of contemporary China
has even stronger roots in modern authoritarianism, especially Soviet
Leninism. There are, however, some important differences between an-
cient and modern notions of politically correct “fit.” Perhaps most funda-
mental among these is how the two kinds of language relate to truth or
falsity of fact. In ancient China, when a statement was dang ‘fitting’, its
truth could be part of what made it fitting. Xunzi says, for example, fei wo
er dang zhe wu shi ye 䴲៥㗠⭊㗙г ‘the person who criticizes me ap-
propriately is my teacher’.77 Here we assume that what “my teacher” says
in criticizing me is factually true, but that truth alone is only part of what
makes the criticism “fitting.” It is fitting because it is factually true and
designed to help me. In short, factual truth cooperates in the project of
making a statement dang. In modern authoritarianism, by contrast, the
project of establishing certain tifa as “fitting” is often done in rivalry with
factual truth, or even in outright opposition to it.
For example, imagine yourself as a Chinese citizen during the Hua
Guofeng interregnum in the late 1970s. If you were to say, in an official
context, weida de Hua zhuxi ӳⱘढЏᐁ ‘the great Chairman Hua’,
your statement could be criticized as incorrect, and the grounds for call-
ing it incorrect would not be truth or falsity in a factual sense. Hua
Guofeng might or might not have been “great,” however one chose to
defi ne that word, but that would not be the point, and you would not
be criticized in those terms. You would be criticized with a sentence
like zhe wenti bushi neme tifa 䖭䯂乬ϡᰃ䙷Мᦤ⊩ ‘that is not the way
this matter is put’, and the reason would be that you had produced an
During China’s Mao years, and especially after 1957, Chinese people be-
came more and more accustomed to constructing their public assertions
by asking not just “do they reflect reality?” but also “do they fit politi-
cally?” As the bifurcation of language spread more and more widely
through society, a second order of reality—an image of “the official ver-
sion of things”— seemed to take on a life of its own whenever topics with
political implications were being discussed. This second order of reality
was not idle puffery. It could have real consequences in the world, and in
that sense was itself very real. You had to deal with it in order to get cer-
tain things done, and people became accustomed to this fact. The British
scholar William Jenner, who lived in Beijing during the late Mao years,
wrote in 1978 that “in daily life our Chinese friends can cope perfectly
well with the distinction between what actually happens and the required
formulations that keep things functioning.”81 Even if you opted to avoid
the official language (which could mean having to settle for not getting
certain things done), you still could be forced to use it when others used it
against you. Some people got very good at manipulating the official lan-
guage, and benefited; others were less talented and could suffer.
Ji Fengyuan, writing about the Mao years, when political combat some-
times got heavy, has written that “revolutionary language became little
more than a weapon in a low-grade civil war.” 82 Words and phrases were
tools—verbal chisels, clubs, and levers, as it were. Ji writes of high Mao-
ism, when this kind of language use reached an extreme. For other, less
extreme times, a better metaphor for official language use is a game, espe-
cially an intellectual game like chess. The metaphor is apt for several
reasons: in both cases there are rules, tactics, and goals; in both cases
skills can be honed and a person usually gets better with experience. On
one point the analogy does not work well: games are normally entered
into freely, but China’s language game, especially during the years of high
Maoism, was not optional. You had to play. If you withdrew into silence,
the silence itself was viewed as a political position—indeed, almost al-
ways, an “incorrect” one. One had to “perform” a correct “appearance.” A
few years after Mao’s death, a young farmer told Andrew Nathan in inter-
view: “I don’t know what socialism is anymore; I only know how to talk
about it.”83 Since those years the language game has receded somewhat
from daily life, but it has never entirely disappeared and has remained
important, especially on politically sensitive topics, well into the twenty-
first century.
81. W. J. F. Jenner, “Is a Modern Chinese Literature Possible?,” in Wolfgang Kubin
and Rudolph G. Wagner, eds., Essays in Modern Chinese Literature and Literary Criti-
cism: Papers of the Berlin Conference 1978 (Bochum: Brockmeyer, 1982), p. 213.
82. Ji Fengyuan, Linguistic Engineering, p. 293.
83. Andrew J. Nathan, Chinese Democracy (New York: Knopf, 1985), pp. 175, 235.
280 An Anatomy of Chinese
government to be able to say (even though it would have been false, and
even though government leaders would likely have known it to be false)
that he was an instigator of the demonstrations. Fang had recently been
expelled from the Communist Party under the label “bourgeois liberal.”
That label was a poor fit with reality but had been effective in the regime’s
language game. Fang knew that any association he might have with the
1989 demonstrators could allow the regime to transfer the label from him
to the demonstrators. In short, he foresaw a possible language move on
the government’s side and altered his real-world behavior in order to ob-
viate it. So he stayed away from Tiananmen Square.
There is one respect in which utterances in the official language game
are more reliable than ordinary assertions about truth and falsity. In ordi-
nary language, a statement might or might not be true, and if a speaker
means deliberately to deceive a listener, the statement is called a lie. But in
the language game, where the standard is not “Is it true or not?” but
“Does it serve the speaker’s interests or not?” the counterpart of a “lie” is
not possible. The person who hears a statement can be 100 percent sure
that “this speaker believes that this statement serves his or her interests.”
It might not be easy to figure out exactly what the specific interest is, but
one can be sure that the speaker is aiming at it. It also can happen that a
speaker miscalculates in the choice of which words will actually serve his or
her interests. But that, too, does not change the principle that the speaker
believes that the words will be expedient. To experienced players of the
language game, this “impossibility of a lie” is a useful fact. One can use it
to analyze what a speaker is doing with words.
Let us look at some more examples. When Tibetans protested in the
streets of Lhasa and elsewhere in March 2008, and when Uighurs did
likewise in Urumchi and elsewhere in July 2009, why did the players of
the language game within China’s media bureaucracies say that the dem-
onstrations had been “planned and instigated abroad”? Because they be-
lieved this to be true? Did they really believe that the Dalai Lama and
Rebiya Kadeer were pulling strings from distant places? This seems
highly unlikely. They were adequately informed on what was happening
in these places and would not have subscribed to such a far-fetched theory
in the ordinary-talk world of “is it true or not?” It is quite possible that
they did not even give much thought to questions of true versus false.
282 An Anatomy of Chinese
Their duty in their work was not to act as observers of events but to pur-
sue results within the flow of those events. Their goals included discredit-
ing the protesters by making them seem to be puppets; intimidating the
Dalai Lama and Rebiya Kadeer into not speaking out from overseas (by
saying, in essence, “by speaking out you only confi rm what we are saying
about you”); stimulating Chinese nationalism and presenting the Commu-
nist Party of China as its champion; and distracting the attention of people
inside China from problems of corruption, inequality, pollution, and so on
where the Party’s image was under strain. To choose as tifa that Kadeer was
the “mastermind” of the Uighur protests or that the Dalai Lama is “a jackal
clad in Buddhist monk’s robes” disregards plausibility,85 but plausibility was
not the standard the fashioners of such phrases were using. The standard
was “what will work?” and by that standard the tifa seemed right.
The distinction between truth and utility as standards for evaluating
statements in the language game struck me most clearly in 2001, in a con-
versation that I had with the distinguished Chinese writer Su Xiaokang
not long after the publication of The Tiananmen Papers, which I had
helped to edit.86 In February 2001, the Chinese compiler of those papers,
who used the pseudonym Zhang Liang, was able, through friends who
were highly placed in the Chinese government, to get access to the record
of a meeting of the Politburo of the Communist Party of China that was
held on February 8, 2001.87 At that meeting Jiang Zemin, China’s presi-
dent at the time, addressed the matter of the publication of The Tiananmen
Papers and said, according to the terse notes on the meeting that reached
me, that this leak of state secrets was the largest in the history of the Party
and showed that people of ill will, who wish to overthrow the Communist
Party and the socialist system, were hiding in high places inside the Party.
The record also shows Jiang saying that the leaking of the papers was a
naked sale of state secrets to Americans and that whoever did it has lost
qualification to be Chinese. Farther down the list— at point 5—the sum-
mary reads: “Andrew Nathan and the other two so-called American editors
85. China Central Television, July 7, 2009; Edward Wong, “Dalai Lama’s Defeat to
Be a Holiday in Tibet,” New York Times, January 19, 2009.
86. See note 65.
87. Zhang Liang email to Andrew Nathan, February 28, 2001.
Politics 283
[i.e., Perry Link and Orville Schell] are by no means pure and indepen-
dent scholars; they wear the overcoats of scholars in order to use scholarly
status while they work for the CIA.”
This statement interested me and raised a question. I have never worked
for the CIA, or any branch of the U.S. government, but here was the top
leader of the world’s largest government saying that I did. I wondered
what, in Jiang’s own mind, he might have been thinking he was doing
with his words. It seemed a rare chance to try to figure out how official
language is used at the highest levels of the Communist Party of China.
If Jiang’s words had been broadcast to all of the Chinese people, then I
could have understood them as an attempt to manipulate public opinion.
But that was not the case. Jiang was addressing a small group of his fellow
rulers at the top, in a context where, I imagined, there should have been
no barrier— at least for a question such as this one—to presenting the
truth as well as one could. So I began to wonder: Did Jiang himself believe
what he had said? If so, how had he formed his opinion? By listening to
intelligence briefings? Could it be that intelligence reports to the leader
of the largest nation on earth are as inaccurate as this? That seemed
frightening. But had Jiang perhaps not believed what he had said to the
Politburo? Would he use manipulative language on this question in ad-
dressing even his highest-level colleagues? That, too, seemed a bit fright-
ening. I decided to poll a number of my Chinese friends, including writers
and former officials who had had extensive experience with China’s offi-
cial language. “When Jiang Zemin told the Politburo that I work for the
CIA,” I asked, “how do you think it felt to him in his own mind? Did he
think he was telling the truth? Or doing something else?”
The poll results split almost evenly. Some said Jiang likely felt that he
was telling the truth. The CIA does have a record of undercover activity
around the world, and the general lore that surrounds the CIA in the sub-
culture of Chinese Communism exaggerates this record in flamboyant
ways. The Chinese intelligence ser vices might or might not have had
good information on specific people like Nathan, Link, or Schell, but the
people in those ser vices also have incentives, especially in sensitive cases,
to tell top leaders what they want to hear. Jiang could well have heard a
briefing that said Nathan, Link, and Schell were only wearing the outer
clothing of scholars.
284 An Anatomy of Chinese
On the other side, just as many in my poll felt that Jiang likely had not
believed the things he was saying. On politically dangerous questions it
was important for leaders, even among their top-level colleagues (who,
after all, are also their potential rivals for power) to adopt politically un-
assailable positions. The pose of blaming the CIA was one that, what-
ever else happened, no one could characterize as “soft.” Ning zuo er bu you
ᅕᎺ㗠ϡে ‘better [to err to] the left than the right’ was a reliable maxim
for hazardous times, and its value outweighed less important questions
about the accuracy of this or that detail.
In all, though, Su Xiaokang gave me the answer that taught me the
most. He began by chiding me for a wrongheaded question. Jiang Zemin,
in that situation, doesn’t even ask the question you are asking, Su said. It
doesn’t occur to him. He doesn’t care whether the words are “true or not”;
he only wants them to work. Is he telling the truth to his colleagues, or
deceiving them? Neither, said Su. In Jiang’s own view, he is merely sup-
plying to his colleagues the words that he thinks will be useful in getting
done what needs to be done. Does he expect his words to be believed?
That’s the wrong question, said Su. He expects his words to be put to use.88
If Su is right, then the record of this Politburo meeting might be
viewed an example of how tifa originate. Starting from a high level (al-
though not necessarily as high as the Politburo), tifa spread downward and
outward to the rest of government and society, where they turn into stan-
dard tools in the playing of the official language game. They might seem
rigid or awkward at first, but with repeated use and the passage of time,
people learn to accept them as normal and to use them in a variety of situ-
ations. In 1980 a literary scholar at Zhongshan University in Guangzhou
told me about his complaints about the slogan xingwu miezi ݈᮴♁䌘
‘promote the proletarian and annihilate the bourgeois’ that Hua Guofeng
had unveiled in 1976 when he was Party chairman. The scholar said he
had no problem with the theory of xingwu miezi. The Marxist ideal was
all right with him. The problem was that this four-character phrase be-
came a nasty little club in the hands of the local stewards of political
89. Interview with Wang Lixiong, March 2008; see also Wang Lixiong, “The Cry
of Tibet,” Wall Street Journal op-ed, March 28, 2008.
286 An Anatomy of Chinese
90. I have written up this episode in “Jingguan qiyu: Liang ci sange yiwai” 䄺ᅬ༛
䘛: ܽϝןᛣ [Strange encounters with police: Three surprises, twice], in Ban-
yang Suibi ञ⋟䱼ㄚ [Notes of a semiforeigner] (Taipei: Sanmin chubanshe, 1999)
pp. 68–72.
Politics 287
did not want to make a mistake—would often say, instead of “yes,” wenti
buda 䯂乬ϡ ‘there’s no big problem’. Instead of “no,” he or she might
say youxie kunnan ᳝ѯೄ䲒 ‘there are some difficulties’, and instead of
“maybe,” might use yanjiu yanjiu ⷨおⷨお ‘we’ll study it’ or kaolü kaolü
㗗㰥㗗㰥 ‘we’ll think it over’. The hallmark of such terms is their vague-
ness; they combine easy fluency with the impossibility of being pinned
down. Essentially defensive, they are born of the dilemma of how to satisfy
(or mollify, or perhaps just cause to go away) the person making the request,
and, at the same time, avoid committing to a position that might later prove
to have been “incorrect.”
One of my own personal experiences with this kind of vocabulary
came in 1979 when I was living at Zhongshan University in Guangzhou.
I wanted to go into the city to buy socks. The Foreign Affairs Section at
the university was in the habit of providing a car whenever I went off
campus, but I felt that a car was a bit excessive for a mere sock-buying
expedition, so suggested that I ride my bicycle instead. The official at the
Foreign Affairs Section was affable and said wenti buda. This told me that,
from her point of view, there was “no big problem.” But what did that
mean? Did she approve or not? I later asked some Chinese friends, and
they said that I should take it as a yes. But it was a yes that, from the point
of view of the Foreign Affairs official, also said “I am not officially on re-
cord as saying yes.” If something had happened to me on that bicycle trip,
the official could have been in trouble if she had given explicit approval.
Later, when I heard officials answer requests with youxie kunnan, I came
to understand that this really meant no, but they preferred the vaguer
phrase because it allowed them to avoid the embarrassment of saying no
bluntly. Then I came to understand that the “maybe” responses—yanjiu
yanjiu or kaolü kaolü—were generally used to buy time in which the offi-
cial could hope that the request would simply go away or, if it did not,
could ask for guidance from above. Sensitive questions could get passed
successively to higher levels, and clogging near the top could mean that
some questions never actually reached any desk for decision. Comedians
and cartoonists satirized this pattern at considerable length in the 1980s,
often playing on the near-pun between yanjiu ⷨお ‘study’ and yanjiu ⚳䜦
‘cigarettes and liquor’, items that were useful as small bribes to get things
moving.
288 An Anatomy of Chinese
Vagueness has several uses in the official language. We have seen how
abstract vocabulary can create a special sense of authority. In this section,
we have seen how vagueness can be useful in avoiding bureaucratic re-
sponsibility. And we will see below how vagueness is useful in inducing
self-censorship by obliging people to guess what a vaguely stated prohibi-
tion might mean. Note in passing, though, that while vagueness in the
official language has all of these uses, the preference of ordinary people in
daily-life language is often in the other direction, toward the concrete.
Popular sayings sometimes borrow the form of official phrases and fill
them with very practical, concrete content. For example the phrase hai lu
kong ⍋䰚ぎ ‘sea, land, air’, which is an abbreviation for “navy, army, and
air force” in the official language, during the Cultural Revolution was a
popular nickname for homemade sandals cut from the rubber of worn-out
tires. Why were they called “sea, land, and air”? Apparently because they
could withstand any conditions, including water, dust, and sun. In any
case, later, when policies of “reform and opening” in the late 1970s sud-
denly made it all right to admit to material desires and overseas connec-
tions, the same phrase, hai lu kong, became a popular catchphrase for what
a young woman could ask as a condition of marriage: hai meant haiwai
guanxi ⍋݇㋏ ‘overseas connections’; lu was a two-speaker or four-
speaker luyinji ᔩ(䰚)䷇ᴎ ‘(stereo) recorder’, and kong was kongtiao ぎ䇗
‘air conditioning’. Other popular phrases imitated the practice in official
language of numbering things (three antis, Four Modernizations, etc.). As
an alternative to demanding hai lu kong, prospective brides in the late 1970s
could ask for the sanzhuan yixiang ϝ䕀ϔડ ‘three turns and one sound’,
meaning a watch, a bicycle, and a sewing machine (three things that turn)
plus a (sound-making) recorder.
Part of the popular enjoyment of such phrases is that they evoke the
abstraction and pomp of official phrases but bring them down to earth by
inserting concrete and practical content. In 1987, Deng Xiaoping sought a
linguistic watchword that would promote reform and opening, and con-
tinued economic growth, but also maintain Leninist political control.
These were conflicting goals, and the task of unifying them in a single
phrase was not easy. Eventually, Deng announced a formula of yige
zhongxin, liangge jiben dian ϔϾЁᖗ, ϸϾᴀ⚍ ‘one central concern and
two basic points’. The “central concern” was economic development. The
Politics 289
two basic points were (1) the Four Basic Principles (the socialist system,
dictatorship of the proletariat, Party rule, and Marxism-Leninism-Mao-
Zedong-thought), and (2) the policy of “reform and opening.” From the
Party’s point of view, this may have been an excellent phrase. But it was
far too abstract for ordinary people, who satirized it by making it concrete
in irreverent ways. A website for students returning from overseas said
a person’s “central concern should be health” ( yi jiankang wei zhongxin
ҹعᒋЎЁᖗ) and two basic points should be to be xiaosa yidian ┛⋦ϔ⚍
‘on the cool and easy side’ and hutu yidian ㊞⍖ϔ⚍ ‘a bit muddle-headed’.91
A joke on the oral grapevine was even less respectful; it said the “one cen-
tral concern plus two points for attention” was only “a bikini policy.” Jiang
Zemin’s formula of “the three represents” (sange daibiao ϝϾҷ㸼) was
satirized, as we have seen, as “three [people] wearing wristwatches” (sange
daibiao ϝϾ᠈㸼), and later Hu Jintao’s “harmony” (hexie 䇤) was turned
into a “river crab” (hexie ⊇㷍).
If part of the popular response to China’s official language has been to
stand apart from it and even to satirize it, another side of the response— as
we have seen in several examples—has been to accommodate it, manipu-
late it, and “play the game.” This raises an important question we consid-
ered in Chapter 2 in connection with the “Whorf hypothesis”: how much
do habits of language use induce habits of thought? The question has
worried a wide variety of contemporary Chinese thinkers and observers
of China.
For me the question first arose during a visit to China in May 1973. In
those days foreigners were so rare on the streets of Chinese cities that my
group and I nearly always attracted a long train of curious onlookers, es-
pecially children, who followed us in polite silence whenever we walked
on the sidewalks. At one point, on a street in Xi’an, I turned around to see
if I could talk to some of the children in the crowd. A group of about eight
or ten, who appeared to be perhaps ten to twelve years old, formed a sort
of semicircle and showed rapt attention. I asked if they had seen foreign-
ers before, and they shook their heads. I asked what they wanted to be
when they grew up. Nobody answered. One boy let me catch his eye, so I
asked him directly, “What would you like to be when you grow up?” He
took a step forward, stood erect, and said, with verve, wo yao dao zui jianku
de difang wei renmin fuwu! ៥㽕ࠄ᳔㡄㢺ⱘഄᮍЎҎ⇥᳡ࡵ! ‘I want to go
to the most stressful place to serve the people!’ I said “Great!” and turned
to another child. “What about you? What would you like to be when you
grow up?” The child answered, in the same tone of voice, wo yao dao zui
jianku de difang wei renmin fuwu! I asked two or three more, and each said
wo yao dao zui jianku de difang wei renmin fuwu! The first child had clearly
set an example—in what, with a foreigner watching, must have felt to
them like a performance situation. The fact that each child pronounced
the sentence in exactly the same way, without the variation of a single syl-
lable, suggested that the phrase itself had likely been taught somewhere,
perhaps in school or at a Young Pioneers meeting.
It left me wondering about what was going on in their minds. How
much did the linguistic formula that they had repeated correspond to
their inner thoughts? Had they used it to cover up various other ideas
about, perhaps, being a Party secretary, a teacher, doctor, or fi reman?
Or had the “right answer” of dao zui jianku de difang wei renmin fuwu!
temporarily— or maybe not so temporarily?— obliterated such other
thoughts? The question, which of course applies to adults as well as to
children (if not necessarily to the same degree), is how the playing of the
language game comes to affect the ways a person thinks. Ritualized lan-
guage, according to Maurice Bloch, by its very nature “both excludes ex-
planation and hides this exclusion.”92 When Bloch notes that “you cannot
argue with a song,”93 he means that songs and other ritualized language
not only tell you what to think, but, even more importantly, cut off your
ability to look squarely at things that you otherwise should want to look at.
In cases where ritualized language is backed by a strong political authority,
any inclination even to try to argue, or to look elsewhere, is powerfully
discouraged.
In looking at situations of repression in the modern world, many writ-
ers have noted that when a dominant ideological language takes hold, it
tends to pervade a culture as a whole, including its victims. Henry Fried-
lander, surveying the language of the Nazi Holocaust, finds that “not only
the perpetrators, but also the victims spoke the language of Nazi totali-
The hot iron of “struggle worship” has left its mark upon the lan-
guage habits, patterns of thinking, and ways of behavior of the Chi-
nese people. In the lexicon of mainland Chinese, “struggle,” “revolu-
tion,” “rebellion,” “resolute,” and “thoroughgoing” are unequivocally
positive in their connotations; they symbolize nobility and glory. On
the other hand words like “retreat,” “negotiate,” “compromise,” “tol-
erance,” “gradualism,” and “improve,” have at times all been broadly
rejected as terms with negative connotations, terms that symbolize
shame and dishonor.99
The official language game of the Mao era, in Liu’s view, forged the lin-
guistic tools—the words, phrases, syntactic patterns—in which everyone
in the culture talked and thought.
In Hu Fayun’s novel So It [email protected], an elderly writer who was
persecuted cruelly during the Mao era worries about how Chinese mem-
ory and cultural expression—including even his own, despite his con-
scious wishes—have been colored by Maoist politics. He tells friends how
he recently found himself humming a tune and then felt shock to realize
that the lyrics were “lifting my head, I gaze at the Big Dipper; in my
heart, I long for Mao Zedong.”100 He then reflects:
Other writers have observed how hard it can be to get “outside” the mind-
set of a political language game even when one wants to. Ji Fengyuan notes
that Jung Chang, the well-known author of Wild Swans: Three Daughters of
China and Mao: The Unknown Story,102 viscerally detested Mao Zedong’s
Cultural Revolution as early as 1966 but could not conceive the notion of
blaming Mao himself until, in 1974, she happened across a piece of writ-
ing that came from outside the Maoist modes of expression.103 Similarly,
the literary critic Li Tuo, in analyzing the life-course of the famous mod-
ern writer Ding Ling, who absorbed the outlook of Maoist language at
midcareer and apparently could not extricate herself from it even as she
suffered two decades of banishment by the regime that it supported, com-
ments in summary that “once a person enters within a certain discourse,
to exit it becomes extremely difficult.”104
A number of Chinese writers since the 1980s have recognized this prob-
lem and have sought, as it were, to “climb out” of official language and its
worldview. This is not easy, because the act of climbing out of a language
still requires a language, and one must use the language one has. The effort
can become something like trying to climb out of one’s skin. In the 1980s,
for example, Li Tuo tried to abandon zui ᳔ ‘most’ in his personal language
use just because the term had been so abused during the Mao years (in
phrases like zui zui zui zhengque ᳔᳔᳔ℷ⹂ ‘most, most, most correct’ . . . ;
as mentioned ealier). But it was not easy to keep his promise to himself. Li
found himself saying, inadvertently, things like wo zui buxihuan zhei zhong
yuyan ៥᳔ϡ୰䖭⾡䇁㿔 ‘I can’t stand this kind of language’.
One method for trying to exit official language has been to dive into
another. Li Tuo has held that the true breakthrough in language— and
therefore thought—in Chinese literature of the immediate post-Mao
years was “misty poetry” (menglong shi ᳺ㚻䆫) more than the more nu-
merous and widely read works of “scar” literature. Others have pointed
out that one reason why Zhong Acheng’s story “The Chess Master”
seemed so fresh and new when it appeared in 1984 was that its language
was fundamentally different from Maoist style.105 It avoided not only Mao-
ist political usage but much of the Western-influenced vocabulary and
grammar that had come into Chinese since late-Qing times. In its phrase
106. For example, Yang Xiaobin ᴼᇣⒼ, “Fan yuyan: Xianfeng wenxue de xingshi
wenti” ড䇁㿔: ܜ䫟᭛ᄺⱘᔶᓣ䯂乬 [Anti-language: The question of form in avant-
garde literature], Wenlunbao [Hebei], July 25, 1988.
Politics 295
rightists with the word fan ড ‘anti-’. The word had appeared in abundance,
apparently in order to make it clear that rightists, whatever their descriptions,
were united in their opposition to the Party, the people, and Communism.
Schoenhals lists these terms: “utterly arrogant and utterly reactionary
and utterly despicable anti-Party element,” “anti- Communist and anti-
People conspiratorial activist,” “anti-Party buffoon-gang accomplice,”
“anti-Party careerist, traitor, and spy turned anti- Communist vanguard,”
“anti-Communist specialist,” “anti-Party ‘eulogist,’ ” “anti-Communist
‘valiant general,’ ” “anti- Communist black gang strategist,” “old-line anti-
Communist,” “anti-Party clique ‘military counselor,’ ” “anti-Communist
‘rocket gun,’ ” and “rightist element oozing anti- Communist toxin from
the depth of the soul.” 109 Later in the Mao years this sort of compulsive
political language reached even into dictionaries. Ji Fengyuan has com-
pared dictionaries published at different times in contemporary China and
finds that the end of the Mao era was a high point in the politicization of
dictionary examples. A 1976 English- Chinese dictionary illustrates the
verb “live,” for example, with the sentence “without the Party and Chair-
man Mao I could not have lived to see today’s happiness”; “attribute” is
illustrated by the sentence “we attribute all our successes to the wise lead-
ership of the Communist Party of China”; and “wherever” gets the exam-
ple “we will go wherever the Party directs us.”110
The true power of this kind of repetitive, insistent, and pervasive politi-
cal terminology shows itself not in things like dictionary examples, where
an editor has a right, after all, to pick examples arbitrarily. Strong-arm
language is most impressive when it contradicts a person’s own perceptions
and own memory— and wins anyway. For example, Beijing citizens ap-
pearing on state-run television in the days following June 4, 1989, used
“counterrevolutionary riot” to describe events that until two days ear-
lier everyone had been calling a “democracy movement” or “student
protests”— events that were likely to have been extremely vivid in their
own memories. We can only imagine the anxiety and inner turmoil that
“Phase Out Educated Youth,” “Use Appeasement with Care,” “We suggest
Achieve Wealth Through Diligence,” and “Criteria for Writing about the
Seamy Side of Socialism.”113
Such guidelines are ephemeral. They enter and exit political grace ac-
cording to the regime’s needs of the day. But certain others are peren-
nial. They sink in, begin to seem normal, and eventually become so well
established that people overlook the fact that originally they were rooted
in political design. An example is the word renmin Ҏ⇥ ‘people’, which
is nearly ubiquitous in the names of government-related things. The names
of the currency, the post office, the media, many buildings, and nearly
every government office at every level include the word renmin. The
original purpose of using the term was to claim that these Party-controlled
institutions “belong to the people”; after decades of use, however, the
word renmin became so routine as to have, in practice, no content at all.
By the early twenty-fi rst century, only a bookish person might notice
any irony when the People’s Armed Police suppress a protest by the
people.
The term lingdao 乚ᇐ ‘leader(ship)’ may be an even better example. In
their original meanings, the two components of this phrase, ling and dao,
are both verbs that describe the leading of a person who follows willingly,
even gratefully. A paradigmatic example of ling is what an usher does in a
church or a theater; dao, originally, is something like what a tour guide
does. Do these activities resemble what a lingdao does within China’s po-
litical system? Hardly. Overwhelmingly, people in China follow their ling-
dao because they have to, not because they choose to. Words like “author-
ity,” “ruler,” or “boss” would be more literally descriptive of what a lingdao
does, but if one puts such words directly into Chinese—using terms like
quanwei ᴗ࿕, dangju ᔧሔ, or laoban 㗕ᵓ—the rhetorical flavor changes
immediately. The lingdao themselves view such terms as “hostile to the
socialist system.” They prefer the euphemism, which saves their face, be-
cause face is one root of their power. A term like lingdao has the added ad-
vantage that it makes any objector seem, at least at the rhetorical level, to
be wayward or ungrateful.
113. Michael Schoenhals, ed. and trans., Selections from Propaganda Trends, an Or-
gan of the CCP Central Propaganda Department (Armonk, N.Y.: M. E. Sharpe, 1992).
300 An Anatomy of Chinese
Do words like renmin or lingdao actually affect the ways people think
and behave, or have they become—like the “dead metaphors” we consid-
ered in Chapter 2— so ordinary that they are simply standard tags? In
many cases, no doubt, they are standard tags. The People’s Daily is just the
name of a newspaper. Still, their persistence in fossil form does ground
concepts in a certain way, subtly softening the image of authoritarian rule.
The fresh, unfossilized political usages of the kind that appear in Xuan-
chuan dongtai no doubt have more immediate effects. The Soviet theoreti-
cian L. O. Resnikov, in summarizing the views of Lenin and Stalin on this
general question, wrote that “language [is] a powerful tool which can be
used to affect thoughts, feelings, and especially behaviour” and that this is
something that “Marxism teaches us.”114 This Soviet approach to language
as a tool in thought-engineering arrived in China primarily in the 1950s,
when it merged with assumptions that were deep in Chinese tradition
about speech as moral performance. The result, for China’s rulers, was an
enduring confidence that government-prescribed words could indeed pro-
duce “correct” behavior in citizens.
In her book Linguistic Engineering, Ji Fengyuan shows— at least for the
extreme case of the late Mao years in China—that this confidence was
justified. Government-sponsored terminology, applied with both force
and subtlety, did have substantial effects. Ji draws on theoretical literature
as well as China studies to sort out some of the psychological mechanisms
that went into the “engineering” of thought. She offers a useful summary,115
which includes the following. Mere exposure to terms makes a significant
difference; in addition, a validity effect takes hold when a person is aware of
being part of a large group (i.e., when everyone accepts something, then I
tend to as well). Group pressure is brought more intensely into focus in po-
litical study sessions where “correct” oral performance is required. Personal
models are important in showing people how to speak and behave correctly,
and self-perception theory can explain how going through the outward mo-
tions of believing something can lead a person into actually believing it.
Higher-order conditioning can explain how the well-known connotations of
114. Cited in J. W. Young, Totalitarian Language: Orwell’s Newspeak and Its Nazi and
Communist Antecedents (Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia, 1991), p. 211.
115. Ji Fengyuan, Linguistic Engineering, pp. 27–37.
Politics 301
A: The Gang of Four Anti-Party clique wanted to usurp Party and state
power and restore capitalism. We Red Guards, never allow them!
because more than just style and form are at stake; patterns of thinking—
conceptual categories and worldview— also seem to carry over, despite
claims that a watershed has passed. This kind of subtle but powerful con-
tinuity is part of what Li Tuo has uncovered in his careful study of Ding
Ling.
As an aside on the topic of the “momentum” of political phrases in Chi-
nese, it can be amusing to note how some sayings in Chinese Communist
history have taken on an iconic status, not only in China but around the
world, even though their origins are not what most people suppose. For
example, the phrase mozhe shitou guo he ᩌⴔ༈䖛⊇ ‘cross the river by
feeling the rocks’ is routinely attributed to Deng Xiaoping, who felt that
China needed a gradual and practical approach to the uncharted task of
economic reform. Deng did hold these views, and did use that phrase, but
the political use of the phrase originated with Deng’s rival Chen Yun, fi rst
in 1950 and again in a major speech in 1980.118 Deng is also famous for the
phrase buguan bai mao hei mao, zhuo dao laoshu jiushi hao mao ϡㅵⱑ⣿咥⣿,
ᤝࠄ㗕哴ህᰃད⣿ ‘it matters not whether a cat is white or black; if it
catches mice it is a good cat’. The phrase is a famous emblem of Deng’s
pragmatism: don’t be bothered with ideological labels; if something
works, then let it work. It is far from clear, however, that that white cat was
not in fact brown. A Sichuan aphorism (Deng was from Sichuan) says huang
mao, hei mao, zhiyao zhuazhu laoshu jiushi hao mao 咘⣿咥⣿া㽕ᡧԣ㗕哴ህ
ᰃད⣿ ‘brown cat, black cat, if it catches mice it’s a good cat’. We also hear
via Zhuo Lin, Deng Xiaoping’s wife, that Deng was fond of Pu Songling’s
collection of stories Liaozhai zhiyi 㘞᭟ᖫᓖ (Strange tales of Liaozhai)
and liked to bring it with him while traveling; the section of the novel
called quguai 偅ᗾ (Expelling demons) contains the sentence 咘⣌咥⣌,
ᕫ哴㗙䲘 huang li hei li, deshuzhe xiong ‘brown cat, black cat, the rat-
catcher is the more powerful’.119 Another example is the phrase zhifu
guangrong 㟈ᆠܝ㤷, rendered in English as “to get rich is glorious,” which
is widely accepted as a hallmark of the Deng era. Scholars have not been
stream of “the people”—is always on the side of the Party. The Party’s op-
ponents are therefore always a minority, and often a “tiny” one. Sometimes—
especially in times of emergency—this centrality of the Party is stated
baldly. After the 1989 Beijing massacre, for example, when the moral image
of the Party was at a nadir, the People’s Daily flatly announced a “socialist
education” campaign in which “patriotism means love of the socialist
People’s Republic of China. To carry out socialist education is to carry
out love of the Party.”120 In more normal times this kind of overt state-
ment about the lovability of the political center is avoided, though, be-
cause there is a certain loss of face in having to make the claim in such a
straightforward way. It is preferable to imply the moral centrality of the
Party.
Such implication is achieved in several ways. One, as noted, has been
the use of the word renmin ‘people’ in the names of innumerable institu-
tions and offices involving Party rule. The usages become so ordinary, so
accepted, that it seems axiomatic that the Party and the people are at one.
Any opponent of the Party-plus-people is automatically (1) a minority, (2)
removed from the center, and (3) morally inferior. These three notions
(minority status, displacement from the center, and moral inferiority), al-
though analytically separable, are assumed in the terms of the official
language to imply one another. A rival group to the mainstream one in
the top leadership, for example, can be called a jituan 䲚ಶ ‘clique’. In the
official language a jituan might be powerful, and thus dangerous, but it is
always decentered and can never be truly popular. Chiang Kai-shek, even
as president of China, headed a jituan. Liu Shaoqi and Lin Biao, in their
times, had jituan. Mao Zedong’s wife, Jiang Qing, was at the political and
moral center until Mao died, when suddenly she, too, headed a jituan.
People who are as fully decentered and wrong as a jituan, but not as
high-ranking or powerful, tend to be only fenzi ߚᄤ ‘elements’— a term
the Chinese Communists borrowed from Soviet-era Russian. There have
been dizhufenzi ഄЏߚᄤ ‘landlord elements’, youpaifenzi ে⌒ߚᄤ ‘right-
ist elements’, zichanjiejifenzi 䌘ѻ䰊㑻ߚᄤ ‘bourgeois elements’, bufafenzi
ϡ⊩ߚᄤ ‘illegal elements’, and many other kinds. A blanket category
called simply huaifenzi ണߚᄤ ‘bad elements’ has included everything
from criminals to drug addicts to dissidents to gays. After the 1989 mas-
sacre, there were liusifenzi ݁ಯߚᄤ ‘June Fourth elements’. A small num-
ber of fenzi words do not carry heavy negative coloration. Zhishifenzi ⶹ䆚
ߚᄤ ‘intelligentsia’, which is a loan word from the Soviet Union, is prob-
ably the most obvious example.
We have noted how the terms yixiaocuo ϔᇣ᪂ ‘a small bunch’ and ji-
shaoshu ᵕᇥ᭄ ‘tiny minority’ have been used since the early years of the
People’s Republic to label groups that rulers wish to denigrate. These
terms have continued in use into the twenty-first century to refer to Ti-
betans, Uighurs, Falun Gong adherents, democracy advocates, and oth-
ers. In a Tibet Daily editorial on the disturbances in Lhasa in March 2008,
jishaoshu and fenzi were combined in the double-barreled negative label
jishaoshu bufafenzi ᵕᇥ᭄ϡ⊩ߚᄤ ‘tiny minority of illegal elements’.121
Examples such as this show the implicit connection in the official lan-
guage between the ideas of tiny, evil, and potent. The smallness of the op-
position reinforces the implication that it is evil, and if something is both
tiny and evil it must be fairly potent and therefore is dangerous. Note that
these ideas in their origins— outside the language game— do not have
these connotations. Normally, if things are as disparate as the word fenzi
suggests, as well as extremely few in number, they would be something like
needles in haystacks, or marbles in the ocean. There would be no reason to
get very upset about them. But in official rhetoric, a “tiny minority” can
be enough to warrant a call for hundreds of millions of people to tigao
jingti ᦤ催䄺ᚩ ‘raise vigilance’ and jianjue fandui മއডᇍ ‘resolutely op-
pose’ the small group. Because of the connection between tiny, evil, and
potent, phrases such as yixiaocuo and jishaoshu have the paradoxical effect of
belittling and magnifying their object at the same time. But the paradox
does not matter in the playing of the language game. Indeed it helps, be-
cause the point of terms like yixiaocuo and jishaoshu is not, after all, to seri-
ously estimate the size of an opposition but to establish that it is evil and
dangerous. The implicit contradiction of “little group” and “big problem”
helps to do this because it shows how strong the evil little group can be.
Phrases like “small bunch” and “tiny minority” have the added advan-
tage of leaving plenty of room for the average citizen, at the receiving end
121. “Zhenfeng xiangdui jianjue huiji, quebao Xizang zizhiqu shehui wending.”
Politics 307
122. Richard Curt Kraus, Brushes with Power: Modern Politics and the Chinese Art of
Calligraphy (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1981), p. ix.
Politics 309
to see him and asked if he would be so kind as to donate his calligraphy for
the front cover of their inaugural issue. Zhou did, and with that imprima-
tur the students were able to launch their magazine. Around the same time,
Marshal Ye Jianying donated his calligraphy for the front gate of Zhong-
shan University, an act that symbolized his broad endorsement of the
university as well as its loyalty to him.
The political symbolism of poetry has been important as well. As noted
in Chapter 1, Mao Zedong coveted his image as poet, and Zhou Enlai’s
admirers used countless poems to praise Zhou. In 1978 Chen Yi, a former
mayor of Shanghai and foreign minister of the People’s Republic, pub-
lished a collection of his poems in two thick volumes.123 (A significant
difference between Chinese political culture and that of the modern West
emerges if one imagines, just as a thought experiment, what the reaction
might be if a leading Western politician were to announce publication of
a collection of poems.) Since the 1980s, the publication of poetry and
donation of calligraphy by high-ranking Communists has declined, but
the underlying assumption that formal political language carries an air of
exaltation and is related to the personal power of leaders has remained
very much in force. Such language is still common at formal meetings and
in the media, where it continues, in its presentation and delivery, to un-
derscore the connection between proper language, morality, and political
legitimacy.
One consequence of this persisting tradition is that whenever a prob-
lem arises—whenever something appears that might detract from the
paichang that supports power—it is difficult to face the matter squarely.
To face it squarely, or to name it plainly, can entail a loss of face, might
damage the aura of exaltation, and such damage, in the terms of the po-
litical culture, might be detrimental to power. Problems are therefore
dealt with indirectly—by looking askance, using euphemisms, or the like.
For example, after Wei Jingsheng wrote his famous poster in 1978 call-
ing for democracy as a “fifth modernization,” he was arrested and sent to
prison not for the challenge that he had issued, direct address of which
123. Chen Yi 䰜↙, Chen Yi shici xuanzhu 䰜↙䆫䆡䗝⊼ [Annotated collection of the
poetry of Chen Yi] (Beijing: Beijing chubanshe, 1978).
310 An Anatomy of Chinese
would have embarrassed China’s rulers, but for “passing military secrets
to a foreigner.” Many others who have challenged the ruling authority by
raising questions about corruption, fraud, environmental damage, and
other such topics have been punished on charges that are beside the point,
and often false, but convenient to the rulers from a cosmetic point of view.
To argue over the real issues would detract from the aura that supports
power.
One of the most common of these charges-of-convenience has been
“revealing state secrets” (applied with no sense of the irony of the result-
ing association of things like corruption and fraud with state secrets). It is
one of the most feared charges, because it can carry heavy penalties. Other
such charges have been rumor mongering, various kinds of sexual misbe-
havior, and corruption. (He Qinglian has documented cases in which
journalists who expose corruption are charged with corruption.)124 The
blind lawyer and dissident Chen Guangcheng, who defended women who
were resisting forced abortion, was imprisoned in 2006 after charges of
assembling a crowd to disrupt traffic.125 The conflation of sexual misbe-
havior and political misbehavior, in which the former is stated when the
latter is meant, has been recurrent. In the 1983 campaign to “oppose spiri-
tual pollution,” long hair, premarital sex, drug use, and political dissidence
all counted as spiritual pollution. Since then, intermittent campaigns to
yan da Ϲᠧ ‘strike hard’ have aimed at “hooligan crime”—robbery, rape,
kidnapping, and so on—but have prominently included, especially in the
early 2000s, sao huang ᠿ咘 ‘sweeping up the yellow [i.e., pornography]’.
This expression has been used as a broad label for various things that au-
thorities identify as obscene, including dissident politics. It, too, is huang,
and can be swept away during a yan da campaign. In May 2009 the Minis-
try of Industry and Information Technology announced that every per-
sonal computer sold in China beginning July 1 of that year would need to
include “Green Dam Youth Escort” software designed to avoid “the poi-
124. See He’s accounts of the cases of Gao Qinrong and Zhang Chongbo, quoted in
Perry Link, review of He Qinglian, Zhongguo zhengfu ruhe kongzhi meiti Ёᬓᑰབԩ
ࠊၦԧ [How the Chinese government controls the media], New York Review of
Books 52, no. 3 (February 24, 2005), p. 37.
125. Philip P. Pan, “Chinese to Prosecute Peasant Who Resisted One- Child Pol-
icy,” Washington Post, July 8, 2006, p. A12.
Politics 311
through labor” was actually worse than “reform through labor” because it
was an administrative measure, not a criminal punishment—which meant
that it had no fi xed terms of ser vice. One received (was grateful for?) “re-
education” as long as authorities said one needed it. In 2009, when Chi-
nese government censors closed certain websites for the sake, they said, of
President Hu Jintao’s ideal of “harmony” (hexie 䇤), Chinese netizens
turned the euphemism on its head by inventing the use of hexie as a transi-
tive verb. To write that a website bei hexie 㹿䇤 ‘has been harmonized’
came to mean that authorities had closed it down.
Political euphemisms not only turn unpleasant things into
abstractions— or, as Orwell says, make them “cloudy”—but also prettify
them. “Education” sounds better than “forced labor,” and “harmony” of
course sounds better than “coercion.” I have noted how metaphors of
“cleaning” or “purifying” were attractive to several twentieth-century
authoritarian regimes as they carried out unspeakable acts of cruelty. It is
worth probing the reasons why the perpetrators of violence or repression
like to prettify. What exactly does this achieve? Superficial pleasantness is
one reason, of course, but there are others.
One is that even if a person believes that a certain violent act is right, the
same person is often aware that other people, observing, may not agree. In
these cases, prettification serves the purpose of deflecting criticism others
might bring, even if the doer, left to his or her own conscience, might not
think that euphemism is necessary. A chilling example of this sort of
mind-set is that of Nazi Special Ser vices militiamen who, as Simon Wie-
senthal has reported, felt no need for euphemism because no evidence of
their killing would survive to be observed: “we will destroy the evidence
together with you,” they said to prisoners. “And even if some proof should
remain and some of you survive, people will say that the events you de-
scribe are too monstrous to be believed.”131
In other cases, third-party observers are not relevant. The need for
prettification can arise wholly inside perpetrators of outrageous acts
when their consciences or moral upbringing confl icts with something
else—an order from above, pressure from peers, or aroused passions within
131. Simon Wiesenthal, The Murderers Are Among Us, quoted in Primo Levi, The
Drowned and the Saved (New York: Vintage, 1989), pp. 11–12.
314 An Anatomy of Chinese
themselves— and they are led to do things that their better selves would
rather not have done. In such cases, euphemism helps the perpetrator
whether or not other people are looking. Primo Levi offers a number of ex-
amples of this kind of inner conflict in people whom he observed running
Nazi death camps. “The person who has inflicted the wound,” Levi writes,
“pushes the memory deep down, to be rid of it, to alleviate the feeling of
guilt.”132 In the organization of the camps themselves, Levi shows, a num-
ber of arrangements made it possible that people would not have to look
squarely at what was happening: the Special Ser vices (SS) personnel, who
ran the crematoria, “were kept rigorously apart from the other prisoners
and the outside world”; the SS itself was staffed at the bottom levels by
Jews who themselves would soon be killed— an arrangement that allowed
the transfer of guilt for the act of killing away from those who ordered it
and onto people who were victims in any case, and who, in addition,
would soon be dead and therefore incapable of making a report.133
Another reason for degrading human beings before killing them, in
Levi’s analysis, was that it could subtly allow people on the killing side to
feel that they were killing things that were less than fully human. If the
inmates of death camps are called “vermin,” then killing them is killing
vermin and not, after all, murder. Should this be called “euphemism”? It
might seem an odd term, since euphemism is supposed to make something
sound good and calling people vermin does the opposite. But the essence of
euphemism is still at work here, because the function of the word “vermin”
is still to deflect a square look at what is happening. It makes it possible for
the perpetrator of a vile act to view the act as less vile. Azumo Shiro, a Japa-
nese soldier during World War II, noticed a similar utility of animal meta-
phors in recalling the mind-set he and his fellow soldiers had during the
Nanjing Massacre in China in 1937. They had gotten used to referring to
the Chinese as pigs, bugs, and other animals. Azumo remembers an in-
stance when they raped a Chinese woman and then shot her in the back as
she ran away. They killed her because Japanese army regulations forbade
rape (even though, on another level, the practice was tolerated and even
encouraged). The soldiers wanted to erase any evidence of the rape. “Per-
haps when we were raping her, we looked at her as a woman,” Azumo wrote,
“but when we killed her, we just thought of her as something like a pig.”134
That facile conversion within the mind—from human being to pig, in
order to cushion a perpetrator’s conscience—has a grisly parallel in Zheng
Yi’s account of the politically induced cannibalism that happened in Wu-
xuan County in Guangxi during the summer of 1968. There was no official
policy to promote cannibalism at the time, but, in the feverish competition
to demonstrate “final victory” over “class enemies,” activists sometimes
disemboweled their victims, removed their hearts and livers, and chal-
lenged villagers to participate in eating bits of the internal organs. Zheng
Yi shows how the ghastly political rituals that resulted led to psychologi-
cal conflicts for villagers who wanted to— or at least felt pressure to—
participate in the political campaign but at the same time could not face
the prospect of eating human flesh. Leaders in one village, according to
Zheng, found a middle way through this dilemma. They ordered that hu-
man flesh and pork be cut into equal-sized pieces and boiled together in
a large pot in the village square. They suspended the pot above eye level
while villagers passed by to receive one piece of meat each. All villagers
could then say “I have shown a firm class standpoint” but could also say,
perhaps only to themselves, “It is possible I have not eaten human flesh.”135
The village leaders had figured out a way to use ambiguity in order to
avoid looking squarely at something awful. Their technique resembles
that of fi ring squads in twentieth-century America that loaded all rifles
but one or two with blank cartridges, so that no man on the squad would
have to carry the burden of knowing for sure that he had killed some-
one. This sort of avoidance reflex apparently is a deeply rooted human
response.
In yet another version of the avoidance response, the doer of an unpleas-
ant deed can pretend “I am doing not exactly this, but something else.” In
China the device has many examples in the area of the political criticism
of literature. In 1979, for example, three young playwrights wrote the
play What If I Really Were? It features a young man who pretends to be the
134. Quoted in Iris Chang, The Rape of Nanking: The Forgotten Holocaust of World
War II (New York: Penguin, 1997), pp. 49–50. See also p. 218.
135. Zheng Yi, Hongse jinianbei, pp. 90– 91.
316 An Anatomy of Chinese
son of a high official in order to get a ticket to a theater show.136 His ruse
succeeds, but then, to his dismay, he finds he cannot extricate himself
from it. Others—most of them ambitious officials—take him at his word,
shower him with food, gifts, and invitations, introduce him to potential
girlfriends, and follow up their favors with requests for reciprocity. In its
context, the play was a bold exposé of official corruption. It was an im-
mediate hit in China, and its written text circulated widely underground
even after its stage performance was banned. Then, in 1980, in a number
of Propaganda Department meetings that were followed by austere arti-
cles in the press, the play was denounced.137 It was criticized for having
encouraged young people to sympathize with a deceitful impersonator, a
“swindler.” To audiences who had loved the play, the criticism was odd.
The whole point of the play had been not to encourage deceit, hypocrisy,
bribery, sycophancy, or string-pulling but to satirize and denounce those
very things. Audiences had perceived these vices not in the ne’er-do-well
young impersonator but in the menagerie of officialdom that surrounded
him, and that reminded them of officials they had encountered in their
own experience. Yet, viewed against its own goals, the focus of the official
criticism on the swindler was brilliant. It drew attention away from the
sore point—the play’s devastating comment on officialdom— and toward
an issue where officialdom had not only face but the upper hand. Sym-
pathize with a trickster? Socialist China may have its problems, but we need
socialist solutions, not bourgeois-individualist ones, said the Party-run
media. This was the lesson readers of the criticism were to take home—
even though in the play itself there was no suggestion that the protago-
nist’s little trick was any kind of solution, either for society or for himself.
At the play’s end (and the end of a literary work, in traditional Chinese
storytelling as well as in socialist realism, is where the “lesson” appears),
the young man is crushed.
136. Sha Yexin ≭ᮄ, Yao Mingde ྮᯢᖋ, and Li Shoucheng ᴢᅜ៤, “Jiaru wo shi
zhen de?” ؛བ៥ᰃⳳⱘ? [What if I really were?], Qishiniandai [Seventies] (Hong
Kong), no. 1 (1980), 76– 96.
137. Hu Yaobang led the criticism in Zai juben chuangzuo zuotanhuishang de jianghua.
The leading written criticism was by Chen Yong 䰜⍠, “Cong liangge juben kan wenyi
de zhenshixing he qingxiangxing” ҢϸϾ࠻ᴀⳟ᭛㡎ⱘⳳᅲᗻؒᗻ [The realism
and the tendencies of literature and art as seen in two plays], Renmin ribao Ҏ⇥᮹
[People’s daily], March 19, 1980, p. 5.
Politics 317
design of the control system that people must make their own guesses at
the answers. As soon as I am made to guess, the system has successfully
turned me into my own censor: if I’m not sure about the rule on long hair,
maybe I should be conservative and keep mine at six centimeters.
In addition to vagueness about the exact borderlines of what constitutes
an error, vagueness over the punishments that are applied if one commits
the error also creates anxiety, and this, too, strengthens self-censorship. If
I am judged to be guilty of spiritual pollution, will I be criticized at school?
Punished by a bad job assignment when I graduate? Or worse, perhaps,
be expelled? These questions were impossible to answer during the Anti-
Spiritual Pollution Campaign in 1983. It is also well known that punish-
ments are applied irregularly. People from well-connected families can get
away with more, on a wide range of issues, than ordinary people can. So
where— each person must ask— does my case fall?
It is worth trying to list the several ways linguistic vagueness serves
official purposes. Here are some:
1. Vague warnings frighten more people than precise warnings do. If I don’t
know what “spiritual pollution” or “bourgeois liberalization” is, then it could
be virtually anything; therefore, it could be what I am doing; therefore, I
pull back. (Result: many people begin to censor themselves, often unneces-
sarily.) If I could know exactly what the rules were, then I could tailor my
speech and behavior precisely to avoid mistakes, which would then leave me
relatively free and relaxed to speak and behave in all other areas. (Result:
many fewer people would pull back.) Clarity serves the purpose of the cen-
soring state only when it wants to silence a specific person or action; when it
wants to intimidate a large group, vagueness works much better.
2. A vague threat pressures an individual to curtail a wider range of activity
than a precise prohibition does. If I don’t know exactly what it is that the au-
thorities are prohibiting, then I have to guess for myself. If I am living in
fear of being punished for my possible mistake, then my imagination of
what topics could be risky might run far and wide, perhaps well beyond
anything that the authorities originally had in mind, or even knew about.
(They might not know, for example, that I listen to Australian radio— and
they might not even care; but I know, and fear that they might care, so I
cut back on my listening.)
3. Vague charges allow for arbitrary targeting. It is probably a rule of hu-
man nature that people who exercise arbitrary power like to disguise the
Politics 319
real reasons for their actions, because this allows people to look respect-
able even while doing whatever they want. In a culture like China’s, where
the leader’s “face” represents his morality, which in turn affects his politi-
cal legitimacy, the desirability of appearing to be moral is especially
strong. The need for such pretense only increases as a particular leader’s
moral behavior worsens. In this context, the availability of vague and
even self-contradictory guidelines can be very useful. When a guideline
says “long hair is spiritual pollution” at the same time that some people
do have long hair and are not bothered, it is the authority alone, in the
privacy of his or her own mind, who can decide whether or not to punish
a given person for violating the rule. The same space for arbitrary
power is opened when a rule says “internal- circulation materials must
not be made public” at the same time that many such materials are
openly available in bookstores. The authority can punish a given person
for whatever reason the authority wishes and still be able to point to an of-
ficial rule as justification for the punishment. China’s constitution itself
illustrates this useful flexibility. It provides that citizens have freedom
of speech, of assembly, and of the press. But its preamble also sets down
the inviolability of Communist Party rule, Marxism-Leninism-Mao-
Zedong-thought, the dictatorship of the proletariat, and the socialist
system. The huge space between these two contradictory poles (both of
which, by the way, are poor descriptions of the actual patterns of life in
China) gives leaders im mense room to be arbitrary while still claiming
to be legal.
4. Vague accusations are useful in eliciting information from detainees. When
a person is arrested or detained in a political case, police normally do not
explain to the accused what the accusations are. Formal charges are vague
or sometimes entirely absent. “You yourself know the reason,” the accused
is often told. It is then up to you, the accused, to “earn lenience” by “show-
ing sincerity”—which means opening up and telling everything that you
know. The police often begin by saying they already possess an exhaus-
tive amount of information on your activities and that the purpose of the
interrogation is not to get information but to measure your sincerity by
observing your confession. But this can well be a lie. Usually the point is
precisely to extract new information, which can then be used against ei-
ther you or someone else. Clarity about the original accusation would
obviously render this tactic useless.
320 An Anatomy of Chinese
ing the ways people think, speak, and behave. Still, we must not claim too
much for language alone. Although it plays an important role— and a role
whose power often goes unnoticed—it is only part of a wider array of
techniques the Party uses to maintain its power. Those other techniques
include, for example, financial incentives (You want your business to
thrive? It might be best to cooperate) and appeals to patriotism (You want
to be proud of your country? Then be proud of “your” Party). During the
Mao era, when the commune and work-unit systems were dominant (the
work-unit system remained important through the 1980s as well), many
kinds of daily-life questions—housing, education, medical care, permis-
sion to travel, marry, even buy a bicycle or sewing machine— all depended
on one’s political credentials in the eyes of Party officials. By the early
twenty-first century these controls had largely disappeared, and nothing
so comprehensive has replaced them. But Party leaders have shown flexi-
bility in finding alternate means of applying pressure. One of these, for
example, is the use of China’s borders to exact compliance from citizens
who dare to criticize the government. The technique is used regardless of
the direction in which people want to cross the border. You want a pass-
port in order to travel abroad? Be obedient, or you won’t get it. You are an
exile who wants to come back to China for your mother’s funeral? Sign
the “confession” we have prepared for you, or better yet give us informa-
tion on overseas dissidents, and we will let you back in. And in the end,
behind all of the myriad ways “soft” techniques are used to shape people’s
incentives, there stands the police—uniformed police, plainclothes po-
lice, cyber police, quasi-military People’s Armed Police, and others, in-
cluding simply thugs for hire. This book is about language and cannot
address the full range of the Party’s tools and techniques of social control.
That would need another book, or several. My focus will now turn to
some of the ways citizens in the People’s Republic, including ordinary
people as well as protesters, have responded to the official language game.
On the whole, Chinese people have used adaptation more than resistance
in response to their government’s political use of language. They have
322 An Anatomy of Chinese
found ways to adjust to the language game, defend themselves within it,
and use it to advance their own interests. For people who stand on the
weaker side in a governing relationship, such an approach is only prudent.
The Chinese Communist Party’s special use of language for political
purposes originated during the 1930s and 1940s, before Communist ac-
cession to power in China as a whole in 1949. During the early 1950s,
many in the Chinese population were still largely unaware of the language
game. To most, slogans like “serve the people,” “oppose corruption,” and
“join cooperatives” had straightforward meanings that implied idealistic
purposes. There seemed no reason to feel distance from such terms or to
second-guess what they might mean. As we have seen earlier, it was only
in the late 1950s, with the Anti-Rightist Movement and the Great Leap
Forward, that the bifurcation between official language and ordinary lan-
guage became pervasive and began to impinge on daily life in ways that
obliged almost everyone to adjust to “two kinds of truth.” Now people
had to learn how, when speaking officialese, to set aside ordinary norms
of truth and falsity and make words “fit” prescriptions of what was
“correct.”
People began to use ordinary language to talk about how to handle the
official language: “You can just say X” or “If they say Y, you can say Z,”
and so on. In this way of speaking, X, Y, and Z, however high-sounding,
become mere tools. Victor Erlich noticed essentially the same mechanical
use of language in the Soviet Union, where it emerged a few decades be-
fore it came to China. Erlich writes that “what had been a rhetoric of
crude yet genuine ideological commitment becomes a threadbare ratio-
nale for crass personal materialism.”138 Statements can be true or not, far-
fetched or not—that sort of thing does not matter— so long as a job gets
done or a goal gets reached. A detailed example might best show how this
works. In 1988 my work with the Committee on Scholarly Communica-
tion with China involved arranging for a group of American scholars to
do fieldwork in Zouping County, Shandong Province, where a group of
local county officials was in charge of hosting them. This work allowed
138. Victor Erlich, “Post-Stalin Trends in Russian Literature,” Slavic Review 23, no.
3 (September 1964), p. 407. Erlich is commenting on “the Drozdovs,” a phrase made
famous by the character Drozdov in Vladimir Dudintsev’s novel Not by Bread Alone.
Politics 323
139. Perry Link, Evening Chats in Beijing: Probing China’s Predicament (New York:
Norton, 1992), p. 187. Certain other examples below are also drawn from Evening
Chats in Beijing, pp. 181–190.
324 An Anatomy of Chinese
(and sometimes during the immediate post-Mao years as well) and could
be frightening. If person A at a formal political meeting reported that per-
son B had, in an unguarded moment, made politically incorrect statement
X, then statement X, originally not intended as an item in the language
game, entered the game willy-nilly. At the height of the Maoist frenzy in
the late 1960s, even something as informal as talking about one’s cat (mjo
⣿, a near homonym for Máo ↯) could, if overheard by a dim-witted or
mean-spirited neighbor, be brought to a political meeting, where it could
cause one great harm.140 By the end of the Mao era, an aphorism had arisen
in the unofficial culture: “Choose your personal friends outside of your
work-unit.” If you made friends and spoke informally with people at work,
you would always have to guard your words, even in informal contexts.
That was no way to relax. Even if you trusted your friends to keep confi-
dences, you would also have to trust that your friendship would never, for
any reason, lapse—because people have memories and could report you
later. That was no foundation for friendship.
On the other hand, the work-unit was the right place to learn how to
manipulate required terms and phrases. During political study sessions,
this kind of language use was, in any case, required, and to get good at it
was seen as a worthwhile skill. A person who was quick to sense a political
drift and to articulate it with a bit of eloquence could be said to zhudong
fucong Џࡼ᳡Ң ‘take an initiative in obeying’. In ordinary language such
a phrase might seem contradictory, because zhudong suggests an actor with
a mind of his or her own, while fucong suggests the opposite. But in a Mao-
era political meeting, zhudong fucong was a virtue. (Whether or not people
viewed it as a virtue outside the political meeting is another, more complex
question.) A similar example is jiji kaolong ⿃ᵕ䴴ᢶ ‘actively fall in [with the
Party line]’. In ordinary language, jiji suggests an activist and kaolong a fol-
lower. Jiji kaolong thus produces the odd notion of “lead in following,” but
in a formal political study session it was unquestionably a smart thing to do.
The value of being “active” or “taking an initiative” in such contexts
deserves some analysis. At bottom, following is the main point in a politi-
140. Cao Guanlong ݴ啭, “Mao” ⣿, in “San’ge jiaoshou” ϝϾᬭᥜ, Anhui wenxue
[Anhui literature] 1 (1980), pp. 17–31. Translated by John Berninghausen as “Cats,” in
Perry Link, ed., Roses and Thorns: The Second Blooming of the Hundred Flowers in Chinese
Fiction, 1979– 80 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1984), pp. 123–130.
Politics 325
cal study session; why stress “initiative”? Such words show, fi rst of all,
energy, enthusiasm, and an example for others to imitate (i.e., follow).
More subtly, but at least as important, they underscore the fiction that the
activist is acting independently, guided by his or her own enthusiasm. In a
system that claims to be a “democratic” dictatorship within a “people’s”
government, it is important to preserve the fiction that the people are in-
deed the ones who come up with ideas such as “oppose revisionism,” “op-
pose bourgeois liberalization,” and “root out rightist tendencies to reverse
verdicts.” In Mao-era political meetings, it was common to refer to wo
geren de kanfa ៥ϾҎⱘⳟ⊩ ‘my personal opinion’ even though the phrase
was seldom used actually to lift the curtain on a person’s private thoughts.
It had two other uses: (1) to provide a buffer in case the opinion was criti-
cized (one could always say that my geren de kanfa was mistaken and now I
see that the Party’s view is correct), and (2) to maintain the democratic
fiction that all of us, in this Party-run political meeting, are expressing
our individual views. The general practice of using words to claim con-
formity to democracy has extended well beyond the Mao period. Official
language in the early twenty-first century continues in several ways to
rely on the pretense of pursuing alignment with majority opinion.
The foregoing are several examples of how people adapt to the official
language game. Some of the commonest ways they avoid or resist it de-
pend on the language “bifurcation” that I have noted in several contexts
earlier. To the extent that officialese and ordinary talk are different and
operate in separate spheres, each can maintain its own outlook, at least to
some extent. Alexander Yashin describes Russian farmers in the Soviet era
who were very good at manipulating official language during Party meet-
ings but then, in informal contexts—as if shedding a layer of clothing—
spoke in a very different mode and were full of lively complaints about the
officiousness of higher-ups.141 Similar behavior has been noted by many
Chinese writers, among them Gu Hua, who describes rural officials in
Hunan during the Cultural Revolution this way:
141. “Levers,” in Hugh McLean and Walter Vickery, eds., The Year of Protest, 1956: An
Anthology of Soviet Literary Materials (Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1956), pp. 193–210.
326 An Anatomy of Chinese
against the self and combat revisionism,” then they smuggled home
plexiglass and imported stainless steel to make a table-lamp or four-
poster double bed. During meetings they contrasted past bitterness
with present joys; but once home they griped because the commune’s
co-op had no kerosene, or even candles. They passed the day drink-
ing tea, smoking, reading the newspaper [all clichés for “official” be-
havior], and stressing the long-term importance of suppressing re-
visionism; the evenings, however, were spent jockeying for promotion
or fi nding jobs for their relatives or places in the army or in college
for their children.142
142. Gu Hua, “Futuling,” trans. Gladys Yang, in Pagoda Ridge and Other Stories (Bei-
jing: Panda Books, 1985), pp. 131–132.
Politics 327
The need to use such ploys has declined since the Mao era but has by no
means disappeared. Students used essentially the same tactic during the
crackdown after the Beijing Massacre in 1989, and signatories of Charter
08, the citizens’ manifesto for human rights and constitutional democracy
that appeared at the end of 2008, used it throughout 2009 to respond to
interrogation about their movement. In the early twenty-first century, the
Internet replaced the public bath or toilet as the safest place to say, un-
traceably, that one had heard something.
328 An Anatomy of Chinese
Although the “playing dumb” tactic takes the official language at its
face value and answers it at the same level, other methods make use of the
distance between official and unofficial language. We have seen Wu Zu-
xiang’s description of how intellectuals had learned, by the end of the
Mao era, to read the newspaper “upside down”. They understood that the
report of a heroic rescue of a few people in an earthquake, a fi re, or a mine
collapse should be read as a report that a much larger number of people
had likely perished. From an official positive X, one could reliably infer an
unofficial negative Y. The inference could work the other way around,
too: a negative X could be grounds to infer a positive Y. For example, when
Mao and his associates criticized Deng Xiaoping in 1976, they distributed
samples of Deng’s speeches in which he called for more intellectual free-
dom, more emphasis on economic growth, and less class struggle. People
were supposed to read these speeches and denounce Deng. And Deng was
indeed denounced—widely, loudly, and insincerely. Witnesses to the
events have attested that at least some of the denunciation was mere play-
acting, and that, in their own minds, some of the denouncers identified
with the very views they were denouncing.143 The campaign to denounce
Deng in fact was spreading his views. Essentially the same thing hap-
pened to the dissident astrophysicist Fang Lizhi after 1987, when he was
expelled from the Party as a “bourgeois liberal.” His speeches advocating
democracy and human rights were sent to universities as fanmian jiaocai ড
䴶ᬭᴤ ‘reverse teaching materials’—meaning materials to instruct stu-
dents in what not to think. Two years later, Fang concluded that this
teaching-materials campaign had spread his ideas to many more students
than he could ever have reached by himself. The attempt to use his speeches
“in reverse” had itself worked in reverse.
The double entendre that the official language makes possible and the
satire to which it opens the door have been exploited primarily by China’s
intellectuals. But others in society—farmers, workers, and others—have
also made use of double meanings. In the 1950s, for example, the Party
needed to recruit large numbers of soldiers. As an antidote to traditional
prejudices against soldiers, slogan-makers in the Party revised the tradi-
tional Chinese aphorism haotie bu da ding, hao nan bu dang bing ད䪕ϡᠧ
143. Jung Chang, Wild Swans: Three Daughters of China (London: Flamingo, 1992),
pp. 654– 656; Ji Fengyuan, Linguistic Engineering, p. 302.
Politics 329
Understood one way, such words were unspeakably seditious. But how
could the authorities order people to stop singing a classic Marxist anthem?
(What they could do—and did—was to play the language gambit in reverse
by claiming that the students felt a basic loyalty to the socialist motherland
because they were, after all, singing a Marxist classic.) At Beijing Univer-
sity, students invented perhaps the most sarcastic double entendre in all of
the song lyrics that emerged that spring. They revived the tune—widely
popu lar in the 1950s—“Without the Communist Party There Would Be
No New China” but now sang it, poker-faced, without comment on whether
“New China” was a good or bad thing.
After the June Fourth massacre, when officials across China held meet-
ings to promote the correctness of the “necessary military action,” people
found ways to turn even applause into sarcasm. After a political speech to
students at Peking University, an official was greeted with silence. Then a
pop! as one pair of hands came together, alone. Then a pause and another
random pop! here, and another there, and then a faster but irregular pat-
tern of isolated popping. What could the authorities do? Find the people
who had clapped and charge them with clapping? Ban applause after po-
litical speeches? At a required political meeting at a major publishing house
332 An Anatomy of Chinese
be upheld is thus an act of living within the truth that threatens the
whole mendacious structure at its point of maximum mendacity.145
In June 2009 the poet and literary critic Liu Xiaobo, who a year and a half
later was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize, was arrested and charged with
“inciting subversion of state power” because of his support for Charter 08.
In defending him, the famous rights lawyer Mo Shaoping made exem-
plary use of the strategy Havel describes. Liu had originally been de-
tained on December 8, 2008, on the authority of a document on which the
space for the item “suspected of the crime of . . .” was left blank. To leave
this blank was illegal, Mo pointed out. Then Liu was held for six months
under “residential surveillance.” This, too, Mo showed, was illegal be-
cause Liu was not kept at his own residence and was denied access to his
family and his lawyers. When the maximum period allowed by Chinese
law for “residential surveillance” had expired, Liu continued to be held
without charge. This, too, was illegal, Mo showed. When formal charges
were announced two weeks later, the police told Mo that he could not
defend Liu because he, Mo, had also signed Charter 08. This also was
outside the law.146 Did Mo believe that his pointing out of these various
legal infractions would lead to redress within the system? Probably not.
Was his inveterate appeal to law a mode of support for the regime? Hardly.
(One could view it this way only if the regime itself were fully and sincerely
supporting the law.) In defending Liu Xiaobo, Mo was playing a language
game whose proximate goal was to help Liu if possible but whose larger,
long-term enterprise was to push China further toward rule of law by ex-
posing the hypocrisy in the way things currently were.
Mo and other rights lawyers use their real names, but most resisters and
language-game players do not. Most are ordinary citizens—purveyors of
shunkouliu, oral jokes, graffiti, text messages, tweets, blogs, and so on—
who hide behind anonymity for the sake of freedom and safety. In the
first decade of the twenty-first century the Chinese government passed
145. Vaclav Havel, “The Power of the Powerless,” in Living in Truth (London: Faber
and Faber, 1989) p. 98.
146. A 2009 open letter by Mo Shaoping in defense of Liu Xiaobo appears in Perry
Link, Liu Xiaobo’s Empty Chair: Chronicling the Reform Movement Beijing Fears Most (New
York: New York Review E-books, 2011), pp. 52–56. See also letters from Zhang Zuhua
and signers of Charter 08, New York Review of Books 51, no. 13 (August 13, 2009), p. 76.
334 An Anatomy of Chinese
laws banning the use of pseudonyms on the Internet, and, although the
government can track down almost anyone if it really wants to, with hun-
dreds of millions of people using the Internet, it is not hard for most neti-
zens to speak anonymously. Messages often list no author or only a pseud-
onym. Like jokes in the West, material often passes from person to person
often without either the passer or receiver knowing who the original au-
thor was. But while authorship and readership remain fluid and largely
obscure, the principle of exploiting the gap between official pomp and
actual life remains constant. For example, in a dormitory restroom at Capi-
tal Normal University in early 2009, a sign that hung above the men’s
urinal read:
It is important to note here that the content of the official sign is not the
main object of satire. Apparently some official, somewhere, had had the
idea—not a bad idea— of making use of the few seconds during which a
person urinates to remind people to be happy and polite. Who could argue
with that? It was not the sign’s idea but its source and its style— officialdom,
using its official voice, rendered pompous by the adoption of rhythm and
parallelism—that apparently inspired the sarcasm of the graffiti artist.
When economic recession threatened the world in early 2009 and it
looked as if only China’s labor-intensive growth engine could save inter-
national capitalism, an anonymous wordmeister in China reached back to
147. I am grateful to David Moser for the example. Email message to author, Febru-
ary 17, 2009.
Politics 335
Almost continuously since the early 1950s, official discourse has claimed
that the Party has been campaigning against corruption, combating bu-
reaucratism, rooting out waste, and so on. Such claims are satirized in the
following shunkouliu about SARS, the infectious and sometimes fatal flu-
like disease that spread through China in 2003 precipitating extraordinary
health measures and forcing bureaucrats, on this issue, into unaccustomed
transparency. The piece is called “What the Party Can’t Cure, SARS
Can”:148
148. Cited in Hong Zhang, “Making Light of the Dark Side: SARS Jokes and Hu-
mor in China” in Arthur Kleinman and James Watson, eds., SARS in China: Prelude to
Pandemic? (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2005), p. 152. Zhang gives an excel-
lent translation, but here I have used my own.
336 An Anatomy of Chinese
A piece from early 2008 satirizes the habit in official language of packag-
ing political catchphrases in numbers (the Gang of Four, the Four Mod-
ernizations, the Four Basic Principles, etc.). It is called “The Four Clears
and the Four Unclears”:
Wei shenme kai hui buqingchu, kai hui zuo nar qingchu;
Shei song li bu qingchu, shei mei song li qingchu;
Shei gan de hao buqingchu, gai tiba shei qingchu
He shei shui bu qingchu, shui jiao gan shenme qingchu.
ЎҔМᓔӮϡ⏙Ἦ, ᓔӮതા⏙Ἦ;
䇕䗕⼐ϡ⏙Ἦ, 䇕≵䗕⼐⏙Ἦ;
䇕ᑆᕫདϡ⏙Ἦ, 䆹ᦤᢨ䇕⏙Ἦ;
䇕ⴵϡ⏙Ἦ, ⴵ㾝ᑆҔМ⏙ἮDŽ
Other anonymous authors have not been this coy about “what happens in
bed.” The piece “New Year’s Wishes for 2007” lists ten sexually laden
wishes for men and ten more for women in the new year. Each wish plays
on the name of a top leader. For men, it is wished that jiahuo xiang Li chun
yiyang chang ᆊӭ䈵ᴢϔḋ䭓 ‘the thing is as long as [propaganda chief]
Li Changchun’, that it jueqi xiang Wu guo yiyang bang ዯ䍋䈵ਈϔḋẦ
‘rises as magnificently as [National People’s Congress chair] Wu Bang-
guo’, plus eight more. For women, the wishes are that jiahuo xiang Hu tao
yiyang jin ᆊӭ䈵㚵⍯ϔḋ㋻ ‘the thing is as tight as [President] Hu Jintao’,
that pigu xiang Wu guan yiyang zheng ሕ㙵䈵ਈᅬϔḋℷ ‘buttocks are as
proper as [chief of discipline inspection] Wu Guanzheng’, and eight more.
I include this example not to be salacious but, in part, to illustrate the ex-
tremes to which people can go when protected by anonymity.
During times of extreme political pressure, such as the late Mao years,
even authorial anonymity might not be enough to protect one from a mis-
step in the language game. Merely repeating incorrect words, regardless of
who had originated them, could be a political crime. Zhang Xianliang, in
his fictionalized memoirs of labor camp experience in the late 1950s, tells
of meeting a man named Ma Weixiao and talking with him, while the two
are alone in a field, about the causes of the terrible famine they were expe-
riencing. Ma ventures the view that Mao Zedong planned the famine in-
tentionally. The government “has plenty of grain,” Ma says. “Yes, they
have it, but they aren’t bringing it out to feed the people. They want the
people hungry.” Zhang Xianliang’s protagonist asks how that could pos-
sibly be. What would be the point in starving the people? “It’s the best
way there is of reforming people,” Ma answers. Ma follows with a lengthy
explanation of why persuasion and education cannot get done what Mao
wants to get done. Freezing and fire will not work, either. Only hunger
works, because everyone has to eat.149 Hearing these words, Zhang knows
that he cannot repeat them. Normally, in the Mao era, a person could
earn political credit by reporting the counterrevolutionary words of an-
other. But not in this case, because “what Ma had said was enough to get
both listener and speaker executed.” Zhang knew this, and Ma knew it,
149. Zhang Xianliang, Fannao jiushi zhihui ⚺ᙐህᰃᱎ, translated by Martha Av-
ery as Grass Soup (Boston: Godine, 1993), pp. 177–179.
338 An Anatomy of Chinese
152. Ji Fengyuan writes that the usage spread to mainland China from Hong Kong.
Linguistic Engineering, p. 317.
340 An Anatomy of Chinese
Skepticism of this kind could turn into alienation from the redder-than-
red. Liu Binyan, in his classic reportage “People or Monsters?” writes:
Voinovich (The Fur Hat) for the Soviet Union highlight the difference
between writing honestly and writing for and with “them.”159
A noteworthy feature of all these cases is that the context of repression
gives to ordinary language the potential to be extraordinary. Without re-
pression, a plain statement might be just plain, but under repression, it can
seem uplifting, inspiring, or even profound. Victor Erlich, writing of Soviet
literature in the 1950s, has observed that “when bureaucratic euphemisms
displace the unbearable actuality and explain it away, the simple act of call-
ing a spade a spade, of naming the unspeakable, becomes an epiphany.
When fraudulent official semantics distorts the normal relations between
the sign and referent, responsible and accurate use of language is a blow for
personal dignity.”160 The additional power that writing gets when done in
defiance of repression has enhanced Chinese dissident voices since the 1950s.
The enthusiastic response to Liu Binyan’s work in both the 1950s and the
1980s is largely attributable to Liu’s willingness to write down truths about
corruption and abuse of power in plain, clear language, forming a sharp
contrast with the surrounding official language. In the late 1980s, a group
of students in Beijing experimented with the power of calling a spade a
spade at the level of single words. Is minhang ⇥㟾 ‘the people’s airline’ re-
ally the people’s airline? No, they reasoned, so let’s call it guanhang ᅬ㟾
‘the officials’ airline’. As an experiment, they tried out terms such as guan-
hang on others in society. They found that people at first were startled, but
then, after reflecting for a moment, “got it.” We should observe that there
would have been no joke to “get” if the distance between guan and min had
not already been broadly assumed and accepted. We now turn to some re-
flections on how significant that kind of broad acceptance might be.
Effects of the Language Game in the Mao and the Post-Mao Eras Compared
159. Miklos Haraszti, The Velvet Prison: Artists under State Socialism, trans. Katalin
and Stephen Landesman (New York: Basic Books, 1987); Vladimir Voinovich, The Fur
Hat, trans. Susan Brownsberger (San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1989).
160. Erlich, “Post-Stalin Trends,” Slavic Review 23, no. 3 (September 1964), p. 418.
342 An Anatomy of Chinese
Another question that is beyond the scope of this book but is well worth
asking is what have the long-term psychological consequences been, for
the generation whose formative years were the Mao era, of growing up
with feigned virtue and suspicions of feigned virtue so natural a part of
life. We have seen, above, many examples of how the language game dur-
ing the Mao era was shaped by the need to negotiate a world in which the
pretenses and suspicions Billeter identifies were dominant. When the ques-
tion “Can I have a bigger apartment?” is expressed as “Do you think we can
concretize Party Central’s policy on intellectuals?” Billeter’s point is illus-
trated. When an answer of no is expressed as “the policy may have difficul-
ties,” it is illustrated again. If the whole matter is dismissed because you are
a “white expert,” we have yet another example.162 Billeter writes that the
“pathology of virtue” can be “catastrophic” for society.
Moser, who worked for many years in Beijing for CCTV, finds a differ-
ent sort of “pathology” in the public’s accommodation of official language.
Looking primarily at the years since 2000, he refers to “schizophrenia,” a
word that he means not in the clinical sense but in the popular sense of
“split perception.”163 He finds that the official language game operates
within certain spheres of life—the politically important spheres—but also
161. Jean-François Billeter, “The System of ‘Class Status,’ ” in Stuart R. Schram, ed.,
The Scope of State Power in China (Hong Kong: Chinese University Press, 1985),
pp. 147–148.
162. See the examples in the Introduction at note 17 and in this chapter in the para-
graphs following notes 90 and 142.
163. David Moser, “Media ‘Schizophrenia’ in China,” www.danwei.org/media _and
_ advertising/media _schizophrenia _in _china _b.php, accessed June 30, 2012.
344 An Anatomy of Chinese
this all changed in the mid-90s, when digital technology hit China
like an atomic bomb. Virtually overnight, waves of pirated CDs,
software, computer games, and VCDs became available through
underground bootleg channels. The effect was not merely the open-
ing of a spigot; China was suddenly inundated by a tsunami of for-
eign “memes” and intellectual products. Outdoor stalls in the open-
air markets began to offer counterfeit versions of Windows 95, Jane
Fonda workout videos, music CDs from Mozart to Megadeath, and
movies from Bambi to Basic Instinct. . . . TV junk food like Get Smart
and Charlie’s Angels suddenly appeared on Chinese screens, sand-
wiched between Peking opera and news footage of Li Peng.
What could the Party do? The tsunami could not be turned back. It was
too big and, moreover, liquid in the sense that it seemed flexible at a mo-
lecular level. During the Mao era, and even in the 1980s, people watched
films and plays in large groups, and much newspaper reading was done in
open offices or at billboards in public parks. Such activity could be con-
trolled through censorship and mutual surveillance that induced self-
censorship. But now people could stay at home, make their individual
choices of what to listen to and look at, and, if they liked, keep their activ-
ity pretty much private. So long as there was strong demand and money to
be made, illicit traffic in digital content was nearly impossible to stop.
Moser provides a photo taken in Kunming of a bootleg DVD shop right
next door to a police station. In short, Moser writes, “the propaganda
machine’s worst nightmare had come true.”
Politics 345
On the other hand, the Party could not just walk away from its claim
that official language embodies an immutable political correctness or the
myth that such language represents the unitary voice of “the Chinese
people.” To retreat on these fronts would be to risk the Party’s grip on
power. So the official language continued to march along, lonely in its
own sphere and immaculate in its internal consistency even while it be-
came impossible, indeed unthinkable, that it be integrated into the multi-
plicity that surrounded it. The result, Moser finds, is that Chinese media
content has split clearly between “the news” (i.e, the official news in the
state media, plus a few other topics that need the imprimatur of being
officially correct) and “everything else.”164
The incommensurability of the two realms has caused practical prob-
lems for media workers. Leakage from unofficial language into official
spheres has been hard to avoid and has caused what Moser refers to as
problems of “schizophrenia.” He relates a story about Qin Minxin, a dep-
uty director of the international department of CCTV’s Entertainment
Program Center. Qin was considering whether to air the American sitcom
Friends on CCTV. For years, Friends had been infectiously popular among
young Chinese, who passed it around on bootleg DVDs. Should CCTV
now air it? Qin was not sure:
I had thought the play focused on friendship, but after a careful pre-
view I found each episode had something to do with sex . . . the atti-
tudes of the six close-knit young friends in the play cannot be gener-
ally accepted by Chinese audiences yet.
Could he cut the parts that refer to sex? That would not work, Qin thought,
because
most youth on the Chinese mainland have watched the show and feel
passionate about it. If we make too much trimming, I’m afraid they
will not agree. But it is also impossible that we accept it uncritically . . .
much content of Friends, although considered healthy in the United
States, is unacceptable to the Chinese.
164. Moser notes in passing how an opposite trend emerged in the U.S. media over the
same years; in the U.S., entertainment and news reporting has merged, and the dis-
tinction has become blurred.
346 An Anatomy of Chinese
Moser then analyzes the several ways Qin has to struggle as he tries to
bring together the pretend world of CCTV language and the actual world
that surrounds it. Chinese audiences “cannot accept” the sexual implica-
tions of Friends, but CCTV must not censor this content because it attracts
audiences. Contradictory? Yes—but also no, because “cannot accept,” in
the official language, is pretend language for “should not, in our opinion,
accept.” In the pretend world, “the people” do not do anything they should
not do. It therefore also becomes meaningful for CCTV officials to pon-
der whether to “expose” people to Friends despite the fact that they are al-
ready well exposed to it. (Indeed, the fact that viewers find the show attrac-
tive is the very reason why CCTV is considering its “introduction.”) By
the end of Moser’s analysis, one almost sympathizes with Qin. He needed
to juggle two worlds, a real one and a pretend one.
The ersatz flavor of the pretend world can be sensed even when explicit
comparison to the real world is absent. It is enough for the real world to exist
only vaguely in the background. One of Moser’s examples of the self-
revelation of pretense is the annual CCTV Chinese New Year variety show:
The lavish costumes, the unrelenting upbeat tone, all the glitz and
flashy production values seem designed to distract from the empty
core of the affair, an over-compensation for the impossibility of of-
fering anything that reflects real life.
not, at least not to the same extent. Official language in post-Mao times
can no longer dominate as it did under Mao. Significant dangers do remain,
however. I see primarily two, one potential and one actual.
The potential danger is an intensification in the use of the official lan-
guage to stimulate and exploit nationalism. After the June Fourth mas-
sacre of 1989, when the image of China’s rulers was at a low point, Jiang
Zemin (backed by Deng Xiaoping) made the strategic decision to use na-
tionalism to try to recoup the Party’s image. A number of measures—
including the Beijing Olympics, the Shanghai World’s Fair, the denuncia-
tion of “splittism” in Tibet, Xinjiang, and Taiwan, the injection of
chauvinist sentiment into news reports of confl icts with Japan, the United
States, and other countries—have met with considerable success in this
regard. A stress on nationalism serves the interest of the ruling authority
in two important ways: first, it distracts attention from problems that citi-
zens otherwise complain about— corruption, special privilege, pollution,
rights violations, a growing wealth gap, and so on— and second, it helps to
change the image of Party leaders. Instead of being the targets of popular
resentment because of all the problems, these leaders can present them-
selves as standard-bearers and heroes of the Chinese nation. The danger,
as of the second decade of the twenty-first century, is that nationalism
could be magnified even much more. It could draw deeper on Chinese
national pride and on the sense of aggrievement about the history of the
previous two centuries. The nation’s textbooks already stress this ag-
grievement, and the potential to magnify it further, and to marshal ener-
gies behind the idea that China should be “number one,” is very consider-
able. I am not ready to predict that an outsized chauvinism will appear in
China. But one is possible, and it would be bad news for both China and
the rest of the world if it should come.
In my view, the greatest actual social-psychological cost of the official
language game has been something rather different: it is the general ac-
ceptance by the Chinese citizenry that the demands of the official lan-
guage game are “normal” and should be accepted as a part of daily life.
The game’s demands prohibit certain topics from public discussion: the
disasters of the Mao era, the 1989 June Fourth massacre, misbehavior
among top leaders or their family members, the Falun Gong movement,
political questions relating to Taiwan, Tibet, and Xinjiang, the prospect
of an end to one-party rule, and a number of others. All these are impor-
348 An Anatomy of Chinese
tant topics on which a healthy society would conduct open debate. But
many Chinese citizens have grown so accustomed to avoiding these topics
that their absence from the public sphere seems unremarkable. People go
through daily life—making money, enjoying fashions, playing sports,
traveling, finding romantic partners, and doing other things that people
could not easily do during the Mao era—while simply avoiding the areas
in the world of ideas that could cause “trouble.” This is, in a sense, a ratio-
nal way to behave. Why should a person spoil a good thing? Dissidents
report that their colleagues, neighbors, and even families sometimes find
it odd, and even a bit stupid, that they venture into politically forbidden
zones and do things that, although idealistically aimed to help the whole
of society, in fact are likely to hurt themselves. Most of the public wants to
be “smarter” than that. It is smarter to stay out of trouble and take what
you can get. My main worry about this pattern is not just that it isolates
the “dissidents”—the people who are courageous enough to speak about
ideals. My worry is that, for the public at large, a myopic outlook on the
world comes to seem ordinary and normal.
In his essay on “schizophrenia,” David Moser relates an incident in
which he was invited to be a guest on a CCTV talk show on the topic of
the Internet. Before the taping the host sought to put him at ease. “Just
relax and say anything you want,” the host counseled, “and it should be
okay.” Moser reports feeling surprise at the man’s apparent nonchalance.
“Anything that comes to mind?” Moser asked. “Does that include how the
government blocks sensitive sites and news sources? Can we freely discuss
Internet pornography? Or how chat rooms are monitored and censored?”
The host backed off. “Yes, well, almost anything,” he said, as if reminded
of another way to look at the world. The value of this anecdote is not just
to give yet another example of the well-known fact that China’s Internet
is censored. The more significant point is that a CCTV host can become
so accustomed to self-censorship, so relaxed with it, that even a word like
“anything” can be severely stunted in his usage without his seeming to
have noticed. He accepts the rules of a language game so completely that,
unless reminded, he does not realize he is doing so.
Epilogue
To view the matter superficially, I chose the three themes in this book—
rhythm, metaphor, and politics— simply because they are facets of the
modern Chinese language that I have found interesting over the years. I
had taken a lot of notes on them.
But this explanation harbors a deeper question: why did these particular
aspects of the language, and not others, draw my attention? Why was I not
taking notes on the bai hua vernacular movement, on debates over roman-
ization, or on conventions of punctuation or paragraphing? The topics one
might choose to study are almost endless. Why these three? Do they share
anything in common?
They do, I believe. Two commonalities in particular stand out.
One is that all three are features of language whose use normally goes
unnoticed. A few people—professional linguists and others—are con-
sciously aware of them, but people in daily life seldom are. Most speakers
of Chinese just “absorb” them— and use them correctly in both speech
and writing—but are unaware of doing so. This inadvertency contrasts
sharply with the very conscious manner in which other aspects of language
are learned. Chinese children are highly aware of what they are doing
when they labor to master character writing or punctuation rules; their
parents and teachers, too, pay plenty of attention when checking their
work for errors. Advanced students of Chinese literature, in their con-
scious work, study such topics as genre, form, narrative point of view, in-
350 An Anatomy of Chinese
count them as “meaning” (and not just ad hoc flavors) because they remain
reliably the same among the very large community of speakers of Chinese
who pass them back and forth. In using the qiyan pattern to make a phrase,
one can assume that one’s listeners will correctly apprehend the exaltation;
the negative connotation of jishaoshu, when used in political contexts, is
equally standard. This sort of “meaning,” to be sure, is vaguer than that of
a word like zhuantou ⷪ༈ ‘brick’. But even its quality of vagueness is some-
thing that travels effectively from speaker to speaker.
The combination of these two commonalities—inadvertency and
meaningfulness—is especially interesting because of the paradox it seems
to imply. We normally think of meaning as something that we mean, and
what we normally understand by “mean” is that we are aware of what we
are doing. If I step on your toe accidentally, I can apologize that I did not
mean to. In this book, though, we have studied aspects of meaning that we
do not notice. Meaning that we do not notice? The phrase almost seems self-
contradictory. But there can be no denying the phenomenon. It is there.
This book offers a range of examples of it, and my examples are only a
smattering of what is there to be found.
How should we describe this kind of “unnoticed meaning”? Metaphors
of plumbing, or of anatomy, come to mind. We are dealing with the under-
girding of language, with functions that are vital even if they are not obvi-
ous on the surface. Our awareness of these quiescent workings of words is
usually about as good as our awareness of our pancreas. Our life depends
on our pancreas, though we seldom think about it and (except for a few of
us) do not understand it or even try to. An analogy to bicycle-riding seems
useful as well. Most people who ride bicycles do not understand why it is
possible to ride a bicycle.
For such things—pancreases, bicycles, or the undergirdings of a lan-
guage—it is appropriate to ask the question, “Why study them?” Under-
standing for its own sake is, of course, always a defensible answer to this
question. But are there more practical benefits? In the case of the pan-
creas, avoidance of severe pain or death from pancreatitis is an obvious
practical payoff. What about the undergirdings of language use? Are
there any practical payoffs?
I believe that there are, and that some of the examples in this book can
show this to be so. For one, there is value in becoming consciously aware
of the ways “meanings” can be delivered inadvertently—bypassing, as it
352 An Anatomy of Chinese
were, the critical judgment that one normally would want to apply. For
example, when a message expressed in qiyan rhythm strikes us as being
authoritative, it can be useful to realize that the sense of authority comes
in part from the rhythm alone, not necessarily from any special stature of
the issuer of the words or from any special wisdom of the words them-
selves. This does not mean that we should turn rebellious when we see a
street sign in qiyan that says yi kan, er man, san tongguo ϔⳟ, Ѡ᜶, ϝ䗮䘢
‘first look, then go slowly, then cross’ or when a political leader commands
linghun shenchu gan geming! ♉儖⏅໘ᑆ䴽ੑ ‘make revolution in the
depths of the soul!’ We can still choose whether to respect authority or
not. The value of becoming aware of the rhythm is that we can also be
aware of the claim to authority the rhythm places on us. We can remind
ourselves that rhythms per se have no grounds to make such claims, and
that we can set them aside if we like. This leaves us more free to think for
ourselves.
Parallelism, alliteration, song, and other embellishments of words can
have similar effects. Chiasmus, as we have seen, is an especially clear ex-
ample of this kind of imposition on our intellect. Chiasmus seems to
claim special access to wisdom, and it is important that we be able to set
this claim aside if we like. When a politician says that Enron executives
were “either criminally stupid or stupidly criminal,” the art of his phrase,
and the power it generates, almost seem to say to us, “This is so obviously
right that you needn’t think about it anymore.” The politician may, of
course, have an excellent point about Enron. But we are better off if we
probe further and find exactly what that point is than if we allow ourselves
to be transfi xed by chiasmus and cut off our thinking.
Many of the examples I considered in Chapter 3 illustrate benefits that
can be had simply by understanding what political language is and how it
differs from daily-life language. The person who is officially labeled part
of a “tiny minority” ( jishaoshu) is obviously better off if he or she can un-
derstand that the phrase is not a description of the actual size of the com-
munity that shares his or her opinion but a pejorative term that a Party-
state uses in order to serve a purpose. In the late 1950s, learning to play
the official language game began to be a required part of Chinese daily
life, and in ensuing decades people grew skilled at using the official lan-
guage not only to defend themselves but to pursue interests of their own.
This kind of conscious use of official language brought the political un-
Epilogue 353
My interests in the topics of this book have grown on their own, without a clear
plan and in unforeseen ways, beginning primarily in the early 1990s and thanks
to conversations with a wide variety of people. I hesitate to begin listing their
names because I know that any list will be incomplete. I cringe to think of readers
who might scan the following list for their own names, not fi nd them, and then
judge me, rightly, to be either forgetful or insufficiently ungrateful. Still, to say
nothing at all would be even worse, so I will try.
I owe everything to Rulan Pian, who started me in Chinese at Harvard in
1963– 64, and to her genius-father, Yuen Ren Chao, whose books and articles have
not only taught me much but have set standards for me and others to emulate. My
mentor and dear friend Ta-tuan Ch’en at Princeton taught me an im mense
amount over decades of working together. Chapter 1 on rhythm owes much to
Feng Shengli. Sam Glucksberg provided crucial help in the field of conceptual
metaphor for Chapter 2. David Moser has given many examples and astute advice
on all three chapters. Others who have provided materials, offered insights, or
reviewed drafts include Nicholas Admussen, An Kun, Robert Bagley, Anthony
Barbieri-Low, Chen Ping, Joanne Chiang, Chih-ping Chou, Duanmu San, John
Frankenstein, Harry Frankfurt, Meow Hui Goh, Adele Goldberg, Hu Ping,
Monica Link, Liu Binyan, Victor Mair, Mao Ruxing, Mao Sheng, Daniel Osher-
son, Andrew Plaks, James Pusey, James Richardson, Patricia Russel, Michael
Schoenhals, Su Wei, Su Xiaokang, Tong Yi, Wang Haicheng, Wang Lixiong,
Wang Wei, Xiao Qiang, Ye Minlei, Yu Maochun, Yu Ying-shih, and Bell Yung.
None of these, of course, bears responsibility for my mistakes.
I am grateful for the support of the Chiang Ching-kuo Foundation for research
support during 1994– 95, when research for this book first began in a serious way;
to Chinese University Press for its permission to use, in Chapter 1, portions of
358 Acknowledgments
Abstract nouns, 222–223, 244–245, 248, Authoritarian regimes: metaphors used by,
255–256 256–257; numbers used by, 266–267; and
Acting metaphor. See Stage per for mance official language, 258, 277
metaphors Authority: and abstract language, 256; and
Adjectives: in conceptual metaphors, 220; ambiguity, 288; and fourth tone, 94– 95;
nouns as, 261; in official language, 262; and qiyan patterns, 352
repetition of, 192–193
Adverbs in official language, 248 Baigujing xianxing ji (Ma Ji), 32
Advertisements: military metaphors in, Bartholomew, Terese, 100
253; parallelism used in, 105; rhythmic Basic Color Terms (Berlin & Kay), 148
patterns in, 34–35 Beijing Massacre (1989): metonyms for,
“Affection is warmth” metaphor, 185 210; and military metaphors, 19; and
Al-Kjshgarq, Mahmud, 169 political language game, 16, 246,
Alverson, Hoyt, 115, 226 270–271, 275, 294, 297–298, 320, 327;
Ambiguity: in official language, and stage per for mance metaphors,
247–248, 255–256, 287–288, 251
318–320; and self-censorship, 317; Being, 226–227
and stage per for mance metaphors, Berlin, Brent, 148–149
208 Billeter, Jean-François, 342–343
Ames, Roger, 203, 205, 227 Black, 149, 154
Analects (Confucius), 276 Bloch, Maurice, 90, 275–276, 278, 290
Anatomy metaphors, 351 Bo Yibo, 258
“Anger is heat” metaphors, 186–187 Bodde, Derk, 223
Animals, 269, 314 Book of Odes, 90
Anonymity of Internet, 334 Boroditsky, Lera, 130, 131, 132, 133, 146
Anti-Rightist Movement (1957), 33, 235, Borrowing of metaphors, 184–187, 232
250, 254, 259, 296–297, 322 Brightness metaphors, 190
Anti-Spiritual Pollution Campaign (1983), Brushes with Power (Kraus), 308
318
Apartheid, 291 Calligraphy, 204
Aspect markers, 262–264 Camel Xiangzi (Lao She), 24
Austin, J. L., 83 Can Xue, 294
360 index
Orwell, George, 15, 234, 244, 245–246, “The Power of the Powerless” (Havel), 340
248–249, 256, 298, 313 Predicative complement, 207
Ouyang Xiu, 62 Privilege in dyads, 174–183
Propaganda: and official language, 298,
Paired categories, 174–183 301, 316; rhythms in, 32
Parallelism: in daily-life language, 3, 4; and Prosody, 21. See also Rhythms
meanings, 103–106; in official language, Psychology of metaphor, 125
34–35, 352; in popu lar sayings, 29; and Pu Songling, 303
rhythm, 103–106; speaker’s awareness of, Puns, 100, 239, 330
43, 110
Pathology of virtue, 343 Qiao Shi, 88
Peck, Graham, 113–114, 137, 141 Qin Minxin, 345–346
Pekinese Rhymes (Vitale), 80 Qiyan patterns: in advertising, 253; in
Peking University, 42 daily-life language, 25–26; defi ned, 2–3;
Peng Ruigao, 34 and item lists, 67; and meaning, 89;
“People or Monsters?” (Liu Binyan), 340 meaning in, 352; moral weight of, 268;
People’s Daily: parallelism used by, 105; pattern 3–3–7 combined with, 78–79; in
rhythmic patterns used in, 45–47, 48–49; recessive patterns, 73; in recessive
on tifa, 274 rhythms, 56; as rhythmic preference,
Philosophical problems generated by 61– 62, 75
conceptual metaphors, 10–11, 172, Quyi, 30–31
215–231, 233
The Philosophy of Lao Zhang (Lao She), 200 Rebiya Kadeer, 281–282
Phuntsog Wanggyal, 285 Recessive external rhythms, 54–59, 61;
Physiological universality hypothesis, of favor, 60– 67; structural effects of,
188 68– 74
Pianwen, 63 The Records of History (Sima Qian), 298
Pinker, Steven, 128–129, 133, 134 Red, 11, 149, 153, 269
Pitch and meanings, 101–103 Redundant syllables, 69
Plato, 227, 228 Repetition: in metaphors, 191–192; of
Playing dumb, 327–328 nouns, 192–193; in official language,
Plumbing metaphors, 351 264–265, 296; of verbs, 192–193
Plus-minus pairs, 179. See also Dyads, Resnikov, L. O., 300
privilege in Responsibility-shifting, 320
Poetry: dominant vs. recessive rhythms in, Rhythms, 21–112; and chiasmus, 106–109;
57; meanings of rhythm in, 91; misty in Chinese vs. other languages, 37–40;
poetry, 293; pattern 3–3–7 used in, 81; and consonants, 96–101; dominant
political symbolism of, 309; qiyan external, 54–59; external, 54–59; fads in,
patterns in, 25; rhythmic patterns in, 44–49; meanings of, 5– 6, 82– 94, 350; as
41–42, 55, 77, 85; wuyan patterns in, 25 memory aid, 84, 92– 93; moral weight of,
Pol Pot, 257, 291 267, 268; in official language, 16, 234,
Politics, 234–348; bifurcation of official 260–267; and parallelism, 103–106; and
and unofficial language use, 13–14, pitch, 101–103; prevalence of patterns in
235–243; characteristics of official daily-life Chinese, 24–37; recessive,
language, 243–278; and language game, 54–74; roots of, 49–54; speakers’
278–341; Mao vs. post-Mao era effects of awareness of, 40–44, 109–112, 349–350,
language game, 341–348; of nationalism, 353; and tones, 94– 96; universality of
347 preferred rhythms, 74– 82; and vowels,
“Politics and the English Language” 96–101
(Orwell), 15, 244 Ritualized language, 290
Positionality, 222 Role-playing, 208. See also Stage per for-
Power: of official language, 241; tifa as mance metaphors
form of, 275; up and down metaphors to Romantic relationship metaphors, 122
convey, 156–157 Roosevelt, Franklin, 92
366 index
Rosemont, Henry, 203, 205, 227 Stress patterns, 21–23. See also Rhythms
Ross, John, 177 Strong-arm lie technique, 298
Ruoxi, Chen, 243 Structural metaphors, 116. See also
Metaphors
Sadness, 157–158 Struggle metaphors, 251–252, 291
Salzman, Mark, 241, 280 Su Xiaokang, 152, 154, 282, 284
Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, 128, 202 Subconscious, 123, 169. See also Conscious-
SARS, 335 ness metaphors
Scar literature, 239–240, 250, 252–253, 293, Sunrise (Cao Yu), 84
302–303 Suppression of Counterrevolutionaries
Schell, Orville, 283 campaign, 45
Schoenhals, Michael, 13, 258, 269, Syllabic balance, 49, 71, 87
274–275, 296–297, 298 Syllabic elongation, 103
Scientific method, 223 Syllabic stress patterns, 21–22
Scott, Amanda, 137, 146, 222–223 “Symbols, Song, Dance, and Features of
Searle, John, 117, 185–186, 220 Articulation” (Bloch), 90
Seat-of-subjectivity self, 172
Second tone, 101 Tai, James, 221, 261, 262–263
Self, 126, 171–174 Tamaki, Ogawa, 82
Self-censorship, 317, 318, 344–347, 348 Tartuffe (Molière), 212
Self-cultivation, 126 Thaw literature, 239
Self-perception theory, 300 Thought and metaphors, 128–136
Semantic inversion, 3, 106 “Three loves,” 112
Semantics and Experience (Alverson), 115 “Three Represents,” 238–239, 266, 289
Seven-syllable strings, 62– 63, 64– 66. Three-syllable strings, 50
See also Qiyan patterns 3–3–7 pattern, 28–29, 78– 82
Shakespeare, William, 75, 86, 119 The Tiananmen Papers (Zhang Liang),
Shandong “fast tales,” 75 282–283
Shanghai Municipal Propaganda Bureau, Tibetan protests (2008), 252, 265, 281–282,
34 285, 306
“Shanghen” (Lu Xinhua), 254 Tibet Daily on protests, 252, 262, 306
Shapiro, Judith, 238 Tifa, 274–278
Shiro, Azumo, 314 Time lines, 131, 136–137, 143, 147
Shunkouliu, 30, 84, 335 Time metaphors, 9, 114–115, 136–147,
Sima Qian, 298 209–210, 232, 355
Six-syllable strings, 63, 64 “Tiny minority” phrasing, 16, 306–307, 352
Slingerland, Edward, 90, 126–127, 172–174, Tones: and irony, 121; meanings of, 94– 96;
177, 227 of official language, 234
Smith, Craig, 34 Topographic maps, 165
So it [email protected] (Hu Fayun), 292 Transitive verbs, 161, 262
South. See North and south metaphors Truth: fit as kind of, 274–278; and official
Spanish language: spatial metaphors in, language, 281; and stage per for mance
132; time metaphors in, 133 metaphors, 205, 206–207
Spatial metaphors, 131–133, 134 Truth and Reconciliation Commission
Speakers’ awareness: of four-syllable (TRC, South Africa), 156–157
phrases, 111; of meanings, 109–112; of Turner, Frederick, 77, 89– 90, 91
metaphors, 353; of parallelism, 43, 110; Tutu, Desmond, 156–157
of rhythm, 40–44, 109–112, 349–350, 353 Twain, Mark, 200
Sports metaphors, 199, 209, 354 Two Kinds of Time (Peck), 113
Stage per for mance metaphors, 199, Two-syllable adjectives, 54
201–206, 209, 251, 354 Two-syllable strings, 60
Stative verbs. See Adjectives
“Stinky is bad” metaphor, 188–189 Uighur protests (2009), 281–282, 306
Storytelling, 30 Unconsciousness metaphors, 122–123
index 367